]> code.delx.au - gnu-emacs/blob - lisp/ldefs-boot.el
Doc fixes re alist-get. (Bug#23548)
[gnu-emacs] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads nil "5x5" "play/5x5.el" (22150 28228 674072 702000))
7 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
8
9 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
10 Play 5x5.
11
12 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
13 squares you must fill the grid.
14
15 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
16 \\<5x5-mode-map>
17 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
18 Move up \\[5x5-up]
19 Move down \\[5x5-down]
20 Move left \\[5x5-left]
21 Move right \\[5x5-right]
22 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
23 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
24 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
25 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
26 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
27 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
28 Solve with Calc \\[5x5-solve-suggest]
29 Rotate left Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-left]
30 Rotate right Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-right]
31 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
32
33 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
34
35 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
36 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
37
38 \(fn)" t nil)
39
40 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
42
43 \(fn)" t nil)
44
45 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
46 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
47
48 \(fn)" t nil)
49
50 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
51 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
52 Mutate the result.
53
54 \(fn)" t nil)
55
56 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
57 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
58
59 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
60 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
61 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
62 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
63
64 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
65
66 ;;;***
67 \f
68 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el" (22197 58438
69 ;;;;;; 383460 447000))
70 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
71
72 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
73 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
74 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
75 extensions.
76 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
77 the file name.
78
79 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
80
81 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
82 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
83
84 \(fn)" t nil)
85
86 ;;;***
87 \f
88 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el" (22150 28228
89 ;;;;;; 750072 702000))
90 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
91
92 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
93 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
94
95 \(fn)" t nil)
96
97 ;;;***
98 \f
99 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el" (22150 28228
100 ;;;;;; 754072 702000))
101 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
102
103 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
104 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
105 Completion is available.
106
107 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
108
109 ;;;***
110 \f
111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "add-log" "vc/add-log.el" (22284 55604 194845
112 ;;;;;; 171000))
113 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
114
115 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
116
117 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
118 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
119 It is called by `add-log-current-defun' with no argument, and
120 should return the function's name as a string, or nil if point is
121 outside a function.")
122
123 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
124
125 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
126 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
127 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
128
129 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
130
131 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
132 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
133 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
134 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
135 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
136 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
137
138 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
139
140 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
141 Prompt for a change log name.
142
143 \(fn)" nil nil)
144
145 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
146 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
147
148 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
149 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
150 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were \"ChangeLog\"
151 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
152
153 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
154 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
155 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
156
157 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
158 current buffer to the complete file name.
159 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
160
161 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
162
163 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
164 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
165 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
166 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
167
168 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
169 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
170
171 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
172
173 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
174 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
175 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
176
177 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
178 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
179 after a comma on an existing line.
180
181 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
182 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
183 the same person.
184
185 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
186 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
187 notices.
188
189 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
190 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
191
192 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
193
194 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
195 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
196 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
197 the change log file in another window.
198
199 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
200
201 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
202 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
203 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
204 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
205 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
206 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
207
208 \\{change-log-mode-map}
209
210 \(fn)" t nil)
211
212 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
213 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
214
215 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
216 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
217
218 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
219 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
220 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
221 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
222 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
223
224 Has a preference of looking backwards.
225
226 \(fn)" nil nil)
227
228 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
229 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
230 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
231 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
232 or a buffer.
233
234 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
235 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
236
237 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
238
239 ;;;***
240 \f
241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (22150 28227
242 ;;;;;; 338072 702000))
243 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
244
245 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
246 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
247 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
248 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
249 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
250 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
251 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
252 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
253 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
254 interpreted as `error'.")
255
256 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
257
258 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
259 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
260 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
261 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
262 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
263 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
264 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
265 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
266
267 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
268
269 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
270 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
271
272 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
273
274 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
275 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
276
277 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
278
279 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
280 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
281
282 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
283 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
284 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
285 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
286 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
287
288 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
289 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
290 the new one.
291
292 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
293 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
294 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
295 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
296 mapped to the closest extremal position).
297
298 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
299 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
300 the cache-id will clear the cache.
301
302 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
303
304 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
305 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
306 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
307 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
308 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
309 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
310 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
311 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
312 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
313 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
314 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
315 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
316 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
317 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
318 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
319 definition will always be cached for later usage.
320
321 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
322
323 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
324 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
325 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
326
327 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
328 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
329 BODY...)
330
331 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
332 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
333 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
334 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
335 see also `ad-add-advice'.
336 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
337 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
338 before/around/after-advices will be used.
339 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'.
340 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
341 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
342 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
343 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
344 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
345
346 Semantics of the various flags:
347 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
348 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
349 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
350
351 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
352 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
353
354 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
355 advised function should be compiled.
356
357 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
358 during activation until somebody enables it.
359
360 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
361 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
362 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
363 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
364
365 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
366 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
367 BODY...)
368
369 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
370
371 (function-put 'defadvice 'doc-string-elt '3)
372
373 (function-put 'defadvice 'lisp-indent-function '2)
374
375 ;;;***
376 \f
377 ;;;### (autoloads nil "align" "align.el" (22311 14138 946375 715000))
378 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
379
380 (autoload 'align "align" "\
381 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
382 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
383 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
384 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
385 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
386 rule's `separate' attribute).
387
388 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
389 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
390 `separate' attribute set.
391
392 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
393 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
394 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
395 on the format of these lists.
396
397 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
398
399 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
400 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
401 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. Interactively, this function
402 prompts for the regular expression REGEXP to align with.
403
404 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
405 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
406
407 Fred (123) 456-7890
408 Alice (123) 456-7890
409 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
410 Joe (123) 456-7890
411
412 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
413 using a REGEXP like \"(\". Interactively, all you would have to do is
414 to mark the region, call `align-regexp' and enter that regular expression.
415
416 REGEXP must contain at least one parenthesized subexpression, typically
417 whitespace of the form \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)\". In normal interactive use,
418 this is automatically added to the start of your regular expression after
419 you enter it. You only need to supply the characters to be lined up, and
420 any preceding whitespace is replaced.
421
422 If you specify a prefix argument (or use this function non-interactively),
423 you must enter the full regular expression, including the subexpression.
424 The function also then prompts for which subexpression parenthesis GROUP
425 \(default 1) within REGEXP to modify, the amount of SPACING (default
426 `align-default-spacing') to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule
427 throughout the line.
428
429 See `align-rules-list' for more information about these options.
430
431 The non-interactive form of the previous example would look something like:
432 (align-regexp (point-min) (point-max) \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)(\")
433
434 This function is a nothing more than a small wrapper that helps you
435 construct a rule to pass to `align-region', which does the real work.
436
437 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
438
439 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
440 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
441 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
442 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
443 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
444 align that section.
445
446 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
447
448 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
449 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
450 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
451 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
452 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
453 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
454 been used to align that section.
455
456 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
457
458 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
459 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
460 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
461 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
462 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
463 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
464 to be colored.
465
466 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
467
468 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
469 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
470
471 \(fn)" t nil)
472
473 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
474 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
475 The alignment is done by calling `align' on the region that was
476 indented.
477
478 \(fn)" t nil)
479
480 ;;;***
481 \f
482 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout" "allout.el" (22189 64323 68321 19000))
483 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
484 (push (purecopy '(allout 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
485
486 (autoload 'allout-auto-activation-helper "allout" "\
487 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
488
489 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
490
491 \(fn VAR VALUE)" nil nil)
492
493 (autoload 'allout-setup "allout" "\
494 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
495
496 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
497 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
498
499 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
500 `allout-auto-activation'.
501
502 \(fn)" nil nil)
503
504 (defvar allout-auto-activation nil "\
505 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
506
507 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
508 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
509 file variable `allout-layout'.
510
511 When allout-auto-activation is \"On\" (t), allout mode is
512 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
513 specified layout is applied.
514
515 With value \"ask\", auto-mode-activation is enabled, and endorsement for
516 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
517
518 With value \"activate\", only auto-mode-activation is enabled.
519 Auto-layout is not.
520
521 With value nil, inhibit any automatic allout-mode activation.")
522
523 (custom-autoload 'allout-auto-activation "allout" nil)
524
525 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
526
527 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
528
529 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
530
531 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
532
533 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
534
535 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
536
537 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
538
539 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
540
541 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
542
543 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
544
545 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
546
547 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
548
549 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
550
551 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
552
553 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
554
555 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
556
557 (autoload 'allout-mode-p "allout" "\
558 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
559
560 \(fn)" nil t)
561
562 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
563 Toggle Allout outline mode.
564 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
565 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
566 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
567
568 \\<allout-mode-map-value>
569 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
570 outline oriented formatting and manipulation. It enables
571 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
572 exposure. It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
573 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For example,
574 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
575 outline.)
576
577 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
578
579 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
580 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
581 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
582 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
583 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
584 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
585 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
586 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
587
588 and many other features.
589
590 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
591 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
592 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
593 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
594 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
595
596 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
597 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
598 `allout-command-prefix' to use just `\\C-c' as the command
599 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
600 bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
601 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
602 on an item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can
603 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
604 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
605 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
606
607 Exposure Control:
608 ----------------
609 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
610 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
611 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
612 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
613 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
614
615 Navigation:
616 ----------
617 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
618 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
619 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
620 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
621 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
622 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
623 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
624 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
625 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
626 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
627
628
629 Topic Header Production:
630 -----------------------
631 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
632 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
633 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
634
635 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
636 ---------------------------------
637 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
638 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
639 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
640 current topic
641 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
642 its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
643 are alternated according to nesting depth.
644 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
645 the offspring are not affected.
646 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
647
648 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
649 ----------------------------------
650 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
651 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
652 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' Kill line, attending to outline structure.
653 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
654 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
655 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
656 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
657 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to `allout-yank' as `yank-pop' is to `yank'.
658
659 Topic-oriented Encryption:
660 -------------------------
661 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
662 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
663
664 Misc commands:
665 -------------
666 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
667 and establish a default file-var setting
668 for `allout-layout'.
669 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
670 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
671 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
672 buffer with name derived from derived from that
673 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
674 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
675 Like above `copy-exposed', but convert topic
676 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
677 format.
678 \\[customize-variable] allout-auto-activation
679 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
680 auto-activation.
681
682 Topic Encryption
683
684 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
685 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
686 pending encryption on save.
687
688 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
689 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
690 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
691 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
692 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
693
694 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
695 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
696 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
697 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
698 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
699 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a `-HUP'
700 signal.
701
702 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
703 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
704 for details.
705
706 HOT-SPOT Operation
707
708 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
709 navigation and exposure control.
710
711 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
712 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
713 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
714 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
715 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
716
717 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
718 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
719 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
720 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
721 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
722
723 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
724 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
725 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
726 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
727 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
728 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
729 at the beginning of the current entry.
730
731 Extending Allout
732
733 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
734 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
735 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
736
737 `allout-mode-hook'
738 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
739 `allout-mode-off-hook'
740 `allout-exposure-change-functions'
741 `allout-structure-added-functions'
742 `allout-structure-deleted-functions'
743 `allout-structure-shifted-functions'
744 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
745 `allout-post-undo-hook'
746
747 Terminology
748
749 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
750
751 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
752 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
753 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
754 CURRENT ITEM:
755 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
756 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
757 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
758 called the:
759 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
760
761 ANCESTORS:
762 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
763 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
764 of the ITEM.
765 OFFSPRING:
766 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
767 SUBTOPIC:
768 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
769 CHILD:
770 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
771 SIBLINGS:
772 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
773
774 Topic text constituents:
775
776 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
777 text.
778 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
779 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
780 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
781 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
782 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
783 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
784 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
785 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
786 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
787 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
788 the PREFIX.
789
790 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
791 of the ITEM.
792 PREFIX-LEAD:
793 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
794 It can be customized by changing the setting of
795 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
796
797 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
798 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
799 program code without interfering with processing of the text
800 (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
801 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
802 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
803 docstring for more detail.
804 PREFIX-PADDING:
805 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
806 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
807 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
808 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
809 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
810 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
811 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
812 provide a universal argument (\\[universal-argument]) to the
813 TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
814 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
815 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
816 more details.
817 EXPOSURE:
818 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
819 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
820 CONCEALED:
821 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
822 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
823
824 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
825 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
826 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
827
828 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
829
830 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
831
832 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
833 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
834
835 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
836 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
837
838 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
839
840 ;;;***
841 \f
842 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el" (22150
843 ;;;;;; 28226 938072 702000))
844 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
845 (push (purecopy '(allout-widgets 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
846
847 (autoload 'allout-widgets-setup "allout-widgets" "\
848 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
849
850 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
851
852 \(fn VARNAME VALUE)" nil nil)
853
854 (defvar allout-widgets-auto-activation nil "\
855 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
856
857 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
858 visiting an outline.
859
860 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
861 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
862
863 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
864 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
865 you want allout widgets operation.
866
867 See `allout-widgets-mode' for allout widgets mode features.")
868
869 (custom-autoload 'allout-widgets-auto-activation "allout-widgets" nil)
870
871 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
872
873 (autoload 'allout-widgets-mode "allout-widgets" "\
874 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
875 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
876 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
877 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
878
879 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
880 graphical decoration of outline structure. It is meant to
881 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
882
883 The graphics include:
884
885 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
886
887 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
888 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
889
890 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
891 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
892
893 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
894 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
895 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
896
897 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
898
899 ;;;***
900 \f
901 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ange-ftp" "net/ange-ftp.el" (22150 28228 350072
902 ;;;;;; 702000))
903 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
904
905 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
906
907 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
908 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
909 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
910 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
911 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
912 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
913
914 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
915
916 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
917
918
919 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
920
921 ;;;***
922 \f
923 ;;;### (autoloads nil "animate" "play/animate.el" (22150 28228 674072
924 ;;;;;; 702000))
925 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
926
927 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
928 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
929 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
930 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
931 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
932 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
933 in the current window.
934
935 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
936
937 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
938 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
939 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
940 When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
941 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
942 buffer if one does not exist.
943
944 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
945
946 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
947 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
948 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
949 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
950 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
951
952 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
953
954 ;;;***
955 \f
956 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (22150 28226 942072
957 ;;;;;; 702000))
958 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
959 (push (purecopy '(ansi-color 3 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
960
961 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
962 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
963
964 \(fn)" t nil)
965
966 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
967 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
968
969 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
970 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
971 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
972 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
973
974 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
975 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
976
977 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
978
979 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil)
980
981 ;;;***
982 \f
983 ;;;### (autoloads nil "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (22182
984 ;;;;;; 44208 579853 279000))
985 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
986 (push (purecopy '(antlr-mode 2 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
987
988 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
989 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
990 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
991 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
992 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
993 \\[yank].
994
995 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
996 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
997 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
998 the rules.
999
1000 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
1001 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
1002 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
1003 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1004
1005 \(fn)" t nil)
1006
1007 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
1008 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1009
1010 \(fn)" t nil)
1011
1012 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
1013 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1014 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1015
1016 \(fn)" nil nil)
1017
1018 ;;;***
1019 \f
1020 ;;;### (autoloads nil "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (22150 28227 46072
1021 ;;;;;; 702000))
1022 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1023
1024 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
1025 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1026 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1027 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1028 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1029 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1030
1031 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil)
1032
1033 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
1034 Toggle checking of appointments.
1035 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1036 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1037
1038 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1039
1040 ;;;***
1041 \f
1042 ;;;### (autoloads nil "apropos" "apropos.el" (22311 14138 958375
1043 ;;;;;; 715000))
1044 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1045
1046 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
1047 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1048 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1049 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1050
1051 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1052 kind of objects to search.
1053
1054 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1055
1056 (autoload 'apropos-user-option "apropos" "\
1057 Show user options that match PATTERN.
1058 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1059 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1060 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1061 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1062
1063 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1064 variables, not just user options.
1065
1066 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1067
1068 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
1069 Show variables that match PATTERN.
1070 With the optional argument DO-NOT-ALL non-nil (or when called
1071 interactively with the prefix \\[universal-argument]), show user
1072 options only, i.e. behave like `apropos-user-option'.
1073
1074 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-NOT-ALL)" t nil)
1075
1076 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
1077
1078 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
1079 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1080 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1081 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1082 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1083 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1084
1085 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1086 noninteractive functions.
1087
1088 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1089 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1090
1091 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1092 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1093
1094 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1095
1096 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1097 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1098
1099 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1100
1101 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1102 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1103 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1104 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1105
1106 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1107 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1108 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1109 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1110
1111 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1112 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1113
1114 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1115
1116 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1117
1118 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1119 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1120 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1121 thus be found in `load-history'. If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1122 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1123
1124 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1125
1126 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1127 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1128 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1129 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1130 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1131 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1132
1133 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1134 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1135 names and values of properties.
1136
1137 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1138
1139 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1140
1141 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1142 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1143 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1144 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1145 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1146 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1147
1148 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1149 `internal-doc-file-name'; i.e., the etc/DOC file. With \\[universal-argument] prefix,
1150 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1151 documentation strings.
1152
1153 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1154
1155 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1156
1157 ;;;***
1158 \f
1159 ;;;### (autoloads nil "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (22150 28226 946072
1160 ;;;;;; 702000))
1161 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1162
1163 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1164 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1165 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1166 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1167 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1168 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1169
1170 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1171 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1172 archive.
1173
1174 \\{archive-mode-map}
1175
1176 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1177
1178 ;;;***
1179 \f
1180 ;;;### (autoloads nil "array" "array.el" (22150 28226 946072 702000))
1181 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1182
1183 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1184 Major mode for editing arrays.
1185
1186 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1187 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1188 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1189
1190 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1191
1192 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1193 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1194 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1195
1196 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1197 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1198 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1199 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1200 The variables are:
1201
1202 Variables you assign:
1203 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1204 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1205 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1206 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1207 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1208 row numbers in the buffer.
1209
1210 Variables which are calculated:
1211 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1212 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1213
1214 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1215 take a numeric prefix argument):
1216
1217 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1218 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1219 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1220 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1221
1222 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1223 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1224 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1225 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1226
1227 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1228 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1229 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1230 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1231
1232 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1233 between that of point and mark.
1234
1235 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1236 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1237
1238 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1239 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1240 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1241 newlines inside rows)
1242
1243 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1244
1245 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1246
1247 \(fn)" t nil)
1248
1249 ;;;***
1250 \f
1251 ;;;### (autoloads nil "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (22150 28229
1252 ;;;;;; 86072 702000))
1253 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1254 (push (purecopy '(artist 1 2 6)) package--builtin-versions)
1255
1256 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1257 Toggle Artist mode.
1258 With argument ARG, turn Artist mode on if ARG is positive.
1259 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1260 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1261
1262 How to quit Artist mode
1263
1264 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1265
1266
1267 How to submit a bug report
1268
1269 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1270
1271
1272 Drawing with the mouse:
1273
1274 mouse-2
1275 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1276 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1277 below).
1278
1279 mouse-1
1280 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1281 or pastes:
1282
1283 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1284 --------------------------------------------------------------
1285 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1286 to new point
1287 --------------------------------------------------------------
1288 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1289 --------------------------------------------------------------
1290 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1291 --------------------------------------------------------------
1292 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1293 --------------------------------------------------------------
1294 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1295 --------------------------------------------------------------
1296 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1297 --------------------------------------------------------------
1298 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1299 --------------------------------------------------------------
1300 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1301 --------------------------------------------------------------
1302 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1303 lines
1304 --------------------------------------------------------------
1305 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1306 --------------------------------------------------------------
1307 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1308 --------------------------------------------------------------
1309 Paste Paste Paste
1310 --------------------------------------------------------------
1311 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1312 --------------------------------------------------------------
1313
1314 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1315 or diagonally.
1316
1317 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1318 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1319 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1320 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1321 poly-lines.
1322
1323 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1324 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1325 overwrite means the opposite.
1326
1327 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1328 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1329 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1330
1331 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1332
1333 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1334 See below under \"Arrows\" for more info.
1335
1336 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1337 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1338 are currently drawing something.
1339
1340 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1341 some time to fill.
1342
1343
1344 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1345 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1346
1347
1348 Settings
1349
1350 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1351
1352 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1353
1354 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1355
1356 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1357
1358 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1359 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1360
1361 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1362
1363
1364 Drawing with keys
1365
1366 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1367 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1368 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1369 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1370 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1371 When pasting: Pastes
1372
1373 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1374
1375 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1376
1377 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1378 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1379 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1380 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1381 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1382 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1383
1384
1385 Arrows
1386
1387 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1388 of the line/poly-line
1389
1390 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1391 of the line/poly-line
1392
1393
1394 Selecting operation
1395
1396 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1397
1398 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1399 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1400 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1401 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1402 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1403 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1404 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1405 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1406 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1407 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1408 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1409 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1410 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1411 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1412 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1413 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1414 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1415 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1416 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1417 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1418
1419
1420 Variables
1421
1422 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1423 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1424
1425 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1426 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1427 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1428 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1429 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1430 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1431 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1432 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1433 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1434 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1435 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1436 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1437 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1438 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1439 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1440 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1441 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1442 artist-spray-chars The spray-\"color\"
1443 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-\"color\"
1444
1445 Hooks
1446
1447 Turning the mode on or off runs `artist-mode-hook'.
1448
1449
1450 Keymap summary
1451
1452 \\{artist-mode-map}
1453
1454 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1455
1456 ;;;***
1457 \f
1458 ;;;### (autoloads nil "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (22150 28228
1459 ;;;;;; 758072 702000))
1460 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1461
1462 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1463 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1464 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1465
1466 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1467 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1468 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1469 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1470
1471 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1472 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1473
1474 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1475 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1476
1477 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1478
1479 Special commands:
1480 \\{asm-mode-map}
1481
1482 \(fn)" t nil)
1483
1484 ;;;***
1485 \f
1486 ;;;### (autoloads nil "auth-source" "gnus/auth-source.el" (22150
1487 ;;;;;; 28227 658072 702000))
1488 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/auth-source.el
1489
1490 (defvar auth-source-cache-expiry 7200 "\
1491 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1492 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1493 let-binding.")
1494
1495 (custom-autoload 'auth-source-cache-expiry "auth-source" t)
1496
1497 ;;;***
1498 \f
1499 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoarg" "autoarg.el" (22150 28226 946072
1500 ;;;;;; 702000))
1501 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1502
1503 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1504 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1505 See the `autoarg-mode' command
1506 for a description of this minor mode.")
1507
1508 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1509
1510 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1511 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1512 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1513 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1514 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1515
1516 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1517 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1518 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1519 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1520 \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence and inserts
1521 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1522 Without a numeric prefix arg, the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate]
1523 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1524
1525 For example:
1526 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1527 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1528 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1529 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1530 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1531
1532 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1533
1534 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1535
1536 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1537 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1538 See the `autoarg-kp-mode' command
1539 for a description of this minor mode.
1540 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1541 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1542 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1543
1544 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1545
1546 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1547 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1548 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1549 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1550 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1551
1552 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1553 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1554 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1555
1556 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1557
1558 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1559
1560 ;;;***
1561 \f
1562 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el" (22150 28228
1563 ;;;;;; 758072 702000))
1564 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1565
1566 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1567 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.ac files.
1568
1569 \(fn)" t nil)
1570
1571 ;;;***
1572 \f
1573 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (22192 2880 903382
1574 ;;;;;; 391000))
1575 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1576
1577 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1578 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1579 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1580
1581 \(fn)" t nil)
1582
1583 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1584 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1585 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1586 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1587
1588 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1589
1590 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1591 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1592 See the `auto-insert-mode' command
1593 for a description of this minor mode.
1594 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1595 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1596 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1597
1598 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1599
1600 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1601 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1602 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1603 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1604 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1605
1606 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1607 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1608
1609 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1610
1611 ;;;***
1612 \f
1613 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el" (22302
1614 ;;;;;; 35693 265420 723000))
1615 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1616
1617 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1618
1619 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1620
1621 (put 'autoload-ensure-writable 'risky-local-variable t)
1622
1623 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1624 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1625 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1626
1627 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1628 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1629 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1630 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1631 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1632
1633 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1634
1635 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER OUTFILE)" t nil)
1636
1637 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1638 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1639 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1640 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1641 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1642
1643 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1644 directory or directories specified.
1645
1646 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1647 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1648 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1649 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1650 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1651 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1652
1653 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1654
1655 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1656 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1657 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1658 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1659 should be non-nil).
1660
1661 \(fn)" nil nil)
1662
1663 ;;;***
1664 \f
1665 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (22292 49734 698738
1666 ;;;;;; 351000))
1667 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1668
1669 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1670 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto Revert mode).
1671 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Revert mode if ARG is
1672 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1673 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1674
1675 Auto Revert mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1676 buffer. When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1677 disk changes.
1678
1679 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1680 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1681 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1682
1683 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1684
1685 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1686 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1687
1688 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1689 (add-hook \\='c-mode-hook #\\='turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1690
1691 \(fn)" nil nil)
1692
1693 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1694 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1695 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail mode if ARG
1696 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1697 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1698
1699 When Auto Revert Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1700 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This
1701 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1702 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1703 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1704
1705 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1706 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1707 writing before you save the file!
1708
1709 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1710
1711 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1712
1713 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1714 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail mode.
1715
1716 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1717 (add-hook \\='my-logfile-mode-hook #\\='turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1718
1719 \(fn)" nil nil)
1720
1721 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1722 Non-nil if Global Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1723 See the `global-auto-revert-mode' command
1724 for a description of this minor mode.
1725 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1726 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1727 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1728
1729 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1730
1731 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1732 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1733 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert mode if ARG
1734 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1735 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1736
1737 Global Auto Revert mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1738 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk. Use
1739 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1740
1741 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1742 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1743 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1744 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1745 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1746
1747 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1748 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1749 specifies in the mode line.
1750
1751 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1752
1753 ;;;***
1754 \f
1755 ;;;### (autoloads nil "avoid" "avoid.el" (22150 28226 946072 702000))
1756 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1757
1758 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1759 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1760 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1761 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1762 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1763
1764 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1765
1766 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1767 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1768 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1769 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1770
1771 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1772 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1773 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1774
1775 Effects of the different modes:
1776 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1777 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1778 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1779 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1780 a random distance & direction.
1781 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1782 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1783 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1784
1785 \(See `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1786 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1787 definition of \"random distance\".)
1788
1789 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1790
1791 ;;;***
1792 \f
1793 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bat-mode" "progmodes/bat-mode.el" (22150 28228
1794 ;;;;;; 758072 702000))
1795 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bat-mode.el
1796
1797 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(bat\\|cmd\\)\\'" . bat-mode))
1798
1799 (autoload 'bat-mode "bat-mode" "\
1800 Major mode for editing DOS/Windows batch files.
1801
1802 Start a new script from `bat-template'. Read help pages for DOS commands
1803 with `bat-cmd-help'. Navigate between sections using `imenu'.
1804 Run script using `bat-run' and `bat-run-args'.
1805
1806 \\{bat-mode-map}
1807
1808 \(fn)" t nil)
1809
1810 ;;;***
1811 \f
1812 ;;;### (autoloads nil "battery" "battery.el" (22216 22852 972596
1813 ;;;;;; 491000))
1814 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1815 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1816
1817 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1818 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1819 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1820 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1821
1822 \(fn)" t nil)
1823
1824 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1825 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1826 See the `display-battery-mode' command
1827 for a description of this minor mode.
1828 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1829 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1830 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1831
1832 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1833
1834 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1835 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1836 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1837 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1838 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1839
1840 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1841 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1842 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1843 seconds.
1844
1845 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1846
1847 ;;;***
1848 \f
1849 ;;;### (autoloads nil "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (22150
1850 ;;;;;; 28227 338072 702000))
1851 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1852
1853 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1854 Time execution of FORMS.
1855 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1856 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1857 FORMS once.
1858 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1859 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1860 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1861
1862 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1863
1864 (function-put 'benchmark-run 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1865
1866 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1867 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1868 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1869 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1870 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1871
1872 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1873
1874 (function-put 'benchmark-run-compiled 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1875
1876 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1877 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1878 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1879 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1880 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1881
1882 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1883
1884 ;;;***
1885 \f
1886 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (22150 28229
1887 ;;;;;; 94072 702000))
1888 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1889
1890 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1891 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1892 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1893 of corresponding buffers.
1894 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1895 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil
1896 and the current buffer visits a file using `bibtex-mode'.
1897 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1898 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1899
1900 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer
1901 visits a file using `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer
1902 does not use `bibtex-mode',
1903
1904 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1905
1906 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1907 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1908
1909 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1910
1911 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1912 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1913 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1914 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1915
1916 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1917 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1918 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
1919 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1920 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1921
1922 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1923 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1924
1925
1926 Special information:
1927
1928 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1929
1930 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1931 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1932 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1933 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1934 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1935 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1936 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1937 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1938 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1939 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1940 \\[completion-at-point] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1941
1942 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1943 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1944 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1945 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1946 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1947 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1948 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1949 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1950
1951 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1952
1953 ----------------------------------------------------------
1954 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1955 if that value is non-nil.
1956
1957 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1958
1959 \(fn)" t nil)
1960
1961 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1962 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1963 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1964 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1965 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1966 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1967 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1968 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1969 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
1970 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
1971 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
1972 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
1973
1974 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1975
1976 ;;;***
1977 \f
1978 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1979 ;;;;;; (22150 28229 86072 702000))
1980 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1981
1982 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1983 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1984
1985 \(fn)" t nil)
1986
1987 ;;;***
1988 \f
1989 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "mail/binhex.el" (22150 28228 226072
1990 ;;;;;; 702000))
1991 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1992
1993 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$" "\
1994 Regular expression matching the start of a BinHex encoded region.")
1995
1996 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1997 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1998 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1999
2000 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
2001
2002 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
2003 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
2004
2005 \(fn START END)" t nil)
2006
2007 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
2008 Binhex decode region between START and END.
2009
2010 \(fn START END)" t nil)
2011
2012 ;;;***
2013 \f
2014 ;;;### (autoloads nil "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (22150 28228
2015 ;;;;;; 674072 702000))
2016 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
2017
2018 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
2019 Play blackbox.
2020 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
2021
2022 What is blackbox?
2023
2024 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
2025 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
2026 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
2027 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
2028 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
2029 your score.
2030
2031 Overview of play:
2032
2033 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
2034 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2035 four.
2036
2037 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2038 movement keys.
2039
2040 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2041 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2042
2043 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2044 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
2045
2046 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2047 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
2048 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
2049 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2050 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2051 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2052
2053 Details:
2054
2055 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2056
2057 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2058 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
2059 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2060 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2061
2062 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2063 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
2064 denoted by the letter `R'.
2065
2066 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2067 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2068 denoted by the letter `H'.
2069
2070 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2071 example.
2072
2073 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2074 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2075 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2076 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2077 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
2078 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2079 ray.
2080
2081 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2082 degree deflection it causes.
2083
2084 1
2085 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2086 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2087 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2088 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2089 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2090 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2091 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2092 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2093 2 3
2094
2095 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2096 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2097
2098
2099 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2100 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2101 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2102 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2103 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2104 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2105 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2106 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2107
2108 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2109 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2110 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2111 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2112 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2113 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2114 emerging from the box.
2115
2116 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2117
2118 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2119 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2120 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2121 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2122 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2123 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2124 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2125 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2126
2127 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2128 a reflection.
2129
2130 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
2131
2132 ;;;***
2133 \f
2134 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (22301 64691 837087
2135 ;;;;;; 484000))
2136 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2137 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
2138 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
2139 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "M" 'bookmark-set-no-overwrite)
2140 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2141
2142 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "M" 'bookmark-set-no-overwrite) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2143 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2144 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2145 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2146 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2147 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2148 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
2149
2150 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
2151 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2152 If NAME is nil, then prompt the user.
2153
2154 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2155 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2156 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2157 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2158 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2159 recent one.
2160
2161 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2162 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2163 yank successive words.
2164
2165 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2166 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2167 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2168 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2169 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2170
2171 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2172 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2173 the list of bookmarks.)
2174
2175 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil)
2176
2177 (autoload 'bookmark-set-no-overwrite "bookmark" "\
2178 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2179 If NAME is nil, then prompt the user.
2180
2181 If a bookmark named NAME already exists and prefix argument
2182 PUSH-BOOKMARK is non-nil, then push the new bookmark onto the
2183 bookmark alist. Pushing it means that among bookmarks named
2184 NAME, this one becomes the one in effect, but the others are
2185 still there, in order, and become effective again if the user
2186 ever deletes the most recent one.
2187
2188 Otherwise, if a bookmark named NAME already exists but PUSH-BOOKMARK
2189 is nil, raise an error.
2190
2191 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2192 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2193 yank successive words.
2194
2195 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2196 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2197 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2198 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2199 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2200
2201 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2202 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2203 the list of bookmarks.)
2204
2205 \(fn &optional NAME PUSH-BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2206
2207 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2208 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2209 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2210 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2211 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2212 this.
2213
2214 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2215 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2216 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2217 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2218
2219 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2220 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2221
2222 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2223 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2224 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2225
2226 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil)
2227
2228 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2229 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2230
2231 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2232
2233 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2234 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2235
2236 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2237 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2238 after a bookmark was set in it.
2239
2240 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2241
2242 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2243 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2244
2245 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2246 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2247
2248 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2249
2250 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2251
2252 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2253 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2254 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2255 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2256
2257 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2258 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2259 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2260
2261 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2262 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2263 name.
2264
2265 \(fn OLD-NAME &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
2266
2267 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2268 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2269 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2270
2271 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2272 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2273 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2274 this.
2275
2276 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2277
2278 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2279 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2280
2281 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2282 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2283 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2284 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2285 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2286 probably because we were called from there.
2287
2288 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2289
2290 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2291 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2292
2293 \(fn)" t nil)
2294
2295 (function-put 'bookmark-write 'interactive-only 'bookmark-save)
2296
2297 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2298 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2299 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2300 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2301 \(second argument).
2302
2303 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2304 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2305 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2306 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2307 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2308
2309 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2310 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2311 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2312 `bookmark-default-file'.
2313
2314 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2315
2316 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2317 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2318 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2319 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2320 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2321 while loading.
2322
2323 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2324 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2325 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2326 place. Your own personal bookmark file, specified by the variable
2327 `bookmark-default-file', is maintained automatically by Emacs; you
2328 shouldn't need to load it explicitly.
2329
2330 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2331 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2332 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", etc.
2333
2334 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2335
2336 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2337 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2338 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2339 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2340 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2341
2342 \(fn)" t nil)
2343
2344 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2345
2346 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2347
2348 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search "bookmark" "\
2349 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2350
2351 \(fn)" t nil)
2352
2353 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (bindings--define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load a Bookmark File..." bookmark-load :help "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)")) (bindings--define-key map [write] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks As..." bookmark-write :help "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)")) (bindings--define-key map [save] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks" bookmark-save :help "Save currently defined bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [edit] '(menu-item "Edit Bookmark List" bookmark-bmenu-list :help "Display a list of existing bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [delete] '(menu-item "Delete Bookmark..." bookmark-delete :help "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list")) (bindings--define-key map [rename] '(menu-item "Rename Bookmark..." bookmark-rename :help "Change the name of a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [locate] '(menu-item "Insert Location..." bookmark-locate :help "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [insert] '(menu-item "Insert Contents..." bookmark-insert :help "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [set] '(menu-item "Set Bookmark..." bookmark-set :help "Set a bookmark named inside a file.")) (bindings--define-key map [jump] '(menu-item "Jump to Bookmark..." bookmark-jump :help "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)")) map))
2354
2355 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2356
2357 ;;;***
2358 \f
2359 ;;;### (autoloads nil "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (22189 64323
2360 ;;;;;; 280321 19000))
2361 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2362
2363 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2364 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2365 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2366 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2367
2368 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2369 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2370 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2371 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2372 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2373
2374 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2375
2376 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2377 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2378 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2379 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2380 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2381 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2382
2383 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2384
2385 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2386 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2387 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2388 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2389 narrowed.
2390
2391 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2392
2393 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2394 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2395
2396 \(fn)" t nil)
2397
2398 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2399 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2400
2401 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2402
2403 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2404 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2405 Prompt for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point.
2406 Invokes a suitable browser function which does the actual job.
2407 The variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser function to
2408 use. If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2409 first, if that exists.
2410
2411 The additional ARGS are passed to the browser function. See the doc
2412 strings of the actual functions, starting with `browse-url-browser-function',
2413 for information about the significance of ARGS (most of the functions
2414 ignore it).
2415 If ARGS are omitted, the default is to pass `browse-url-new-window-flag'
2416 as ARGS.
2417
2418 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2419
2420 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2421 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2422 Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2423 Optional prefix argument ARG non-nil inverts the value of the option
2424 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2425
2426 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2427
2428 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2429 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2430 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2431 but point is not changed. Variable `browse-url-browser-function'
2432 says which browser to use.
2433
2434 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2435
2436 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2437 Pass the specified URL to the \"xdg-open\" command.
2438 xdg-open is a desktop utility that calls your preferred web browser.
2439 The optional argument IGNORED is not used.
2440
2441 \(fn URL &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
2442
2443 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2444 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2445 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2446 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2447
2448 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2449 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2450 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2451 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2452
2453 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2454 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2455 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2456
2457 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2458 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2459
2460 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2461
2462 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-netscape 'nil '"25.1")
2463
2464 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2465 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2466 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2467 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2468
2469 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2470 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2471 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2472 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2473
2474 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2475 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2476 new tab in an existing window instead.
2477
2478 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2479 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2480
2481 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2482
2483 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2484 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2485 Defaults to the URL around or before point. Passes the strings
2486 in the variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' to Firefox.
2487
2488 Interactively, if the variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil,
2489 loads the document in a new Firefox window. A non-nil prefix argument
2490 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2491
2492 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2493 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2494 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2495
2496 Non-interactively, this uses the optional second argument NEW-WINDOW
2497 instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2498
2499 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2500
2501 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2502 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2503 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2504 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2505 Chromium.
2506 The optional argument NEW-WINDOW is not used.
2507
2508 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2509
2510 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2511 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2512 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2513 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2514
2515 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2516 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2517 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2518 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2519
2520 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2521 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2522 new tab in an existing window instead.
2523
2524 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2525 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2526
2527 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2528
2529 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-galeon 'nil '"25.1")
2530
2531 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2532 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2533
2534 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2535
2536 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2537 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2538 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2539 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2540
2541 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2542 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2543 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2544 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2545
2546 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2547 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2548
2549 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2550
2551 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-gnome-moz 'nil '"25.1")
2552
2553 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2554 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2555
2556 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2557 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2558 program is invoked according to the variable
2559 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2560
2561 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2562 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2563 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2564 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2565
2566 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2567 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2568
2569 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2570
2571 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-mosaic 'nil '"25.1")
2572
2573 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2574 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2575 Default to the URL around or before point.
2576
2577 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2578 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2579 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2580
2581 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2582 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2583 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2584 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2585
2586 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2587 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2588
2589 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2590
2591 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-cci 'nil '"25.1")
2592
2593 (autoload 'browse-url-conkeror "browse-url" "\
2594 Ask the Conkeror WWW browser to load URL.
2595 Default to the URL around or before point. Also pass the strings
2596 in the variable `browse-url-conkeror-arguments' to Conkeror.
2597
2598 When called interactively, if variable
2599 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2600 new Conkeror window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2601 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2602 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2603
2604 If variable `browse-url-conkeror-new-window-is-buffer' is
2605 non-nil, then whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a
2606 new window, load it in a new buffer in an existing window instead.
2607
2608 When called non-interactively, use optional second argument
2609 NEW-WINDOW instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2610
2611 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2612
2613 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2614 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2615 Default to the URL around or before point.
2616
2617 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2618 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2619 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2620
2621 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2622 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2623
2624 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2625
2626 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2627 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2628 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2629 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2630
2631 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2632
2633 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit 'nil '"25.1")
2634
2635 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2636 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2637 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2638 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2639 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2640 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2641 The optional argument NEW-WINDOW is not used.
2642
2643 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2644
2645 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2646 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2647 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2648 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2649 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2650
2651 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2652 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2653 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2654 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2655
2656 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2657 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2658
2659 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2660
2661 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2662 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2663 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2664 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2665 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2666 current one.
2667
2668 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2669 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2670 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2671 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2672
2673 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2674 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2675
2676 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2677
2678 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2679 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2680 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2681 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2682 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2683 don't offer a form of remote control.
2684
2685 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2686
2687 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2688 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2689 Default to the URL around or before point.
2690 The optional argument NEW-WINDOW is not used.
2691
2692 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2693
2694 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2695 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2696 Default to the URL around the point.
2697
2698 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2699 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2700
2701 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2702 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2703
2704 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2705
2706 ;;;***
2707 \f
2708 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bs" "bs.el" (22150 28226 950072 702000))
2709 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2710 (push (purecopy '(bs 1 17)) package--builtin-versions)
2711
2712 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2713 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2714 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2715 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2716
2717 \(fn)" t nil)
2718
2719 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2720 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2721 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2722 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2723
2724 \(fn)" t nil)
2725
2726 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2727 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2728
2729 \(fn)" t nil)
2730
2731 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2732 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2733 \\<bs-mode-map>
2734 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2735 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2736 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2737 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2738
2739 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2740 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2741 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2742 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2743 name of buffer configuration.
2744
2745 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2746
2747 ;;;***
2748 \f
2749 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (22150 28228 674072
2750 ;;;;;; 702000))
2751 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2752
2753 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2754 Play Bubbles game.
2755 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2756 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2757 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2758 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2759 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2760 columns on its right towards the left.
2761
2762 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2763 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2764 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2765 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2766
2767 \(fn)" t nil)
2768
2769 ;;;***
2770 \f
2771 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bug-reference" "progmodes/bug-reference.el"
2772 ;;;;;; (22150 28228 758072 702000))
2773 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2774
2775 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2776
2777 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2778 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2779 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2780 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
2781 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2782
2783 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2784
2785 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2786 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2787
2788 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2789
2790 ;;;***
2791 \f
2792 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (22195
2793 ;;;;;; 16710 339344 967000))
2794 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2795 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2796 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2797 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2798
2799 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2800
2801 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2802 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2803 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2804 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2805 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2806 else the global value will be modified.
2807
2808 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2809
2810 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2811 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2812 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2813 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2814 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2815 else the global value will be modified.
2816
2817 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2818
2819 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2820 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2821 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2822
2823 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2824
2825 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2826 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2827 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2828 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2829
2830 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2831 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2832 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2833 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2834 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2835 before scanning it.
2836
2837 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2838 that already has a `.elc' file.
2839
2840 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2841 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2842
2843 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2844 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2845 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2846 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2847 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2848 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2849
2850 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2851
2852 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2853 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2854 Print the result in the echo area.
2855 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2856
2857 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2858
2859 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2860 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2861 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2862
2863 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2864
2865 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2866 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2867 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2868 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2869 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2870 all functions called by those functions.
2871
2872 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2873 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly
2874 \(`eq', `cons', etc.).
2875
2876 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2877 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2878 invoked interactively.
2879
2880 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2881
2882 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2883 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2884 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2885 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2886
2887 \(fn)" nil nil)
2888
2889 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2890 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2891 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2892 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2893 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2894 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2895 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2896 already up-to-date.
2897
2898 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2899
2900 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2901 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2902 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2903 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2904
2905 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2906 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2907 and corresponding effects.
2908
2909 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2910
2911 ;;;***
2912 \f
2913 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (22192
2914 ;;;;;; 2880 911382 391000))
2915 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2916
2917 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2918
2919 ;;;***
2920 \f
2921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (22150 28227
2922 ;;;;;; 50072 702000))
2923 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2924
2925 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2926
2927 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2928
2929 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2930
2931 ;;;***
2932 \f
2933 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el" (22150
2934 ;;;;;; 28227 50072 702000))
2935 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2936
2937 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2938 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2939 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2940 from the cursor position.
2941
2942 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2943
2944 ;;;***
2945 \f
2946 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc" "calc/calc.el" (22150 28227 26072 702000))
2947 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2948 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2949
2950 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2951 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See \\[calc-dispatch-help] for details.
2952
2953 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2954
2955 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2956 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2957
2958 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2959
2960 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2961 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2962
2963 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2964
2965 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2966 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2967 With prefix argument INSERT, insert the result in the current
2968 buffer. Otherwise, the result is copied into the kill ring.
2969
2970 \(fn &optional INSERT)" t nil)
2971
2972 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2973 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2974 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2975 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2976
2977 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2978
2979 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2980 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2981 This is most useful in the X window system.
2982 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2983 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2984
2985 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2986
2987 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2988 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2989 See calc-keypad for details.
2990
2991 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2992
2993 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2994 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2995
2996 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2997
2998 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2999 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
3000
3001 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
3002
3003 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
3004 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
3005
3006 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
3007
3008 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
3009 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
3010 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
3011
3012 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
3013
3014 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
3015 Define Calc function.
3016
3017 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
3018 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
3019 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
3020
3021 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
3022 actual Lisp function name.
3023
3024 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
3025
3026 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
3027
3028 (function-put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
3029
3030 ;;;***
3031 \f
3032 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (22150 28227
3033 ;;;;;; 22072 702000))
3034 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
3035
3036 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
3037
3038
3039 \(fn N)" t nil)
3040
3041 ;;;***
3042 \f
3043 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calculator" "calculator.el" (22222 61645 281665
3044 ;;;;;; 355000))
3045 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
3046
3047 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
3048 Run the Emacs calculator.
3049 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
3050
3051 \(fn)" t nil)
3052
3053 ;;;***
3054 \f
3055 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (22192 2880
3056 ;;;;;; 919382 391000))
3057 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
3058
3059 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
3060 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
3061 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
3062 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
3063 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
3064 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
3065
3066 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
3067 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
3068 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
3069 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
3070 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
3071 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
3072 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
3073 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
3074 window.
3075
3076 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
3077 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
3078
3079 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3080 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3081 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
3082 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
3083 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3084 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3085
3086 Runs the following hooks:
3087
3088 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
3089 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3090 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3091 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3092
3093 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
3094
3095 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3096
3097 ;;;***
3098 \f
3099 ;;;### (autoloads nil "canlock" "gnus/canlock.el" (22150 28227 658072
3100 ;;;;;; 702000))
3101 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3102
3103 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3104 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3105
3106 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3107
3108 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3109 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3110 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3111 it fails.
3112
3113 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3114
3115 ;;;***
3116 \f
3117 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el" (22312
3118 ;;;;;; 35002 232754 775000))
3119 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3120
3121 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3122 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3123
3124 \(fn)" nil nil)
3125
3126 ;;;***
3127 \f
3128 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (22150 28228
3129 ;;;;;; 790072 702000))
3130 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3131
3132 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3133 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3134
3135 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3136 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3137
3138 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3139 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3140
3141 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3142
3143 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3144 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3145 made from scratch.
3146
3147 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3148
3149 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3150 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3151
3152 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3153 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3154 made from scratch.
3155
3156 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3157
3158 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3159 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3160
3161 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3162
3163 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3164 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3165 made from scratch.
3166
3167 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3168
3169 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3170 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3171
3172 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3173 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3174 made from scratch.
3175
3176 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3177
3178 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3179 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3180
3181 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3182
3183 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3184 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3185 made from scratch.
3186
3187 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3188
3189 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3190 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3191
3192 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3193 variables are guessed:
3194
3195 * `c-basic-offset', and
3196 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3197 `c-offsets-alist'.
3198
3199 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3200 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3201
3202 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3203 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3204
3205 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3206 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3207 guess is made from scratch.
3208
3209 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3210 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3211
3212 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3213
3214 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3215 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3216 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3217 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3218
3219 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3220 `c-add-style'. Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3221 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3222
3223 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3224
3225 ;;;***
3226 \f
3227 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el" (22162 19398
3228 ;;;;;; 889892 547000))
3229 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3230
3231 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3232 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3233 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3234 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3235 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3236 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3237 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3238
3239 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3240 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3241 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3242 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3243 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3244 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3245 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3246 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3247 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3248
3249 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3250 Major mode for editing C code.
3251
3252 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3253 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3254 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3255 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3256
3257 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3258
3259 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3260 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3261
3262 Key bindings:
3263 \\{c-mode-map}
3264
3265 \(fn)" t nil)
3266
3267 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3268 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3269 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3270 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3271 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3272 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3273 message.
3274
3275 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3276
3277 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3278 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3279
3280 Key bindings:
3281 \\{c++-mode-map}
3282
3283 \(fn)" t nil)
3284 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3285
3286 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3287 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3288 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3289 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3290 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3291 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3292 message.
3293
3294 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3295
3296 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3297 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3298
3299 Key bindings:
3300 \\{objc-mode-map}
3301
3302 \(fn)" t nil)
3303 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3304
3305 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3306 Major mode for editing Java code.
3307 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3308 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3309 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3310 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3311 message.
3312
3313 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3314
3315 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3316 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3317
3318 Key bindings:
3319 \\{java-mode-map}
3320
3321 \(fn)" t nil)
3322 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3323
3324 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3325 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3326 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3327 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3328 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3329 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3330 message.
3331
3332 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3333
3334 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3335 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3336
3337 Key bindings:
3338 \\{idl-mode-map}
3339
3340 \(fn)" t nil)
3341 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(\\.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3342 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3343
3344 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3345 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3346 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3347 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3348 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3349 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3350 message.
3351
3352 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3353
3354 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3355 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3356
3357 Key bindings:
3358 \\{pike-mode-map}
3359
3360 \(fn)" t nil)
3361 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3362 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3363 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3364 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3365 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3366
3367 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3368 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3369 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3370 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3371 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3372 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3373
3374 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3375
3376 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3377 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3378
3379 Key bindings:
3380 \\{awk-mode-map}
3381
3382 \(fn)" t nil)
3383
3384 ;;;***
3385 \f
3386 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-styles" "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (22150
3387 ;;;;;; 28228 798072 702000))
3388 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3389
3390 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3391 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3392 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3393 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3394
3395 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3396
3397 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3398 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3399 might get set too.
3400
3401 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3402 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3403 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3404 done in your init file. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook
3405 in this way.
3406
3407 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3408 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3409 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3410 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3411 a null operation.
3412
3413 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3414
3415 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3416 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3417 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3418 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3419
3420 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3421
3422 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3423 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3424 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3425
3426 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3427
3428 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3429 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3430 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3431 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3432 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3433
3434 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3435
3436 ;;;***
3437 \f
3438 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (22321 49972
3439 ;;;;;; 996789 707000))
3440 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3441 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3442 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3443 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3444
3445 ;;;***
3446 \f
3447 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ccl" "international/ccl.el" (22150 28228 106072
3448 ;;;;;; 702000))
3449 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3450
3451 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3452 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3453
3454 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3455
3456 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3457 Disassemble compiled CCL-code CODE.
3458
3459 \(fn CODE)" nil nil)
3460
3461 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3462 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3463
3464 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3465 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3466 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3467 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3468 execution.
3469
3470 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3471
3472 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil t)
3473
3474 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3475 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3476
3477 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3478 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3479 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3480 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3481
3482 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3483 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3484 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3485 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3486 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3487 `write' commands.
3488
3489 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3490 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3491 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3492 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3493
3494 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3495 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3496 semantics.
3497
3498 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3499
3500 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3501
3502 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3503
3504 STATEMENT :=
3505 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3506 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3507
3508 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3509 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3510 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3511 | integer
3512
3513 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3514
3515 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3516 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3517 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3518
3519 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3520 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3521 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3522
3523 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3524
3525 ;; Create a block of STATEMENTs for repeating. The STATEMENTs
3526 ;; are executed sequentially until REPEAT or BREAK is executed.
3527 ;; If REPEAT statement is executed, STATEMENTs are executed from the
3528 ;; start again. If BREAK statements is executed, the execution
3529 ;; exits from the block. If neither REPEAT nor BREAK is
3530 ;; executed, the execution exits from the block after executing the
3531 ;; last STATEMENT.
3532 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3533
3534 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3535 BREAK := (break)
3536
3537 REPEAT :=
3538 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3539 (repeat)
3540 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3541 ;; (repeat))
3542 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3543 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3544 ;; (read REG)
3545 ;; (repeat))
3546 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3547 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3548 ;; (read REG)
3549 ;; (repeat))
3550 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3551
3552 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3553 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3554 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3555 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3556 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3557 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3558 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3559 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3560 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3561 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3562 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3563 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3564 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3565 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3566 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3567 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3568
3569 WRITE :=
3570 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3571 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3572 ;; representation.
3573 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3574 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3575 ;; (write r7))
3576 | (write EXPRESSION)
3577 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3578 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3579 ;; representation.
3580 | (write integer)
3581 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3582 ;; buffer.
3583 | (write string)
3584 ;; Same as: (write string)
3585 | string
3586 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3587 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3588 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3589 ;; representation.
3590 | (write REG ARRAY)
3591 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3592 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3593 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3594 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3595 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3596 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3597
3598 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3599 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3600
3601 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3602 END := (end)
3603
3604 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3605 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3606 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3607
3608 ARG := REG | integer
3609
3610 OPERATOR :=
3611 ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
3612 + | - | * | / | %
3613
3614 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3615 | & | `|' | ^
3616
3617 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3618 | << | >>
3619
3620 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3621 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3622 | <8
3623
3624 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3625 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3626 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3627 | >8
3628
3629 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3630 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3631 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3632 | //
3633
3634 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3635 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3636
3637 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3638 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3639 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3640 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3641 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3642 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3643 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3644 | de-sjis
3645
3646 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3647 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
3648 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3649 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3650 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3651 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3652 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3653 ;; byte of SJIS.
3654 | en-sjis
3655
3656 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3657 ;; Same meaning as C code
3658 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3659
3660 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3661 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3662 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3663 | <8=
3664
3665 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3666 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3667 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3668
3669 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3670 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3671 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3672 | //=
3673
3674 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3675
3676
3677 TRANSLATE :=
3678 ;; Decode character SRC, translate it by translate table
3679 ;; TABLE, and encode it back to DST. TABLE is specified
3680 ;; by its id number in REG_0, SRC is specified by its
3681 ;; charset id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2
3682 ;; respectively.
3683 ;; On encoding, the charset of highest priority is selected.
3684 ;; After the execution, DST is specified by its charset
3685 ;; id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2 respectively.
3686 (translate-character REG_0 REG_1 REG_2)
3687
3688 ;; Same as above except for SYMBOL specifying the name of
3689 ;; the translate table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3690 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG_1 REG_2)
3691
3692 LOOKUP :=
3693 ;; Look up character SRC in hash table TABLE. TABLE is
3694 ;; specified by its name in SYMBOL, and SRC is specified by
3695 ;; its charset id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2
3696 ;; respectively.
3697 ;; If its associated value is an integer, set REG_1 to that
3698 ;; value, and set r7 to 1. Otherwise, set r7 to 0.
3699 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG_1 REG_2)
3700
3701 ;; Look up integer value N in hash table TABLE. TABLE is
3702 ;; specified by its name in SYMBOL and N is specified in
3703 ;; REG.
3704 ;; If its associated value is a character, set REG to that
3705 ;; value, and set r7 to 1. Otherwise, set r7 to 0.
3706 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3707
3708 MAP :=
3709 ;; The following statements are for internal use only.
3710 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3711 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3712 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3713
3714 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3715 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3716 MAP-ID := integer
3717
3718 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil t)
3719
3720 (function-put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
3721
3722 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3723 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3724 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3725 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3726 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3727 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3728
3729 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil t)
3730
3731 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3732 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3733 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3734
3735 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3736
3737 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3738
3739 ;;;***
3740 \f
3741 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el" (22150 28227
3742 ;;;;;; 358072 702000))
3743 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
3744
3745 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
3746 Main entry point for closure conversion.
3747 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
3748 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
3749
3750 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
3751
3752 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3753
3754 (autoload 'cconv-warnings-only "cconv" "\
3755 Add the warnings that closure conversion would encounter.
3756
3757 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3758
3759 ;;;***
3760 \f
3761 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet" "cedet/cedet.el" (22150 28227 146072
3762 ;;;;;; 702000))
3763 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet.el
3764 (push (purecopy '(cedet 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
3765
3766 ;;;***
3767 \f
3768 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (22150 28228
3769 ;;;;;; 802072 702000))
3770 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3771 (push (purecopy '(cfengine 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
3772
3773 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
3774 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
3775 There are no special keybindings by default.
3776
3777 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3778 to the action header.
3779
3780 \(fn)" t nil)
3781
3782 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
3783 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
3784 There are no special keybindings by default.
3785
3786 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3787 to the action header.
3788
3789 \(fn)" t nil)
3790
3791 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
3792 Choose `cfengine2-mode' or `cfengine3-mode' by buffer contents.
3793
3794 \(fn)" t nil)
3795
3796 ;;;***
3797 \f
3798 ;;;### (autoloads nil "char-fold" "char-fold.el" (22332 20294 657693
3799 ;;;;;; 779000))
3800 ;;; Generated autoloads from char-fold.el
3801
3802 (autoload 'char-fold-to-regexp "char-fold" "\
3803 Return a regexp matching anything that char-folds into STRING.
3804 Any character in STRING that has an entry in
3805 `char-fold-table' is replaced with that entry (which is a
3806 regexp) and other characters are `regexp-quote'd.
3807
3808 If the resulting regexp would be too long for Emacs to handle,
3809 just return the result of calling `regexp-quote' on STRING.
3810
3811 FROM is for internal use. It specifies an index in the STRING
3812 from which to start.
3813
3814 \(fn STRING &optional LAX FROM)" nil nil)
3815
3816 ;;;***
3817 \f
3818 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chart" "emacs-lisp/chart.el" (22150 28227
3819 ;;;;;; 358072 702000))
3820 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/chart.el
3821 (push (purecopy '(chart 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3822
3823 ;;;***
3824 \f
3825 ;;;### (autoloads nil "check-declare" "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el"
3826 ;;;;;; (22296 46772 428104 103000))
3827 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3828
3829 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3830 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3831 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3832
3833 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
3834
3835 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3836 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3837 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3838
3839 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
3840
3841 ;;;***
3842 \f
3843 ;;;### (autoloads nil "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (22197
3844 ;;;;;; 58438 127460 447000))
3845 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3846 (push (purecopy '(checkdoc 0 6 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3847 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3848 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3849 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3850 (put 'checkdoc-spellcheck-documentation-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3851 (put 'checkdoc-ispell-list-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3852 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3853 (put 'checkdoc-verb-check-experimental-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3854 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3855
3856 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3857 Return t when OBJ is a list of strings.
3858
3859 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
3860 (put 'checkdoc-proper-noun-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3861 (put 'checkdoc-common-verbs-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3862
3863 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3864 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3865 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3866 the users will view as each check is completed.
3867
3868 \(fn)" t nil)
3869
3870 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3871 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3872 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3873 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3874 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3875 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3876 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3877 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3878
3879 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3880
3881 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3882 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3883 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3884 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3885 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3886 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3887 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3888 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3889
3890 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3891
3892 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3893 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3894 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3895 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3896 spacing are all verified.
3897
3898 \(fn)" t nil)
3899
3900 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3901 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3902 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3903 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3904 otherwise stop after the first error.
3905
3906 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3907
3908 (autoload 'checkdoc-file "checkdoc" "\
3909 Check FILE for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3910
3911 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
3912
3913 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3914 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3915 Only documentation strings are checked.
3916 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3917 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3918 a separate buffer.
3919
3920 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3921
3922 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3923 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3924 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3925 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3926 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3927
3928 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3929
3930 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3931 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3932 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3933 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3934 if there is one.
3935
3936 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3937
3938 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3939 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3940 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3941 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3942 if there is one.
3943 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3944
3945 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3946
3947 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3948 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3949 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3950
3951 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3952
3953 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3954 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3955 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3956 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3957 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3958
3959 \(fn)" t nil)
3960
3961 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3962 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3963 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3964 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3965 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3966 space at the end of each line.
3967
3968 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3969
3970 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3971 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3972 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3973 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc'
3974
3975 \(fn)" t nil)
3976
3977 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3978 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3979 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3980 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3981
3982 \(fn)" t nil)
3983
3984 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3985 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3986 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3987 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3988
3989 \(fn)" t nil)
3990
3991 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3992 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3993 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3994 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3995
3996 \(fn)" t nil)
3997
3998 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3999 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4000 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
4001 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
4002
4003 \(fn)" t nil)
4004
4005 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
4006 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4007 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
4008 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
4009
4010 \(fn)" t nil)
4011
4012 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
4013 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
4014 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
4015 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
4016
4017 \(fn)" t nil)
4018
4019 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
4020 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
4021 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
4022 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
4023
4024 \(fn)" t nil)
4025
4026 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
4027 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
4028 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
4029 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
4030
4031 \(fn)" t nil)
4032
4033 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
4034 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
4035 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
4036 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
4037 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4038
4039 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
4040 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
4041 checking of documentation strings.
4042
4043 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
4044
4045 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4046
4047 (autoload 'checkdoc-package-keywords "checkdoc" "\
4048 Find package keywords that aren't in `finder-known-keywords'.
4049
4050 \(fn)" t nil)
4051
4052 ;;;***
4053 \f
4054 ;;;### (autoloads nil "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (22150
4055 ;;;;;; 28228 162072 702000))
4056 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
4057
4058 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
4059 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
4060 Return the length of resulting text.
4061
4062 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4063
4064 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4065 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
4066
4067 \(fn)" t nil)
4068
4069 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
4070 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
4071 Return the length of resulting text.
4072
4073 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4074
4075 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4076 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4077
4078 \(fn)" t nil)
4079
4080 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
4081
4082
4083 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
4084
4085 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
4086
4087
4088 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
4089
4090 ;;;***
4091 \f
4092 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chistory" "chistory.el" (22150 28227 274072
4093 ;;;;;; 702000))
4094 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4095
4096 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
4097 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4098 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4099 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4100 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4101 editing and the result is evaluated.
4102
4103 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4104
4105 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
4106 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4107 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4108 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4109 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4110
4111 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4112
4113 \(fn)" t nil)
4114
4115 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4116 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4117 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4118 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4119 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4120
4121 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4122 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4123 \\{command-history-map}
4124
4125 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4126 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4127
4128 \(fn)" t nil)
4129
4130 ;;;***
4131 \f
4132 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el" (22150
4133 ;;;;;; 28227 366072 702000))
4134 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4135
4136 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4137 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4138 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4139 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4140 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4141 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
4142 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4143 of this function.
4144
4145 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4146 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4147 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
4148 property are:
4149
4150 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4151 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4152
4153 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
4154 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4155 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4156 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
4157 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
4158 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4159 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4160 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4161 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4162 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4163 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4164 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4165
4166 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4167 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4168 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4169
4170 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4171 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4172 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
4173 list elements are:
4174
4175 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4176
4177 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4178
4179 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4180
4181 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
4182 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4183
4184 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4185 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4186
4187 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4188 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
4189 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4190 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
4191 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4192 value specified by their associated list element.
4193
4194 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4195
4196 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
4197 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
4198 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4199
4200 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4201 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4202 * indent the first argument by 4.
4203 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4204 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4205 have an offset of 2+1=3.
4206
4207 If the current mode is actually `emacs-lisp-mode', look for a
4208 `common-lisp-indent-function-for-elisp' property before looking
4209 at `common-lisp-indent-function' and, if set, use its value
4210 instead.
4211
4212 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4213
4214 ;;;***
4215 \f
4216 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-lib" "emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el" (22220 19926
4217 ;;;;;; 380329 271000))
4218 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el
4219 (push (purecopy '(cl-lib 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4220
4221 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'custom-print-functions 'cl-custom-print-functions "24.3")
4222
4223 (defvar cl-custom-print-functions nil "\
4224 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4225 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4226 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4227 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4228 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4229
4230 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4231 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4232
4233 ;;;***
4234 \f
4235 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el" (22150 28228
4236 ;;;;;; 802072 702000))
4237 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4238
4239 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4240 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4241 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4242 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4243
4244 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4245 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4246 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4247 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4248
4249 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4250 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4251
4252 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4253
4254 ;;;***
4255 \f
4256 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (22150 28227 274072
4257 ;;;;;; 702000))
4258 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4259
4260 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4261 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4262 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4263 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4264 of `scheme-program-name').
4265 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4266 it is given as initial input.
4267 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4268 discards input when it starts up.
4269 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4270 is run).
4271 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4272
4273 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4274
4275 ;;;***
4276 \f
4277 ;;;### (autoloads nil "color" "color.el" (22150 28227 274072 702000))
4278 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
4279
4280 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4281 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4282 COLOR should be a color name (e.g. \"white\") or an RGB triplet
4283 string (e.g. \"#ff12ec\").
4284
4285 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4286 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4287
4288 Optional argument FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
4289 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
4290 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
4291
4292 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
4293
4294 ;;;***
4295 \f
4296 ;;;### (autoloads nil "comint" "comint.el" (22280 21348 921123 491000))
4297 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4298
4299 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(ansi-color-process-output comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4300 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4301 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4302 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4303 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4304 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4305 functions have already modified the buffer.
4306
4307 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4308
4309 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4310 either globally or locally.")
4311
4312 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4313 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4314 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4315 If there is a running process in BUFFER, it is not restarted.
4316
4317 PROGRAM should be one of the following:
4318 - a string, denoting an executable program to create via
4319 `start-file-process'
4320 - a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE), denoting a TCP
4321 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'
4322 - nil, denoting a newly-allocated pty.
4323
4324 Optional fourth arg STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose
4325 contents are sent to the process as its initial input.
4326
4327 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4328
4329 Return the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4330
4331 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4332
4333 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4334 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4335 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4336 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4337 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4338 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4339 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4340 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4341 process as its initial input.
4342
4343 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4344
4345 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4346
4347 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4348
4349 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4350 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4351 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4352 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4353 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4354 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4355
4356 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4357
4358 (function-put 'comint-run 'interactive-only 'make-comint)
4359
4360 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
4361 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4362 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4363 directory tracking functions.")
4364
4365 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4366 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4367 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4368
4369 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4370
4371 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4372
4373 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4374 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4375 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4376
4377 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4378
4379 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4380
4381 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4382 Send COMMAND to current process.
4383 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4384 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4385
4386 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4387
4388 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4389 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4390 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4391 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4392
4393 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4394
4395 ;;;***
4396 \f
4397 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el" (22150 28229
4398 ;;;;;; 250072 702000))
4399 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
4400
4401 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4402 Compare text in current window with text in another window.
4403 The option `compare-windows-get-window-function' defines how
4404 to get another window.
4405
4406 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4407 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4408
4409 This command pushes the mark in each window
4410 at the prior location of point in that window.
4411 If both windows display the same buffer,
4412 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4413 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4414
4415 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4416 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4417 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4418 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4419 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4420 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4421 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4422 ignored.
4423
4424 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4425 this command work in interlaced mode:
4426 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4427 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4428 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4429
4430 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4431
4432 ;;;***
4433 \f
4434 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (22311 14139
4435 ;;;;;; 218375 715000))
4436 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4437
4438 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4439 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode'.")
4440
4441 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4442
4443 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4444 Hook run after starting a new compilation process.
4445 The hook is run with one argument, the new process.")
4446
4447 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4448
4449 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4450 Number of lines in a compilation window.
4451 If nil, use Emacs default.")
4452
4453 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4454
4455 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4456 Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4457 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4458 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4459 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4460
4461 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4462 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4463 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4464 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4465 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4466
4467 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4468 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4469 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4470 describing how the process finished.")
4471
4472 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4473 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4474 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4475 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4476 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4477
4478 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4479 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4480 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4481
4482 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4483
4484 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4485 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4486 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4487 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4488
4489 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4490
4491 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4492 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4493
4494 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4495 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4496
4497 (add-hook \\='c-mode-hook
4498 (lambda ()
4499 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4500 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4501 (set (make-local-variable \\='compile-command)
4502 (concat \"make -k \"
4503 (if buffer-file-name
4504 (shell-quote-argument
4505 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))))")
4506
4507 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4508 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4509
4510 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4511 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4512 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4513 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4514
4515 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4516
4517 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4518 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4519 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4520 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4521
4522 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4523 and move to the source code that caused it.
4524
4525 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4526 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4527
4528 Interactively, prompts for the command if the variable
4529 `compilation-read-command' is non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'.
4530 With prefix arg, always prompts.
4531 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4532 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4533
4534 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4535 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4536 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4537 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4538
4539 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4540 kills its subprocesses.
4541
4542 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4543 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4544 to a function that generates a unique name.
4545
4546 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4547
4548 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4549 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4550 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4551 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4552
4553 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4554 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4555
4556 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4557 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4558 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4559 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4560
4561 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4562 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4563 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4564
4565 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4566
4567 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4568
4569 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4570 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4571 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4572 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4573 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4574
4575 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4576
4577 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4578
4579 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4580
4581 (put 'define-compilation-mode 'doc-string-elt 3)
4582
4583 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4584 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
4585 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
4586 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
4587 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4588
4589 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
4590 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
4591 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
4592 See `compilation-mode'.
4593
4594 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4595
4596 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4597 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
4598 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
4599 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
4600 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4601
4602 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
4603 commands of Compilation major mode are available. See
4604 `compilation-mode'.
4605
4606 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4607
4608 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4609 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4610 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4611
4612 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4613
4614 ;;;***
4615 \f
4616 ;;;### (autoloads nil "completion" "completion.el" (22197 58438 91460
4617 ;;;;;; 447000))
4618 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4619
4620 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4621 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4622 See the `dynamic-completion-mode' command
4623 for a description of this minor mode.
4624 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4625 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4626 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4627
4628 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4629
4630 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4631 Toggle dynamic word-completion on or off.
4632 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
4633 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
4634 if ARG is omitted or nil.
4635
4636 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4637
4638 ;;;***
4639 \f
4640 ;;;### (autoloads nil "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" (22150
4641 ;;;;;; 28229 94072 702000))
4642 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4643
4644 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4645 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4646 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4647 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4648 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4649 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4650 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4651
4652 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4653 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4654 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4655
4656 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4657 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4658 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4659
4660 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4661 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4662 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4663 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4664
4665 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4666 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4667 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4668 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4669 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4670 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4671 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4672
4673 \\{conf-mode-map}
4674
4675 \(fn)" t nil)
4676
4677 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4678 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4679 Comments start with `#'.
4680 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4681
4682 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4683
4684 \[Desktop Entry]
4685 Encoding=UTF-8
4686 Name=The GIMP
4687 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4688 Name[cs]=GIMP
4689
4690 \(fn)" t nil)
4691
4692 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4693 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4694 Comments start with `;'.
4695 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4696
4697 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4698
4699 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4700 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4701 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4702
4703 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4704 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4705
4706 \(fn)" t nil)
4707
4708 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4709 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4710 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4711 between `/*' and `*/'.
4712 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4713
4714 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4715 // another kind of comment
4716 /* yet another */
4717
4718 name:value
4719 name=value
4720 name value
4721 x.1 =
4722 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4723 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4724
4725 \(fn)" t nil)
4726
4727 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4728 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4729 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4730 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4731 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4732 `conf-space-keywords'.
4733 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4734 in an interactive fashion instead.
4735
4736 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4737
4738 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4739
4740 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4741 image/png png
4742 image/tiff tiff tif
4743
4744 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4745 class desktop
4746 # Standard multimedia devices
4747 add /dev/audio desktop
4748 add /dev/mixer desktop
4749
4750 \(fn)" t nil)
4751
4752 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4753 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4754 See `conf-space-mode'.
4755
4756 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4757
4758 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4759 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4760 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4761 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4762
4763 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4764
4765 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4766 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4767
4768 \(fn)" t nil)
4769
4770 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4771 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4772 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4773 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4774
4775 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4776
4777 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4778 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4779
4780 \(fn)" t nil)
4781
4782 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4783 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4784 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4785 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4786
4787 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4788
4789 *background: gray99
4790 *foreground: black
4791
4792 \(fn)" t nil)
4793
4794 ;;;***
4795 \f
4796 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (22150 28228 674072
4797 ;;;;;; 702000))
4798 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4799
4800 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4801 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4802 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4803 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4804 Interactively, PHRASE-FILE defaults to `cookie-file', unless that
4805 is nil or a prefix argument is used.
4806
4807 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" t nil)
4808
4809 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4810 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4811 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4812 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4813
4814 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4815
4816 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4817 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4818 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4819 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4820
4821 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4822
4823 ;;;***
4824 \f
4825 ;;;### (autoloads nil "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (22150
4826 ;;;;;; 28227 374072 702000))
4827 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4828 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4829 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4830 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4831
4832 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4833 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4834 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4835 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4836 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4837 following the copyright are updated as well.
4838 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4839 interactively.
4840
4841 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4842
4843 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4844 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4845 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4846 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
4847 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
4848
4849 \(fn)" t nil)
4850
4851 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4852 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4853
4854 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4855
4856 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4857 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4858 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
4859
4860 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
4861
4862 ;;;***
4863 \f
4864 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (22197
4865 ;;;;;; 58438 427460 447000))
4866 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4867 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4868 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4869 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4870 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4871 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4872 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4873 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4874
4875 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4876 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4877 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4878 Tab indents for Perl code.
4879 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4880 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4881
4882 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4883 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4884 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4885 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4886 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4887 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4888 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4889 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4890 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
4891 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4892 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4893 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4894
4895 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4896
4897 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4898 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4899
4900 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4901
4902 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4903 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4904 she is most likely to want to be. E.g., when the user types a space
4905 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4906 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4907 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4908 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4909 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4910 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4911
4912 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4913
4914 bite if angry;
4915
4916 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4917 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4918 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4919 to nil.)
4920
4921 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4922 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4923 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4924
4925 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4926
4927 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4928 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4929 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4930 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4931 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4932
4933 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4934
4935 if (A) { B }
4936
4937 into
4938
4939 B if A;
4940
4941 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4942
4943 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4944 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4945 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4946 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4947 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4948 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4949 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4950 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4951 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4952 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4953 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4954 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4955 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4956
4957 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4958 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4959 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4960 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4961 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4962 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4963
4964 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4965 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4966 man via menu.
4967
4968 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4969 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4970 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4971 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4972 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4973
4974 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4975 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4976 span the needed amount of lines.
4977
4978 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4979 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4980 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4981 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4982
4983 Variables controlling indentation style:
4984 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4985 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4986 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4987 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4988 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4989 `cperl-auto-newline'
4990 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4991 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4992 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4993 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4994 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4995 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4996 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4997 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4998 `cperl-indent-level'
4999 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
5000 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
5001 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
5002 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
5003 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
5004 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
5005 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
5006 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
5007 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5008 `cperl-brace-offset'
5009 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
5010 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
5011 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
5012 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
5013 `cperl-label-offset'
5014 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
5015 `cperl-min-label-indent'
5016 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
5017
5018 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
5019 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
5020 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
5021 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
5022 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
5023 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
5024
5025 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
5026 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
5027 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
5028 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
5029
5030 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
5031 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
5032 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
5033 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
5034 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
5035 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
5036 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
5037
5038 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
5039 column 0 is indented on
5040 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5041
5042 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
5043 with no args.
5044
5045 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
5046 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
5047 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
5048
5049 \(fn)" t nil)
5050
5051 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
5052 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
5053
5054 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
5055
5056 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
5057 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
5058
5059 \(fn)" t nil)
5060
5061 ;;;***
5062 \f
5063 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el" (22150 28228 806072
5064 ;;;;;; 702000))
5065 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
5066
5067 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
5068 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
5069 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
5070 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
5071 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5072
5073 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5074
5075 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
5076 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5077
5078 \(fn)" t nil)
5079
5080 ;;;***
5081 \f
5082 ;;;### (autoloads nil "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el" (22150 28227 374072
5083 ;;;;;; 702000))
5084 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5085
5086 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
5087 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5088 The arguments are the same as those of `completing-read'.
5089 \\<crm-local-completion-map>
5090 Input multiple strings by separating each one with a string that
5091 matches the regexp `crm-separator'. For example, if the separator
5092 regexp is \",\", entering \"alice,bob,eve\" specifies the strings
5093 \"alice\", \"bob\", and \"eve\".
5094
5095 We refer to contiguous strings of non-separator-characters as
5096 \"elements\". In this example there are three elements.
5097
5098 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5099 contents of the minibuffer are \"alice,bob,eve\" and point is between
5100 \"l\" and \"i\", pressing \\[minibuffer-complete] operates on the element \"alice\".
5101
5102 This function returns a list of the strings that were read,
5103 with empty strings removed.
5104
5105 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5106
5107 ;;;***
5108 \f
5109 ;;;### (autoloads nil "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (22192 2874
5110 ;;;;;; 475382 391000))
5111 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5112
5113 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5114 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5115
5116 \(fn)" t nil)
5117 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.scss\\'" . scss-mode))
5118
5119 (autoload 'scss-mode "css-mode" "\
5120 Major mode to edit \"Sassy CSS\" files.
5121
5122 \(fn)" t nil)
5123
5124 ;;;***
5125 \f
5126 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el" (22311 14139
5127 ;;;;;; 66375 715000))
5128 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5129
5130 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5131 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5132 See the `cua-mode' command
5133 for a description of this minor mode.
5134 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5135 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5136 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5137
5138 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5139
5140 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5141 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5142 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5143 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5144 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5145
5146 CUA mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typed text
5147 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5148 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5149 bindings. The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5150 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5151 normal function of these prefix keys.
5152
5153 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5154 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5155 options:
5156 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5157 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5158 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5159
5160 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5161 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5162 the prefix fallback behavior.
5163
5164 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5165
5166 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5167 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5168
5169 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5170
5171 ;;;***
5172 \f
5173 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-rect" "emulation/cua-rect.el" (22150 28227
5174 ;;;;;; 462072 702000))
5175 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-rect.el
5176
5177 (autoload 'cua-rectangle-mark-mode "cua-rect" "\
5178 Toggle the region as rectangular.
5179 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
5180
5181 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5182
5183 ;;;***
5184 \f
5185 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cursor-sensor" "emacs-lisp/cursor-sensor.el"
5186 ;;;;;; (22309 58853 326986 699000))
5187 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cursor-sensor.el
5188
5189 (defvar cursor-sensor-inhibit nil)
5190
5191 (autoload 'cursor-intangible-mode "cursor-sensor" "\
5192 Keep cursor outside of any `cursor-intangible' text property.
5193
5194 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5195
5196 (autoload 'cursor-sensor-mode "cursor-sensor" "\
5197 Handle the `cursor-sensor-functions' text property.
5198 This property should hold a list of functions which react to the motion
5199 of the cursor. They're called with three arguments (WINDOW OLDPOS DIR)
5200 where WINDOW is the affected window, OLDPOS is the last known position of
5201 the cursor and DIR can be `entered' or `left' depending on whether the cursor
5202 is entering the area covered by the text-property property or leaving it.
5203
5204 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5205
5206 ;;;***
5207 \f
5208 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (22311 14138 970375
5209 ;;;;;; 715000))
5210 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5211
5212 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5213 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5214
5215 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5216
5217 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
5218 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5219
5220 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5221
5222 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5223 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5224
5225 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5226
5227 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5228 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5229
5230 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5231 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5232
5233 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5234 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5235
5236 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5237
5238 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5239
5240 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5241 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5242 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5243
5244 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5245 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5246
5247 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5248 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5249
5250 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5251 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5252
5253 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5254
5255 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5256
5257 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5258 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5259 Return VALUE.
5260
5261 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5262 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5263
5264 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5265 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5266
5267 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5268 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5269
5270 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5271
5272 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5273
5274 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
5275 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
5276 ELTS should be a list. This function adds each entry to the
5277 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
5278
5279 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
5280 the resulting list value now. Otherwise, add an entry to
5281 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
5282
5283 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
5284
5285 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5286 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5287 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5288 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5289 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5290
5291 \(fn)" t nil)
5292
5293 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5294 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5295 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5296 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5297
5298 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5299
5300 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5301 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5302 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5303
5304 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5305
5306 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5307 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5308
5309 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5310
5311 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5312
5313 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5314 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5315
5316 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5317
5318 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5319
5320 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5321 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5322 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5323
5324 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5325
5326 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5327 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5328 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5329 as part of Emacs itself.
5330
5331 Each elements looks like this:
5332
5333 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5334
5335 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5336 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5337 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5338 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5339 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5340 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5341 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5342 and `defface'.
5343
5344 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5345
5346 (add-to-list \\='customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5347 \\='(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5348 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5349 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5350 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5351
5352 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5353 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5354 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5355 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5356
5357 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5358
5359 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5360 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5361 This includes new user options and faces, and new customization
5362 groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings or
5363 default values have changed since the previous major Emacs
5364 release.
5365
5366 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5367 that were added or redefined since that version.
5368
5369 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5370
5371 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5372 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5373 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5374 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5375
5376 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5377
5378 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5379 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5380
5381 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5382
5383 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5384 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5385 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5386
5387 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5388 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5389
5390 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5391
5392 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5393 Customize all options and faces set in this session but not saved.
5394
5395 \(fn)" t nil)
5396
5397 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5398 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5399
5400 \(fn)" t nil)
5401
5402 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5403 Customize all saved options and faces.
5404
5405 \(fn)" t nil)
5406
5407 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5408 Customize loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
5409 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
5410 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
5411 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of
5412 words, search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
5413
5414 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
5415 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
5416 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
5417
5418 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
5419
5420 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5421 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5422
5423 \(fn REGEXP &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
5424
5425 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5426 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5427
5428 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5429
5430 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5431 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5432
5433 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5434
5435 (autoload 'custom-prompt-customize-unsaved-options "cus-edit" "\
5436 Prompt user to customize any unsaved customization options.
5437 Return non-nil if user chooses to customize, for use in
5438 `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
5439
5440 \(fn)" nil nil)
5441
5442 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5443 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5444 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5445 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5446 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5447 that option.
5448 DESCRIPTION is unused.
5449
5450 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5451
5452 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5453 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5454 The result includes selecting that window.
5455 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5456 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5457 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5458 that option.
5459
5460 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5461
5462 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5463 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5464
5465 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5466
5467 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5468 File used for storing customization information.
5469 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5470 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5471 it should be an absolute file name.
5472
5473 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5474 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5475 something like the following in your init file:
5476
5477 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5478 \(load custom-file)
5479
5480 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5481 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5482
5483 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5484 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5485 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5486 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5487 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5488
5489 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5490 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5491 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5492 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5493 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5494 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5495 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5496 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5497 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5498 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5499
5500 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5501
5502 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5503 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5504
5505 \(fn)" nil nil)
5506
5507 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5508 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5509
5510 \(fn)" t nil)
5511
5512 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5513 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5514 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5515
5516 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5517
5518 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5519 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5520 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5521 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5522 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5523
5524 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5525
5526 ;;;***
5527 \f
5528 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (22150 28227 290072
5529 ;;;;;; 702000))
5530 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5531
5532 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5533 Create or edit a custom theme.
5534 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
5535 is `user', the resulting *Custom Theme* buffer also contains a
5536 checkbox for removing the theme settings specified in the buffer
5537 from the Custom save file.
5538 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
5539 named *Custom Theme*.
5540
5541 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
5542
5543 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
5544 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
5545
5546 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5547
5548 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
5549 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
5550
5551 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5552
5553 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
5554 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
5555 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
5556 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
5557
5558 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5559
5560 ;;;***
5561 \f
5562 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el" (22150 28229
5563 ;;;;;; 250072 702000))
5564 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
5565
5566 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5567 Mode used for cvs status output.
5568
5569 \(fn)" t nil)
5570
5571 ;;;***
5572 \f
5573 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (22150 28228 810072
5574 ;;;;;; 702000))
5575 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5576 (push (purecopy '(cwarn 1 3 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5577
5578 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5579 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5580
5581 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5582
5583 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5584 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5585 C++ modes are included.
5586
5587 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
5588 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5589 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5590
5591 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5592
5593 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-cwarn-mode 'cwarn-mode "24.1")
5594
5595 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5596 Non-nil if Global Cwarn mode is enabled.
5597 See the `global-cwarn-mode' command
5598 for a description of this minor mode.
5599 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5600 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5601 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5602
5603 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5604
5605 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5606 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
5607 With prefix ARG, enable Global Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
5608 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
5609 ARG is omitted or nil.
5610
5611 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5612 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5613 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5614
5615 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5616
5617 ;;;***
5618 \f
5619 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" (22150
5620 ;;;;;; 28228 162072 702000))
5621 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5622
5623 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5624 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5625
5626 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5627
5628 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5629 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5630
5631 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5632
5633 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5634 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5635 For readability, the table is slightly
5636 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5637
5638 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5639 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5640 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5641 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5642 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5643
5644 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5645
5646 ;;;***
5647 \f
5648 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el" (22232 11079 208267
5649 ;;;;;; 636000))
5650 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5651 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5652 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5653 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5654 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5655
5656 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5657 Completion on current word.
5658 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5659 and presents suggestions for completion.
5660
5661 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5662 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5663 completions.
5664
5665 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
5666 then it searches *all* buffers.
5667
5668 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5669
5670 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5671 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5672
5673 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5674 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5675 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5676 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5677 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5678
5679 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5680 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5681
5682 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5683 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5684 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5685
5686 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5687 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5688
5689 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5690
5691 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5692
5693 ;;;***
5694 \f
5695 ;;;### (autoloads nil "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el" (22150 28227
5696 ;;;;;; 146072 702000))
5697 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5698
5699 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5700 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5701
5702 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5703
5704 ;;;***
5705 \f
5706 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (22150 28228 354072 702000))
5707 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5708
5709 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5710 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5711 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5712 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5713 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5714
5715 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
5716
5717 ;;;***
5718 \f
5719 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (22150 28228
5720 ;;;;;; 810072 702000))
5721 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5722
5723 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5724 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5725
5726 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5727 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5728 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5729
5730 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5731 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5732 Data lines are not indented.
5733
5734 Key bindings:
5735
5736 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5737 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5738
5739 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5740 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5741 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5742 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5743
5744 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5745
5746 dcl-basic-offset
5747 Extra indentation within blocks.
5748
5749 dcl-continuation-offset
5750 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5751
5752 dcl-margin-offset
5753 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5754
5755 dcl-margin-label-offset
5756 Indentation for a label.
5757
5758 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5759 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5760
5761 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5762 dcl-block-end-regexp
5763 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5764 a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
5765 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5766 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5767 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5768
5769 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5770 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5771 Two such functions are included in the package:
5772 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5773 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5774
5775 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5776 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5777 One such function is included in the package:
5778 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5779
5780 dcl-tab-always-indent
5781 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5782 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5783 margin.
5784
5785 dcl-electric-characters
5786 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5787 typed.
5788
5789 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5790 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5791 which words trigger electric indentation.
5792
5793 dcl-tempo-comma
5794 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5795 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5796 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5797
5798 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5799 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5800 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5801 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5802
5803 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5804 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5805 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5806 dcl-imenu-label-call
5807 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5808
5809 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5810 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5811 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5812 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5813
5814
5815 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5816
5817 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5818 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5819 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5820 $ i = 1
5821 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5822 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5823 $ label:
5824 $ if i.eq.1
5825 $ then
5826 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5827 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5828 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5829 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5830 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5831 \"lined up with the command line\"
5832 $ type sys$input
5833 Data lines are not indented at all.
5834 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5835 $ endif
5836 $
5837
5838
5839 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5840 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5841
5842 \(fn)" t nil)
5843
5844 ;;;***
5845 \f
5846 ;;;### (autoloads nil "debug" "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (22150 28227
5847 ;;;;;; 378072 702000))
5848 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5849
5850 (setq debugger 'debug)
5851
5852 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5853 Enter debugger. \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]' returns from the debugger.
5854 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5855 of the evaluator.
5856
5857 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5858 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5859 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5860
5861 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
5862
5863 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5864 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5865
5866 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5867
5868 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5869 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5870 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5871 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5872 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5873 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5874
5875 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5876 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5877
5878 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5879
5880 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5881 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5882 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5883 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5884 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5885
5886 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5887
5888 ;;;***
5889 \f
5890 ;;;### (autoloads nil "decipher" "play/decipher.el" (22150 28228
5891 ;;;;;; 674072 702000))
5892 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5893
5894 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5895 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5896
5897 \(fn)" t nil)
5898
5899 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5900 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5901 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5902 Upper-case letters are commands.
5903
5904 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5905 modify it.
5906
5907 The most useful commands are:
5908 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5909 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5910 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5911 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5912 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5913 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5914
5915 \(fn)" t nil)
5916
5917 ;;;***
5918 \f
5919 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (22150 28227 290072
5920 ;;;;;; 702000))
5921 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5922 (push (purecopy '(delim-col 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5923
5924 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5925 Customization of `columns' group.
5926
5927 \(fn)" t nil)
5928
5929 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5930 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5931
5932 START and END delimits the text region.
5933
5934 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5935
5936 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5937 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5938
5939 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5940
5941 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5942
5943 ;;;***
5944 \f
5945 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delsel" "delsel.el" (22311 14138 978375 715000))
5946 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5947
5948 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5949
5950 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5951 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5952 See the `delete-selection-mode' command
5953 for a description of this minor mode.
5954 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5955 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5956 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5957
5958 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5959
5960 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5961 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5962 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Delete Selection mode if ARG
5963 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
5964 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5965
5966 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, typed text replaces the selection
5967 if the selection is active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at
5968 point regardless of any selection. Also, commands that normally delete
5969 just one character will delete the entire selection instead.
5970
5971 See `delete-selection-helper' and `delete-selection-pre-hook' for
5972 information on adapting behavior of commands in Delete Selection mode.
5973
5974 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5975
5976 ;;;***
5977 \f
5978 ;;;### (autoloads nil "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (22229 34898
5979 ;;;;;; 796051 395000))
5980 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5981
5982 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5983 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5984
5985 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5986
5987 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5988 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5989 or nil if there is no parent.
5990 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5991 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5992 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5993 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5994 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5995
5996 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5997 arguments are currently understood:
5998 :group GROUP
5999 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
6000 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
6001 :syntax-table TABLE
6002 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
6003 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
6004 :abbrev-table TABLE
6005 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
6006 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
6007
6008 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
6009
6010 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
6011
6012 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
6013 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
6014 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
6015
6016 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
6017 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
6018
6019 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
6020 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
6021 (setq case-fold-search nil))
6022
6023 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
6024 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
6025
6026 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
6027 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
6028
6029 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
6030
6031 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil t)
6032
6033 (function-put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
6034
6035 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
6036 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
6037 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
6038 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
6039 the first time the mode is used.
6040
6041 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
6042
6043 ;;;***
6044 \f
6045 ;;;### (autoloads nil "descr-text" "descr-text.el" (22338 59064 750791
6046 ;;;;;; 248000))
6047 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6048
6049 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
6050 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
6051 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
6052 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6053 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6054 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6055 otherwise.
6056
6057 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
6058
6059 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
6060 Describe position POS (interactively, point) and the char after POS.
6061 POS is taken to be in BUFFER, or the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.
6062 The information is displayed in buffer `*Help*'.
6063
6064 The position information includes POS; the total size of BUFFER; the
6065 region limits, if narrowed; the column number; and the horizontal
6066 scroll amount, if the buffer is horizontally scrolled.
6067
6068 The character information includes the character code; charset and
6069 code points in it; syntax; category; how the character is encoded in
6070 BUFFER and in BUFFER's file; character composition information (if
6071 relevant); the font and font glyphs used to display the character;
6072 the character's canonical name and other properties defined by the
6073 Unicode Data Base; and widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties
6074 relevant to POS.
6075
6076 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6077
6078 (autoload 'describe-char-eldoc "descr-text" "\
6079 Return a description of character at point for use by ElDoc mode.
6080
6081 Return nil if character at point is a printable ASCII
6082 character (i.e. codepoint between 32 and 127 inclusively).
6083 Otherwise return a description formatted by
6084 `describe-char-eldoc--format' function taking into account value
6085 of `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p' variable and width of
6086 minibuffer window for width limit.
6087
6088 This function is meant to be used as a value of
6089 `eldoc-documentation-function' variable.
6090
6091 \(fn)" nil nil)
6092
6093 ;;;***
6094 \f
6095 ;;;### (autoloads nil "desktop" "desktop.el" (22348 8503 57396 683000))
6096 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6097
6098 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6099 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6100 See the `desktop-save-mode' command
6101 for a description of this minor mode.
6102 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6103 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6104 or call the function `desktop-save-mode'.")
6105
6106 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
6107
6108 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
6109 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
6110 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is positive,
6111 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG
6112 is omitted or nil.
6113
6114 When Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
6115 one session to another. In particular, Emacs will save the desktop when
6116 it exits (this may prompt you; see the option `desktop-save'). The next
6117 time Emacs starts, if this mode is active it will restore the desktop.
6118
6119 To manually save the desktop at any time, use the command `\\[desktop-save]'.
6120 To load it, use `\\[desktop-read]'.
6121
6122 Once a desktop file exists, Emacs will auto-save it according to the
6123 option `desktop-auto-save-timeout'.
6124
6125 To see all the options you can set, browse the `desktop' customization group.
6126
6127 For further details, see info node `(emacs)Saving Emacs Sessions'.
6128
6129 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6130
6131 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
6132 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6133 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6134 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6135
6136 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
6137
6138 (defvar-local desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6139 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6140
6141 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6142 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6143 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6144
6145 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6146 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6147
6148 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6149 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6150 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6151
6152 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6153 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6154 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6155 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6156
6157 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6158
6159 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6160 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6161
6162 Handlers are called with argument list
6163
6164 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6165
6166 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6167
6168 `desktop-file-version'
6169 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6170 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6171 `desktop-buffer-point'
6172 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6173 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6174 `desktop-buffer-locals'
6175
6176 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6177 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6178
6179 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6180 code like
6181
6182 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6183 ...
6184 (add-to-list \\='desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6185 \\='(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6186
6187 The major mode function must either be autoloaded, or of the form
6188 \"foobar-mode\" and defined in library \"foobar\", so that desktop
6189 can guess how to load the mode's definition.")
6190
6191 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6192
6193 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6194 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6195 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6196 List elements must have the form
6197
6198 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6199
6200 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6201 function.
6202
6203 Handlers are called with argument list
6204
6205 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6206
6207 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6208
6209 `desktop-file-version'
6210 `desktop-buffer-file-name'
6211 `desktop-buffer-name'
6212 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6213 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6214 `desktop-buffer-point'
6215 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6216 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6217 `desktop-buffer-misc'
6218
6219 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6220 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6221 created and set.
6222
6223 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6224 code like
6225
6226 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6227 ...
6228 (add-to-list \\='desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6229 \\='(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6230
6231 The minor mode function must either be autoloaded, or of the form
6232 \"foobar-mode\" and defined in library \"foobar\", so that desktop
6233 can guess how to load the mode's definition.
6234
6235 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6236
6237 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6238
6239 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6240 Empty the Desktop.
6241 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6242 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6243 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6244 When called interactively and `desktop-restore-frames' is non-nil, it also
6245 deletes all frames except the selected one (and its minibuffer frame,
6246 if different).
6247
6248 \(fn)" t nil)
6249
6250 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6251 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6252 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6253 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this
6254 desktop. If ONLY-IF-CHANGED is non-nil, compare the current
6255 desktop information to that in the desktop file, and if the
6256 desktop information has not changed since it was last saved then
6257 do not rewrite the file.
6258
6259 This function can save the desktop in either format version
6260 208 (which only Emacs 25.1 and later can read) or version
6261 206 (which is readable by any Emacs from version 22.1 onwards).
6262 By default, it will use the same format the desktop file had when
6263 it was last saved, or version 208 when writing a fresh desktop
6264 file.
6265
6266 To upgrade a version 206 file to version 208, call this command
6267 explicitly with a bare prefix argument: C-u M-x desktop-save.
6268 You are recommended to do this once you have firmly upgraded to
6269 Emacs 25.1 (or later). To downgrade a version 208 file to version
6270 206, use a double command prefix: C-u C-u M-x desktop-save.
6271 Confirmation will be requested in either case. In a non-interactive
6272 call, VERSION can be given as an integer, either 206 or 208, which
6273 will be accepted as the format version in which to save the file
6274 without further confirmation.
6275
6276 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE ONLY-IF-CHANGED VERSION)" t nil)
6277
6278 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6279 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6280 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6281
6282 \(fn)" t nil)
6283
6284 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6285 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6286 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6287 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6288 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6289 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6290 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6291 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6292
6293 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6294
6295 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6296 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6297 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6298
6299 \(fn)" nil nil)
6300
6301 (make-obsolete 'desktop-load-default 'desktop-save-mode '"22.1")
6302
6303 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6304 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6305 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6306 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6307 directory DIRNAME.
6308
6309 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6310
6311 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6312 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6313
6314 \(fn)" t nil)
6315
6316 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6317 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6318
6319 \(fn)" t nil)
6320
6321 ;;;***
6322 \f
6323 ;;;### (autoloads nil "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (22150 28227
6324 ;;;;;; 658072 702000))
6325 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6326
6327 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6328 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6329 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6330 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6331 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6332 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6333
6334 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6335
6336 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6337 Repair a broken attribution line.
6338 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6339
6340 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6341
6342 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6343 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6344 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6345 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6346
6347 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6348
6349 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6350 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6351
6352 \(fn)" t nil)
6353
6354 ;;;***
6355 \f
6356 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el" (22192
6357 ;;;;;; 2880 939382 391000))
6358 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6359
6360 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6361 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6362 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6363 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6364 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
6365
6366 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6367
6368 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6369 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6370 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6371 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6372
6373 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
6374 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
6375 since `emacs -script' does not load your init file, you should
6376 ensure that all relevant variables are set.
6377
6378 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
6379 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
6380
6381 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
6382 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
6383 calendar-date-style \\='european
6384 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
6385
6386 \(diary-mail-entries)
6387
6388 # diary-rem.el ends here
6389
6390 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6391
6392 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6393 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6394
6395 \(fn)" t nil)
6396
6397 ;;;***
6398 \f
6399 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff" "vc/diff.el" (22308 37947 246422 527000))
6400 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
6401
6402 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-u") "\
6403 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6404
6405 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6406
6407 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
6408 The command to use to run diff.")
6409
6410 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6411
6412 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6413 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6414 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
6415 minibuffer. The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
6416 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
6417 exists. If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6418
6419 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6420 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6421 specified in the variable `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6422
6423 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6424
6425 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6426 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6427 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6428 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6429 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6430 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6431
6432 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6433
6434 (autoload 'diff-latest-backup-file "diff" "\
6435 Return the latest existing backup of FILE, or nil.
6436
6437 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
6438
6439 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
6440 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
6441 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
6442
6443 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6444
6445 ;;;***
6446 \f
6447 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el" (22150 28229
6448 ;;;;;; 250072 702000))
6449 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
6450
6451 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6452 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6453 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6454 normal diffs.
6455
6456 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6457 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6458 headers for you on-the-fly.
6459
6460 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6461 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6462 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6463
6464 \\{diff-mode-map}
6465
6466 \(fn)" t nil)
6467
6468 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6469 Toggle Diff minor mode.
6470 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
6471 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6472 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6473
6474 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6475
6476 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6477
6478 ;;;***
6479 \f
6480 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dig" "net/dig.el" (22150 28228 354072 702000))
6481 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6482
6483 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6484 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6485 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6486
6487 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6488
6489 ;;;***
6490 \f
6491 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dired" "dired.el" (22313 55864 533239 164000))
6492 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6493
6494 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6495 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6496 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6497 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6498 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6499 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6500 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6501 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6502
6503 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6504
6505 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6506 The directory name or wildcard spec that this Dired directory lists.
6507 Local to each Dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6508 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6509 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6510 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6511
6512 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6513 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6514 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6515 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6516
6517 If DIRNAME is a string, Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which
6518 may also have shell wildcards appended to select certain files).
6519
6520 If DIRNAME is a cons, its first element is taken as the directory name
6521 and the rest as an explicit list of files to make directory entries for.
6522 In this case, SWITCHES are applied to each of the files separately, and
6523 therefore switches that control the order of the files in the produced
6524 listing have no effect.
6525
6526 \\<dired-mode-map>You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6527 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6528 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6529
6530 If DIRNAME is already in a Dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6531
6532 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6533 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6534
6535 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6536 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6537
6538 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6539 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6540
6541 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6542 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6543
6544 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6545
6546 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6547 Like `dired' but returns the Dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6548
6549 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6550
6551 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6552 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6553 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6554 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6555 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6556 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6557 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6558 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6559 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6560 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6561 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6562 The buffer is read-only. Digits are prefix arguments.
6563 Type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file `D' for deletion.
6564 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6565 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6566 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6567 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6568 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6569 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6570 to see why something went wrong.
6571 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of an inserted subdirectory.
6572 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unmark or unflag.
6573 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to delete (eXpunge) the files flagged `D'.
6574 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6575 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6576 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or Dired directory in Other window.
6577 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6578 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6579 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6580 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6581 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6582 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6583 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
6584
6585 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6586 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
6587 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6588 again for the directory tree.
6589
6590 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6591 for more info):
6592
6593 `dired-listing-switches'
6594 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6595 `dired-marker-char'
6596 `dired-del-marker'
6597 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6598 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6599 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6600 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6601
6602 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6603
6604 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6605 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6606 `dired-mode-hook'
6607 `dired-load-hook'
6608
6609 Keybindings:
6610 \\{dired-mode-map}
6611
6612 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6613 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6614
6615 ;;;***
6616 \f
6617 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (22150 28227 310072
6618 ;;;;;; 702000))
6619 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6620
6621 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6622 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
6623 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
6624 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6625 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6626
6627 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the current
6628 working directory at all times, and that you set the variable
6629 `dirtrack-list' to match the prompt.
6630
6631 This is an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works by
6632 tracking `cd' and similar commands which change the shell working
6633 directory.
6634
6635 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6636
6637 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6638 Determine the current directory from the process output for a prompt.
6639 This filter function is used by `dirtrack-mode'. It looks for
6640 the prompt specified by `dirtrack-list', and calls
6641 `shell-process-cd' if the directory seems to have changed away
6642 from `default-directory'.
6643
6644 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6645
6646 ;;;***
6647 \f
6648 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (22270 22707
6649 ;;;;;; 603851 575000))
6650 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6651
6652 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6653 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6654 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6655 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6656 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6657 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6658
6659 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6660
6661 ;;;***
6662 \f
6663 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (22150 28227 310072
6664 ;;;;;; 702000))
6665 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6666
6667 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6668 Return a new, empty display table.
6669
6670 \(fn)" nil nil)
6671
6672 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6673 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6674 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6675 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6676 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6677
6678 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6679
6680 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6681 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6682 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6683 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6684 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6685
6686 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6687
6688 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6689 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6690
6691 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6692
6693 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6694 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6695
6696 \(fn)" t nil)
6697
6698 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6699 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6700
6701 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6702 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6703
6704 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6705 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6706 byte.
6707
6708 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6709 in the default way after this call.
6710
6711 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6712
6713 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6714 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6715
6716 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6717
6718 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6719 Display character C using printable string S.
6720
6721 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6722
6723 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6724 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6725 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6726 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6727
6728 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6729
6730 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6731 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6732 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6733 X frame.
6734
6735 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6736
6737 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6738 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6739
6740 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6741
6742 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6743 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6744
6745 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6746
6747 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6748 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6749
6750 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6751
6752 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6753 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6754
6755 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6756
6757 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6758 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6759
6760 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6761
6762 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6763 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6764
6765 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6766 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6767
6768 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6769 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6770
6771 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6772 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6773 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6774 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6775
6776 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6777 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6778 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6779 in `.emacs'.
6780
6781 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6782
6783 ;;;***
6784 \f
6785 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el" (22150 28228
6786 ;;;;;; 674072 702000))
6787 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6788
6789 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6790 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6791 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6792 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6793 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6794 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6795 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6796 Default is 2.
6797
6798 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6799
6800 ;;;***
6801 \f
6802 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dnd" "dnd.el" (22150 28227 314072 702000))
6803 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6804
6805 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6806 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6807 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6808 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6809 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6810 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6811 private or ask).
6812 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6813 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6814 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6815 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6816 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6817
6818 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6819
6820 ;;;***
6821 \f
6822 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dns-mode" "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (22150 28229
6823 ;;;;;; 98072 702000))
6824 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6825
6826 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6827 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6828 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6829 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6830 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6831 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6832 table and its own syntax table.
6833
6834 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6835
6836 \(fn)" t nil)
6837 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6838
6839 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6840 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6841
6842 \(fn)" t nil)
6843
6844 ;;;***
6845 \f
6846 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (22253 13631 322961
6847 ;;;;;; 36000))
6848 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6849
6850 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6851 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6852 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
6853 OpenDocument format).
6854
6855 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6856
6857 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6858 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6859
6860 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6861 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6862
6863 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6864 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6865 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6866
6867 \(fn)" t nil)
6868
6869 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
6870 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
6871 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
6872 to the next best mode.
6873
6874 \(fn)" nil nil)
6875
6876 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6877 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
6878 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
6879 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6880 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6881
6882 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6883
6884 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6885
6886 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6887
6888
6889 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
6890
6891 ;;;***
6892 \f
6893 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (22150 28228 678072
6894 ;;;;;; 702000))
6895 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6896
6897 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6898 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6899
6900 \(fn)" t nil)
6901
6902 ;;;***
6903 \f
6904 ;;;### (autoloads nil "double" "double.el" (22150 28227 318072 702000))
6905 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6906
6907 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6908 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
6909 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
6910 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6911 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6912
6913 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
6914 strings when pressed twice. See `double-map' for details.
6915
6916 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6917
6918 ;;;***
6919 \f
6920 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (22160 10656 10679
6921 ;;;;;; 927000))
6922 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6923 (push (purecopy '(dunnet 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
6924
6925 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6926 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6927
6928 \(fn)" t nil)
6929
6930 ;;;***
6931 \f
6932 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (22311
6933 ;;;;;; 14139 6375 715000))
6934 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6935
6936 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6937
6938 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6939 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6940 This defines the toggle command MODE and (by default) a control variable
6941 MODE (you can override this with the :variable keyword, see below).
6942 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6943
6944 The defined mode command takes one optional (prefix) argument.
6945 Interactively with no prefix argument, it toggles the mode.
6946 A prefix argument enables the mode if the argument is positive,
6947 and disables it otherwise.
6948
6949 When called from Lisp, the mode command toggles the mode if the
6950 argument is `toggle', disables the mode if the argument is a
6951 non-positive integer, and enables the mode otherwise (including
6952 if the argument is omitted or nil or a positive integer).
6953
6954 If DOC is nil, give the mode command a basic doc-string
6955 documenting what its argument does.
6956
6957 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6958 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode line when the mode is on.
6959 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6960 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6961 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
6962 arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'. If you supply a KEYMAP
6963 argument that is not a symbol, this macro defines the variable
6964 MODE-map and gives it the value that KEYMAP specifies.
6965
6966 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6967 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6968 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6969 alternating keywords and values. If you provide BODY, then you must
6970 provide (even if just nil) INIT-VALUE, LIGHTER, and KEYMAP, or provide
6971 at least one keyword argument, or both; otherwise, BODY would be
6972 misinterpreted as the first omitted argument. The following special
6973 keywords are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if
6974 the minor mode is global):
6975
6976 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6977 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6978 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6979 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6980 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6981 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6982 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6983 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6984 Not used if you also specify :variable.
6985 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6986 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6987 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6988 :variable PLACE The location to use instead of the variable MODE to store
6989 the state of the mode. This can be simply a different
6990 named variable, or a generalized variable.
6991 PLACE can also be of the form (GET . SET), where GET is
6992 an expression that returns the current state, and SET is
6993 a function that takes one argument, the new state, and
6994 sets it. If you specify a :variable, this function does
6995 not define a MODE variable (nor any of the terms used
6996 in :variable).
6997
6998 :after-hook A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks
6999 have been run. It should not be quoted.
7000
7001 For example, you could write
7002 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
7003 :lighter \" Foo\" :require \\='foo :global t :group \\='hassle :version \"27.5\"
7004 ...BODY CODE...)
7005
7006 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil t)
7007
7008 (function-put 'define-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
7009
7010 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
7011
7012 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
7013
7014 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
7015 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
7016 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
7017 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
7018 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
7019 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
7020 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
7021 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
7022 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
7023 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
7024 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
7025 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
7026
7027 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
7028 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
7029 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
7030 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
7031 call another major mode in their body.
7032
7033 When a major mode is initialized, MODE is actually turned on just
7034 after running the major mode's hook. However, MODE is not turned
7035 on if the hook has explicitly disabled it.
7036
7037 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil t)
7038
7039 (function-put 'define-globalized-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
7040
7041 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
7042 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
7043 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
7044 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
7045 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
7046 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
7047 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
7048
7049 Valid keywords and arguments are:
7050
7051 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
7052 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
7053 :inherit Parent keymap.
7054 :group Ignored.
7055 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
7056 `nodigits' to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
7057
7058 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
7059
7060 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
7061 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
7062 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
7063 the constant's documentation.
7064
7065 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
7066
7067 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
7068 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
7069 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7070
7071 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
7072
7073 ;;;***
7074 \f
7075 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (22150
7076 ;;;;;; 28227 398072 702000))
7077 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7078
7079 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
7080 Define a pop-up menu and/or menu bar menu specified by MENU.
7081 If SYMBOL is non-nil, define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the
7082 submenu defined by MENU, with DOC as its doc string.
7083
7084 MAPS, if non-nil, should be a keymap or a list of keymaps; add
7085 the submenu defined by MENU to the keymap or each of the keymaps,
7086 as a top-level menu bar item.
7087
7088 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar
7089 item name. It may be followed by the following keyword argument
7090 pairs:
7091
7092 :filter FUNCTION
7093 FUNCTION must be a function which, if called with one
7094 argument---the list of the other menu items---returns the
7095 items to actually display.
7096
7097 :visible INCLUDE
7098 INCLUDE is an expression. The menu is visible if the
7099 expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:included' is an
7100 alias for `:visible'.
7101
7102 :active ENABLE
7103 ENABLE is an expression. The menu is enabled for selection
7104 if the expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:enable' is
7105 an alias for `:active'.
7106
7107 The rest of the elements in MENU are menu items.
7108 A menu item can be a vector of three elements:
7109
7110 [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7111
7112 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7113
7114 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, or an
7115 expression to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7116
7117 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection if the
7118 expression evaluates to a non-nil value.
7119
7120 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7121
7122 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ]... ]
7123
7124 where NAME and CALLBACK have the same meanings as above, and each
7125 optional KEYWORD and ARG pair should be one of the following:
7126
7127 :keys KEYS
7128 KEYS is a string; a keyboard equivalent to the menu item.
7129 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are
7130 usually computed automatically. KEYS is expanded with
7131 `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7132
7133 :key-sequence KEYS
7134 KEYS is a hint for speeding up Emacs's first display of the
7135 menu. It should be nil if you know that the menu item has no
7136 keyboard equivalent; otherwise it should be a string or
7137 vector specifying a keyboard equivalent for the menu item.
7138
7139 :active ENABLE
7140 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7141 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an
7142 alias for `:active'.
7143
7144 :visible INCLUDE
7145 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7146 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for
7147 `:visible'.
7148
7149 :label FORM
7150 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7151 value serves as the menu item's label (the default is NAME).
7152
7153 :suffix FORM
7154 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7155 value is concatenated with the menu entry's label.
7156
7157 :style STYLE
7158 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item; it should
7159 be `toggle' (a checkbox), or `radio' (a radio button), or any
7160 other value (meaning an ordinary menu item).
7161
7162 :selected SELECTED
7163 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is
7164 selected whenever the expression's value is non-nil.
7165
7166 :help HELP
7167 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7168
7169 Alternatively, a menu item can be a string. Then that string
7170 appears in the menu as unselectable text. A string consisting
7171 solely of dashes is displayed as a menu separator.
7172
7173 Alternatively, a menu item can be a list with the same format as
7174 MENU. This is a submenu.
7175
7176 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil t)
7177
7178 (function-put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
7179
7180 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
7181
7182
7183 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7184
7185 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
7186 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7187 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7188 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7189
7190 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7191
7192 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
7193 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7194 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7195 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7196 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7197 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7198
7199 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7200 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7201 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7202
7203 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7204 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7205 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7206
7207 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7208 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7209
7210 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7211
7212 ;;;***
7213 \f
7214 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (22150 28228
7215 ;;;;;; 814072 702000))
7216 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7217 (push (purecopy '(ebnf2ps 4 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7218
7219 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7220 Customization for ebnf group.
7221
7222 \(fn)" t nil)
7223
7224 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7225 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7226
7227 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7228
7229 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7230 processed.
7231
7232 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7233
7234 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7235
7236 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7237 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7238
7239 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7240 killed after process termination.
7241
7242 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7243
7244 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7245
7246 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7247 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7248
7249 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7250 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7251 it to the printer.
7252
7253 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7254 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7255 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7256 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7257
7258 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7259
7260 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7261 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7262 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7263
7264 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7265
7266 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7267 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7268
7269 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7270
7271 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7272 processed.
7273
7274 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7275
7276 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7277
7278 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7279 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7280
7281 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7282 killed after process termination.
7283
7284 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7285
7286 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7287
7288 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7289 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7290 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7291 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7292
7293 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7294
7295 \(fn)" t nil)
7296
7297 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7298 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7299 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7300
7301 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7302
7303 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7304
7305 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7306 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7307
7308 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7309
7310 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7311 processed.
7312
7313 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7314
7315 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7316
7317 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7318 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7319
7320 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7321 killed after EPS generation.
7322
7323 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7324
7325 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7326
7327 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7328 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7329
7330 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7331 The EPS file name has the following form:
7332
7333 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7334
7335 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7336 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7337
7338 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7339 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7340 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7341 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7342 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7343
7344 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7345 files.
7346
7347 \(fn)" t nil)
7348
7349 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7350 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7351
7352 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7353 The EPS file name has the following form:
7354
7355 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7356
7357 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7358 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7359
7360 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7361 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7362 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7363 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7364 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7365
7366 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7367 files.
7368
7369 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7370
7371 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7372
7373 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7374 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7375
7376 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7377
7378 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7379 are processed.
7380
7381 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7382
7383 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7384
7385 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7386 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7387
7388 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7389 killed after syntax checking.
7390
7391 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7392
7393 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7394
7395 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7396 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7397
7398 \(fn)" t nil)
7399
7400 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7401 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7402
7403 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7404
7405 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7406 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7407
7408 \(fn)" nil nil)
7409
7410 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7411 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7412
7413 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7414
7415 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7416
7417 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7418 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7419
7420 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7421
7422 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7423
7424 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7425 Delete style NAME.
7426
7427 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7428
7429 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7430
7431 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7432 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7433
7434 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7435
7436 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7437
7438 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7439 Set STYLE as the current style.
7440
7441 Returns the old style symbol.
7442
7443 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7444
7445 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7446
7447 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7448 Reset current style.
7449
7450 Returns the old style symbol.
7451
7452 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7453
7454 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7455
7456 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7457 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7458
7459 Returns the old style symbol.
7460
7461 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7462
7463 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7464
7465 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7466
7467 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7468 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7469
7470 Returns the old style symbol.
7471
7472 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7473
7474 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7475
7476 \(fn)" t nil)
7477
7478 ;;;***
7479 \f
7480 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (22150 28228
7481 ;;;;;; 814072 702000))
7482 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7483
7484 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7485 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7486 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7487 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7488 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7489 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7490
7491 Tree mode key bindings:
7492 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7493
7494 \(fn)" t nil)
7495
7496 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7497 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7498
7499 \(fn)" t nil)
7500
7501 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7502 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7503
7504 \(fn)" t nil)
7505
7506 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7507 View declaration of member at point.
7508
7509 \(fn)" t nil)
7510
7511 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7512 Find declaration of member at point.
7513
7514 \(fn)" t nil)
7515
7516 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7517 View definition of member at point.
7518
7519 \(fn)" t nil)
7520
7521 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7522 Find definition of member at point.
7523
7524 \(fn)" t nil)
7525
7526 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7527 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7528
7529 \(fn)" t nil)
7530
7531 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7532 View definition of member at point in other window.
7533
7534 \(fn)" t nil)
7535
7536 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7537 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7538
7539 \(fn)" t nil)
7540
7541 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7542 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7543
7544 \(fn)" t nil)
7545
7546 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7547 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7548
7549 \(fn)" t nil)
7550
7551 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7552 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7553
7554 \(fn)" t nil)
7555
7556 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7557 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7558 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7559 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7560 completion.
7561
7562 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7563
7564 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7565 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7566 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7567 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7568
7569 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7570
7571 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7572 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7573 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7574 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7575
7576 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7577
7578 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7579 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7580 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7581
7582 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7583
7584 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7585 Search for call sites of a member.
7586 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7587 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7588 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7589 looks like a function call to the member.
7590
7591 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7592
7593 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7594 Move backward in the position stack.
7595 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7596
7597 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7598
7599 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7600 Move forward in the position stack.
7601 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7602
7603 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7604
7605 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7606 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7607
7608 \(fn)" t nil)
7609
7610 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7611 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7612
7613 \(fn)" t nil)
7614
7615 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7616 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7617 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7618 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7619
7620 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7621
7622 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7623 Display statistics for a class tree.
7624
7625 \(fn)" t nil)
7626
7627 ;;;***
7628 \f
7629 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el" (22150 28227 318072
7630 ;;;;;; 702000))
7631 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7632
7633 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7634 Pop up the Buffer Menu in an \"electric\" window.
7635 If you type SPC or RET (`Electric-buffer-menu-select'), that
7636 selects the buffer at point and quits the \"electric\" window.
7637 Otherwise, you can move around in the Buffer Menu, marking
7638 buffers to be selected, saved or deleted; these other commands
7639 are much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7640
7641 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7642
7643 \\<electric-buffer-menu-mode-map>
7644 \\[keyboard-quit] or \\[Electric-buffer-menu-quit] -- exit buffer menu, returning to previous window and buffer
7645 configuration. If the very first character typed is a space, it
7646 also has this effect.
7647 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-select] -- select buffer of line point is on.
7648 Also show buffers marked with m in other windows,
7649 deletes buffers marked with \"D\", and saves those marked with \"S\".
7650 \\[Buffer-menu-mark] -- mark buffer to be displayed.
7651 \\[Buffer-menu-not-modified] -- clear modified-flag on that buffer.
7652 \\[Buffer-menu-save] -- mark that buffer to be saved.
7653 \\[Buffer-menu-delete] or \\[Buffer-menu-delete-backwards] -- mark that buffer to be deleted.
7654 \\[Buffer-menu-unmark] -- remove all kinds of marks from current line.
7655 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-mode-view-buffer] -- view buffer, returning when done.
7656 \\[Buffer-menu-backup-unmark] -- back up a line and remove marks.
7657
7658 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7659
7660 ;;;***
7661 \f
7662 ;;;### (autoloads nil "echistory" "echistory.el" (22150 28227 318072
7663 ;;;;;; 702000))
7664 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7665
7666 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7667 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7668 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7669
7670 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7671
7672 ;;;***
7673 \f
7674 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el" (22150 28227
7675 ;;;;;; 658072 702000))
7676 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7677
7678 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7679
7680
7681 \(fn)" nil nil)
7682
7683 ;;;***
7684 \f
7685 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (22189 64323 68321 19000))
7686 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7687 (push (purecopy '(ede 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
7688
7689 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7690 Non-nil if Global Ede mode is enabled.
7691 See the `global-ede-mode' command
7692 for a description of this minor mode.
7693 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7694 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7695 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7696
7697 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7698
7699 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7700 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7701 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7702 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7703 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7704
7705 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7706 an EDE controlled project.
7707
7708 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7709
7710 ;;;***
7711 \f
7712 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (22189 64323
7713 ;;;;;; 92321 19000))
7714 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7715
7716 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7717 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7718 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7719 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7720 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7721
7722 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7723 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7724 \(make-local-variable \\='edebug-all-defs) in your
7725 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7726
7727 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7728
7729 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7730 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7731 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7732 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7733
7734 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7735
7736 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7737 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7738 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7739 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7740
7741 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7742
7743 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7744
7745 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7746 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7747 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7748 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7749 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7750
7751 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7752 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7753 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7754 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7755 instrumented for Edebug.
7756
7757 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7758 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7759 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7760 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7761 already is one.)
7762
7763 \(fn)" t nil)
7764
7765 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7766 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7767
7768 \(fn)" t nil)
7769
7770 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7771 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7772
7773 \(fn)" t nil)
7774
7775 ;;;***
7776 \f
7777 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (22150 28229 274072 702000))
7778 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
7779 (push (purecopy '(ediff 2 81 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7780
7781 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7782 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7783
7784 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7785
7786 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7787 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7788
7789 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7790
7791 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7792
7793 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7794
7795 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7796 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7797 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7798 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7799
7800 \(fn)" t nil)
7801
7802 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7803 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7804 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7805 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7806
7807 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7808
7809 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7810 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7811
7812 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7813
7814 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7815
7816 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7817 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7818
7819 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7820
7821 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7822
7823 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7824 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7825 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7826 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7827
7828 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7829
7830 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7831
7832 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7833 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7834 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7835 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7836
7837 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7838
7839 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7840
7841 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7842 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7843 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7844 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7845
7846 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7847
7848 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7849
7850 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7851 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7852 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7853 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7854
7855 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7856
7857 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7858
7859 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7860 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7861 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7862 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7863 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7864 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7865
7866 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7867
7868 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7869 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7870 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7871 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7872
7873 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7874
7875 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7876
7877 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7878 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7879 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7880 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7881
7882 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7883
7884 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7885
7886 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7887
7888 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7889 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7890 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7891 follows:
7892 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7893 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7894
7895 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7896
7897 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7898 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7899 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7900 follows:
7901 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7902 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7903
7904 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7905
7906 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7907 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7908 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7909 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7910 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7911
7912 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7913
7914 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7915 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7916 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7917 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7918 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7919 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7920
7921 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7922
7923 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7924
7925 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7926 Merge two files without ancestor.
7927
7928 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7929
7930 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7931 Merge two files with ancestor.
7932
7933 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7934
7935 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7936
7937 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7938 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7939
7940 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7941
7942 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7943 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7944
7945 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7946
7947 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7948 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7949 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7950 buffer.
7951
7952 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7953
7954 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7955 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7956 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7957 buffer.
7958
7959 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7960
7961 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7962 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
7963 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7964 and don't ask the user.
7965 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7966 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7967
7968 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7969
7970 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7971 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7972 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7973 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7974 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7975 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7976 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7977 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7978
7979 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7980
7981 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7982
7983 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7984
7985 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7986 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7987 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7988 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7989 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7990
7991 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7992
7993 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7994
7995 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7996 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7997 When called interactively, displays the version.
7998
7999 \(fn)" t nil)
8000
8001 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
8002 Display Ediff's manual.
8003 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
8004
8005 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
8006
8007 (autoload 'ediff-files-command "ediff" "\
8008
8009
8010 \(fn)" nil nil)
8011
8012 (autoload 'ediff3-files-command "ediff" "\
8013
8014
8015 \(fn)" nil nil)
8016
8017 (autoload 'ediff-merge-command "ediff" "\
8018
8019
8020 \(fn)" nil nil)
8021
8022 (autoload 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
8023
8024
8025 \(fn)" nil nil)
8026
8027 (autoload 'ediff-directories-command "ediff" "\
8028
8029
8030 \(fn)" nil nil)
8031
8032 (autoload 'ediff-directories3-command "ediff" "\
8033
8034
8035 \(fn)" nil nil)
8036
8037 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-command "ediff" "\
8038
8039
8040 \(fn)" nil nil)
8041
8042 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
8043
8044
8045 \(fn)" nil nil)
8046
8047 ;;;***
8048 \f
8049 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el" (22150 28229
8050 ;;;;;; 254072 702000))
8051 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
8052
8053 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
8054
8055
8056 \(fn)" t nil)
8057
8058 ;;;***
8059 \f
8060 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el" (22189 64323
8061 ;;;;;; 332321 19000))
8062 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
8063
8064 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
8065 Display Ediff's registry.
8066
8067 \(fn)" t nil)
8068
8069 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
8070
8071 ;;;***
8072 \f
8073 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (22150 28229
8074 ;;;;;; 270072 702000))
8075 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
8076
8077 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
8078 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
8079 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
8080 which see.
8081
8082 \(fn)" t nil)
8083
8084 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
8085 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
8086 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
8087 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
8088
8089 \(fn)" t nil)
8090
8091 ;;;***
8092 \f
8093 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edmacro" "edmacro.el" (22150 28227 318072
8094 ;;;;;; 702000))
8095 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
8096 (push (purecopy '(edmacro 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
8097
8098 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8099 Edit a keyboard macro.
8100 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
8101 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
8102 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `\\[execute-extended-command]' to edit a macro by
8103 its command name.
8104 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
8105
8106 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8107
8108 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8109 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8110
8111 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8112
8113 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8114 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8115
8116 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8117
8118 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8119 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8120 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8121 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8122 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8123 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8124
8125 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8126 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8127 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8128 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8129
8130 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8131
8132 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8133 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8134 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8135 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8136 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8137 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8138
8139 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8140
8141 ;;;***
8142 \f
8143 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (22204 31687 809113
8144 ;;;;;; 480000))
8145 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8146
8147 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
8148 Set scroll margins.
8149 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8150 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8151
8152 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8153
8154 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
8155 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8156
8157 \(fn)" t nil)
8158
8159 ;;;***
8160 \f
8161 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ehelp" "ehelp.el" (22150 28227 318072 702000))
8162 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8163
8164 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
8165 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8166 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8167 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8168 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8169 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8170 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8171
8172 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
8173 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8174
8175 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
8176 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
8177 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
8178 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
8179
8180 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8181 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8182 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8183
8184 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8185 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8186 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
8187
8188 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8189
8190 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
8191
8192
8193 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8194
8195 ;;;***
8196 \f
8197 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" (22321 50034
8198 ;;;;;; 860789 707000))
8199 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio.el
8200 (push (purecopy '(eieio 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8201
8202 ;;;***
8203 \f
8204 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-core" "emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el" (22150
8205 ;;;;;; 28612 762072 702000))
8206 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el
8207 (push (purecopy '(eieio-core 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8208
8209 (autoload 'eieio-defclass-autoload "eieio-core" "\
8210 Create autoload symbols for the EIEIO class CNAME.
8211 SUPERCLASSES are the superclasses that CNAME inherits from.
8212 DOC is the docstring for CNAME.
8213 This function creates a mock-class for CNAME and adds it into
8214 SUPERCLASSES as children.
8215 It creates an autoload function for CNAME's constructor.
8216
8217 \(fn CNAME SUPERCLASSES FILENAME DOC)" nil nil)
8218
8219 ;;;***
8220 \f
8221 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elec-pair" "elec-pair.el" (22150 28227 322072
8222 ;;;;;; 702000))
8223 ;;; Generated autoloads from elec-pair.el
8224
8225 (defvar electric-pair-text-pairs '((34 . 34)) "\
8226 Alist of pairs that should always be used in comments and strings.
8227
8228 Pairs of delimiters in this list are a fallback in case they have
8229 no syntax relevant to `electric-pair-mode' in the syntax table
8230 defined in `electric-pair-text-syntax-table'")
8231
8232 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-text-pairs "elec-pair" t)
8233
8234 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
8235 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
8236 See the `electric-pair-mode' command
8237 for a description of this minor mode.
8238 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8239 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8240 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
8241
8242 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" nil)
8243
8244 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" "\
8245 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
8246 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
8247 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8248 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8249
8250 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typing
8251 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
8252 closing parenthesis. (Likewise for brackets, etc.). To toggle
8253 the mode in a single buffer, use `electric-pair-local-mode'.
8254
8255 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8256
8257 (autoload 'electric-pair-local-mode "elec-pair" "\
8258 Toggle `electric-pair-mode' only in this buffer.
8259
8260 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8261
8262 ;;;***
8263 \f
8264 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (22150 28227 322072
8265 ;;;;;; 702000))
8266 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8267
8268 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8269 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8270
8271 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8272 an elided material again.
8273
8274 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8275
8276 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8277
8278 ;;;***
8279 \f
8280 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el" (22150 28227
8281 ;;;;;; 422072 702000))
8282 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8283
8284 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
8285 Lint the file FILE.
8286
8287 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8288
8289 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
8290 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
8291 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
8292
8293 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8294
8295 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
8296 Lint the current buffer.
8297 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8298
8299 \(fn)" t nil)
8300
8301 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
8302 Lint the function at point.
8303 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8304
8305 \(fn)" t nil)
8306
8307 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8308 Initialize elint.
8309 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
8310 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
8311
8312 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
8313
8314 ;;;***
8315 \f
8316 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (22150 28227 422072
8317 ;;;;;; 702000))
8318 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8319
8320 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8321 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8322 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8323
8324 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8325
8326 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8327 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8328 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8329 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
8330
8331 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8332
8333 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8334 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8335 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8336
8337 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8338
8339 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8340
8341 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8342 Display current profiling results.
8343 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8344 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8345 displayed.
8346
8347 \(fn)" t nil)
8348
8349 ;;;***
8350 \f
8351 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el" (22150 28227 458072
8352 ;;;;;; 702000))
8353 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
8354
8355 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
8356 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
8357 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
8358 to be used. With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
8359 positive, off otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
8360 ARG is omitted or nil.
8361
8362 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
8363 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
8364 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
8365 used instead.
8366
8367 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
8368
8369 exit -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
8370 kill -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
8371 all -- the buffer is locked against both actions
8372
8373 Other values are interpreted as usual.
8374
8375 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8376
8377 ;;;***
8378 \f
8379 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" (22150 28228
8380 ;;;;;; 226072 702000))
8381 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8382
8383 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8384 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8385 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8386
8387 \(fn TOPIC &optional UNUSED)" t nil)
8388
8389 (set-advertised-calling-convention 'report-emacs-bug '(topic) '"24.5")
8390
8391 ;;;***
8392 \f
8393 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emerge" "vc/emerge.el" (22086 11930 378062
8394 ;;;;;; 731000))
8395 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
8396
8397 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8398 Run Emerge on two files.
8399
8400 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8401
8402 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8403 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8404
8405 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8406
8407 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8408 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8409
8410 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8411
8412 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8413 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8414
8415 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8416
8417 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8418
8419
8420 \(fn)" nil nil)
8421
8422 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8423
8424
8425 \(fn)" nil nil)
8426
8427 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8428
8429
8430 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8431
8432 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8433
8434
8435 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8436
8437 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8438 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8439
8440 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8441
8442 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8443 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8444
8445 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8446
8447 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8448
8449
8450 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8451
8452 ;;;***
8453 \f
8454 ;;;### (autoloads nil "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (22150 28229
8455 ;;;;;; 98072 702000))
8456 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8457
8458 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8459 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8460 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8461 text/enriched format.
8462
8463 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8464 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8465 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8466
8467 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8468
8469 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8470 \"enriched.txt\" in `data-directory'.
8471
8472 Commands:
8473
8474 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8475
8476 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8477
8478 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8479
8480
8481 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8482
8483 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8484
8485
8486 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8487
8488 ;;;***
8489 \f
8490 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa" "epa.el" (22150 28227 482072 702000))
8491 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8492
8493 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8494 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8495
8496 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8497
8498 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8499 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8500
8501 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8502
8503 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8504 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8505 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8506 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8507 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8508 the keys are listed.
8509 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8510
8511 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8512
8513 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8514 Decrypt DECRYPT-FILE into PLAIN-FILE.
8515 If you do not specify PLAIN-FILE, this functions prompts for the value to use.
8516
8517 \(fn DECRYPT-FILE &optional PLAIN-FILE)" t nil)
8518
8519 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8520 Verify FILE.
8521
8522 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8523
8524 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8525 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8526
8527 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8528
8529 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8530 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8531
8532 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8533
8534 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8535 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8536
8537 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
8538 It should return that buffer. If it copies the input, it should
8539 delete the text now being decrypted. It should leave point at the
8540 proper place to insert the plaintext.
8541
8542 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
8543 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8544 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8545 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8546 should consider using the string based counterpart
8547 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8548 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8549
8550 For example:
8551
8552 \(let ((context (epg-make-context \\='OpenPGP)))
8553 (decode-coding-string
8554 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8555 \\='utf-8))
8556
8557 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
8558
8559 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8560 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8561
8562 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8563 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8564
8565 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8566
8567 (function-put 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
8568
8569 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8570 Verify the current region between START and END.
8571
8572 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8573 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8574 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8575 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8576 should consider using the string based counterpart
8577 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8578 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8579
8580 For example:
8581
8582 \(let ((context (epg-make-context \\='OpenPGP)))
8583 (decode-coding-string
8584 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8585 \\='utf-8))
8586
8587 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8588
8589 (function-put 'epa-verify-region 'interactive-only 't)
8590
8591 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8592 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8593 between START and END.
8594
8595 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8596 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8597
8598 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8599
8600 (function-put 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
8601
8602 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8603 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8604
8605 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8606 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8607 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8608 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8609 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8610 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8611
8612 For example:
8613
8614 \(let ((context (epg-make-context \\='OpenPGP)))
8615 (epg-sign-string
8616 context
8617 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) \\='utf-8)))
8618
8619 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8620
8621 (function-put 'epa-sign-region 'interactive-only 't)
8622
8623 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8624 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8625
8626 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8627 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8628 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8629 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8630 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8631 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8632
8633 For example:
8634
8635 \(let ((context (epg-make-context \\='OpenPGP)))
8636 (epg-encrypt-string
8637 context
8638 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) \\='utf-8)
8639 nil))
8640
8641 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8642
8643 (function-put 'epa-encrypt-region 'interactive-only 't)
8644
8645 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8646 Delete selected KEYS.
8647
8648 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8649
8650 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8651 Import keys from FILE.
8652
8653 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8654
8655 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8656 Import keys from the region.
8657
8658 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8659
8660 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8661 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8662 between START and END.
8663
8664 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8665
8666 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8667 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8668
8669 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8670
8671 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8672 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8673
8674 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
8675
8676 ;;;***
8677 \f
8678 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (22150 28227 478072
8679 ;;;;;; 702000))
8680 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8681
8682 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8683 Decrypt marked files.
8684
8685 \(fn)" t nil)
8686
8687 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8688 Verify marked files.
8689
8690 \(fn)" t nil)
8691
8692 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8693 Sign marked files.
8694
8695 \(fn)" t nil)
8696
8697 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8698 Encrypt marked files.
8699
8700 \(fn)" t nil)
8701
8702 ;;;***
8703 \f
8704 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (22150 28227 482072
8705 ;;;;;; 702000))
8706 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8707
8708 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8709
8710
8711 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8712
8713 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8714
8715
8716 \(fn)" t nil)
8717
8718 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8719
8720
8721 \(fn)" t nil)
8722
8723 ;;;***
8724 \f
8725 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (22150 28227 482072
8726 ;;;;;; 702000))
8727 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8728
8729 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8730 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8731 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8732 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8733 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8734
8735 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8736
8737 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8738 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8739 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8740
8741 \(fn)" t nil)
8742
8743 (function-put 'epa-mail-decrypt 'interactive-only 't)
8744
8745 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8746 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8747 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8748
8749 \(fn)" t nil)
8750
8751 (function-put 'epa-mail-verify 'interactive-only 't)
8752
8753 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8754 Sign the current buffer.
8755 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8756
8757 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8758
8759 (function-put 'epa-mail-sign 'interactive-only 't)
8760
8761 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8762 Encrypt the outgoing mail message in the current buffer.
8763 Takes the recipients from the text in the header in the buffer
8764 and translates them through `epa-mail-aliases'.
8765 With prefix argument, asks you to select among them interactively
8766 and also whether and how to sign.
8767
8768 Called from Lisp, the optional argument RECIPIENTS is a list
8769 of recipient addresses, t to perform symmetric encryption,
8770 or nil meaning use the defaults.
8771
8772 SIGNERS is a list of keys to sign the message with.
8773
8774 \(fn &optional RECIPIENTS SIGNERS)" t nil)
8775
8776 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8777 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8778 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8779
8780 \(fn)" t nil)
8781
8782 (function-put 'epa-mail-import-keys 'interactive-only 't)
8783
8784 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8785 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8786 See the `epa-global-mail-mode' command
8787 for a description of this minor mode.
8788 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8789 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8790 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8791
8792 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8793
8794 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8795 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8796 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8797 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8798 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8799
8800 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8801
8802 ;;;***
8803 \f
8804 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg" "epg.el" (22217 43732 468164 355000))
8805 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8806 (push (purecopy '(epg 1 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
8807
8808 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8809 Return a context object.
8810
8811 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8812
8813 ;;;***
8814 \f
8815 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (22334 62023 634741
8816 ;;;;;; 204000))
8817 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8818
8819 (autoload 'epg-find-configuration "epg-config" "\
8820 Find or create a usable configuration to handle PROTOCOL.
8821 This function first looks at the existing configuration found by
8822 the previous invocation of this function, unless FORCE is non-nil.
8823
8824 Then it walks through `epg-config--program-alist'. If
8825 `epg-gpg-program' or `epg-gpgsm-program' is already set with
8826 custom, use it. Otherwise, it tries the programs listed in the
8827 entry until the version requirement is met.
8828
8829 \(fn PROTOCOL &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8830
8831 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8832 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8833
8834 \(fn)" nil nil)
8835
8836 (make-obsolete 'epg-configuration 'epg-find-configuration '"25.1")
8837
8838 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8839 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8840
8841 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8842
8843 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8844 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8845
8846 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8847
8848 ;;;***
8849 \f
8850 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc" "erc/erc.el" (22197 58438 151460 447000))
8851 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8852 (push (purecopy '(erc 5 3)) package--builtin-versions)
8853
8854 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8855 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8856
8857 \(fn)" nil nil)
8858
8859 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8860 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8861 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8862
8863 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8864
8865 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8866 (server (erc-compute-server))
8867 (port (erc-compute-port))
8868 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8869 password
8870 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8871
8872 That is, if called with
8873
8874 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8875
8876 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8877 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8878 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8879
8880 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8881
8882 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8883
8884 (autoload 'erc-tls "erc" "\
8885 Interactively select TLS connection parameters and run ERC.
8886 Arguments are the same as for `erc'.
8887
8888 \(fn &rest R)" t nil)
8889
8890 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8891 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8892 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8893 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8894
8895 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8896
8897 ;;;***
8898 \f
8899 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (22150
8900 ;;;;;; 28227 506072 702000))
8901 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8902 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8903
8904 ;;;***
8905 \f
8906 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (22195 16710
8907 ;;;;;; 391344 967000))
8908 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8909 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8910
8911 ;;;***
8912 \f
8913 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (22150 28227
8914 ;;;;;; 510072 702000))
8915 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8916 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8917
8918 ;;;***
8919 \f
8920 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (22150 28227
8921 ;;;;;; 510072 702000))
8922 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8923 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8924
8925 ;;;***
8926 \f
8927 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (22150 28227 510072
8928 ;;;;;; 702000))
8929 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8930 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8931
8932 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8933 Parser for /dcc command.
8934 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8935 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8936 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8937
8938 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8939
8940 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8941 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8942
8943 \(fn)" nil nil)
8944
8945 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8946 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries.")
8947
8948 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8949 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8950 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8951 that subcommand.
8952
8953 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8954
8955 ;;;***
8956 \f
8957 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-desktop-notifications" "erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el"
8958 ;;;;;; (22150 28227 510072 702000))
8959 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el
8960 (autoload 'erc-notifications-mode "erc-desktop-notifications" "" t)
8961
8962 ;;;***
8963 \f
8964 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el" (22150
8965 ;;;;;; 28227 510072 702000))
8966 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8967
8968 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8969 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8970
8971 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8972
8973 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8974 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8975 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8976 in the alist is nil, prompt for the appropriate values.
8977
8978 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8979
8980 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8981
8982
8983 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8984
8985 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8986 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8987
8988 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8989
8990 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8991 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8992
8993 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8994
8995 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8996 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8997
8998 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8999
9000 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
9001 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
9002
9003 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9004
9005 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
9006 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
9007
9008 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9009
9010 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
9011 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
9012
9013 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9014
9015 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
9016 Select a detached EZBounce session.
9017
9018 \(fn)" nil nil)
9019
9020 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
9021 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
9022
9023 \(fn)" nil nil)
9024
9025 ;;;***
9026 \f
9027 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (22150 28227 510072
9028 ;;;;;; 702000))
9029 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
9030 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
9031
9032 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
9033 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
9034 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
9035
9036 \(fn)" nil nil)
9037
9038 ;;;***
9039 \f
9040 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-identd" "erc/erc-identd.el" (22150 28227
9041 ;;;;;; 510072 702000))
9042 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
9043 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
9044
9045 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
9046 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
9047 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
9048 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
9049 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
9050 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
9051 system.
9052
9053 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
9054
9055 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
9056
9057
9058 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
9059
9060 ;;;***
9061 \f
9062 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el" (22150 28227
9063 ;;;;;; 514072 702000))
9064 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
9065
9066 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
9067
9068
9069 \(fn)" nil nil)
9070
9071 ;;;***
9072 \f
9073 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (22150 28227 514072
9074 ;;;;;; 702000))
9075 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
9076 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
9077
9078 ;;;***
9079 \f
9080 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (22150 28227 514072
9081 ;;;;;; 702000))
9082 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
9083 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
9084
9085 ;;;***
9086 \f
9087 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-log" "erc/erc-log.el" (22150 28227 514072
9088 ;;;;;; 702000))
9089 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9090 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9091
9092 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
9093 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9094 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9095 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9096 is writable (it will be created as necessary) and
9097 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9098
9099 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9100
9101 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
9102 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9103 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9104 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9105
9106 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9107 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9108 automatically.
9109
9110 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9111 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9112
9113 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9114
9115 ;;;***
9116 \f
9117 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el" (22150 28227
9118 ;;;;;; 514072 702000))
9119 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9120 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9121
9122 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
9123 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9124
9125 \(fn)" t nil)
9126
9127 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
9128 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9129
9130 \(fn)" t nil)
9131
9132 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
9133 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9134
9135 \(fn)" t nil)
9136
9137 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
9138 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9139
9140 \(fn)" t nil)
9141
9142 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
9143 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9144
9145 \(fn)" t nil)
9146
9147 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
9148 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9149
9150 \(fn)" t nil)
9151
9152 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9153 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9154
9155 \(fn)" t nil)
9156
9157 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9158 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9159
9160 \(fn)" t nil)
9161
9162 ;;;***
9163 \f
9164 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (22150 28227 514072
9165 ;;;;;; 702000))
9166 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9167 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9168
9169 ;;;***
9170 \f
9171 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el" (22150
9172 ;;;;;; 28227 514072 702000))
9173 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9174 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9175
9176 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
9177 Show who's gone.
9178
9179 \(fn)" nil nil)
9180
9181 ;;;***
9182 \f
9183 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-networks" "erc/erc-networks.el" (22189
9184 ;;;;;; 64323 128321 19000))
9185 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9186
9187 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
9188 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9189 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9190 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9191
9192 \(fn)" nil nil)
9193
9194 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9195 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9196
9197 \(fn)" t nil)
9198
9199 ;;;***
9200 \f
9201 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-notify" "erc/erc-notify.el" (22150 28227
9202 ;;;;;; 518072 702000))
9203 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9204 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9205
9206 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9207 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9208 Without args, list the current list of notified people online,
9209 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9210
9211 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9212
9213 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9214
9215
9216 \(fn)" nil nil)
9217
9218 ;;;***
9219 \f
9220 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (22150 28227 518072
9221 ;;;;;; 702000))
9222 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9223 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9224
9225 ;;;***
9226 \f
9227 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (22195
9228 ;;;;;; 16710 595344 967000))
9229 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9230 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9231
9232 ;;;***
9233 \f
9234 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (22150 28227
9235 ;;;;;; 518072 702000))
9236 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9237 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9238
9239 ;;;***
9240 \f
9241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (22150 28227 518072
9242 ;;;;;; 702000))
9243 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9244 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9245
9246 ;;;***
9247 \f
9248 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (22150
9249 ;;;;;; 28227 518072 702000))
9250 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9251 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9252
9253 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9254 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9255
9256 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9257
9258 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9259 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9260 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9261
9262 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9263
9264 ;;;***
9265 \f
9266 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (22150 28227
9267 ;;;;;; 518072 702000))
9268 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9269 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9270
9271 ;;;***
9272 \f
9273 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el" (22150
9274 ;;;;;; 28227 518072 702000))
9275 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9276
9277 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9278 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9279 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9280
9281 \(fn)" t nil)
9282
9283 ;;;***
9284 \f
9285 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (22150
9286 ;;;;;; 28227 518072 702000))
9287 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9288 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9289
9290 ;;;***
9291 \f
9292 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (22150 28227
9293 ;;;;;; 518072 702000))
9294 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9295 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9296
9297 ;;;***
9298 \f
9299 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (22195 16710
9300 ;;;;;; 599344 967000))
9301 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9302
9303 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9304 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9305 See the `erc-track-minor-mode' command
9306 for a description of this minor mode.")
9307
9308 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9309
9310 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9311 Toggle mode line display of ERC activity (ERC Track minor mode).
9312 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ERC Track minor mode if ARG is
9313 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
9314 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9315
9316 ERC Track minor mode is a global minor mode. It exists for the
9317 sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and C-c C-@ keybindings.
9318 Make sure that you have enabled the track module, otherwise the
9319 keybindings will not do anything useful.
9320
9321 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9322 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9323
9324 ;;;***
9325 \f
9326 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (22150
9327 ;;;;;; 28227 522072 702000))
9328 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9329 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9330
9331 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9332 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9333 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9334 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9335
9336 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9337
9338 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9339 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9340 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9341
9342 \(fn)" t nil)
9343
9344 ;;;***
9345 \f
9346 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el" (22150 28227 522072
9347 ;;;;;; 702000))
9348 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9349 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9350
9351 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9352 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9353
9354 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9355
9356 ;;;***
9357 \f
9358 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (22182 4679 395463
9359 ;;;;;; 499000))
9360 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
9361
9362 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
9363 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
9364
9365 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
9366 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
9367
9368 `should', `should-not', `should-error' and `skip-unless' are
9369 useful for assertions in BODY.
9370
9371 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
9372
9373 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
9374 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
9375 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
9376
9377 \(fn NAME () [DOCSTRING] [:expected-result RESULT-TYPE] [:tags \\='(TAG...)] BODY...)" nil t)
9378
9379 (function-put 'ert-deftest 'doc-string-elt '3)
9380
9381 (function-put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function '2)
9382
9383 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
9384
9385 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9386
9387 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
9388 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
9389
9390 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
9391 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
9392 run; this makes the command line \"emacs -batch -l my-tests.el -f
9393 ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit\" useful.
9394
9395 Returns the stats object.
9396
9397 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9398
9399 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
9400 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
9401
9402 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
9403 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
9404 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
9405 the tests).
9406
9407 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9408
9409 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
9410 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
9411
9412 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
9413 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
9414 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
9415 and how to display message.
9416
9417 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
9418
9419 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
9420
9421 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
9422 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
9423
9424 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
9425
9426 ;;;***
9427 \f
9428 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el" (22150 28227
9429 ;;;;;; 426072 702000))
9430 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
9431
9432 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9433
9434 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
9435 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
9436
9437 \(fn)" t nil)
9438
9439 ;;;***
9440 \f
9441 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (22150 28227
9442 ;;;;;; 542072 702000))
9443 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9444
9445 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9446 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9447
9448 \(fn)" t nil)
9449
9450 ;;;***
9451 \f
9452 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (22150 28227 542072
9453 ;;;;;; 702000))
9454 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9455 (push (purecopy '(eshell 2 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
9456
9457 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9458 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9459 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9460 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9461 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9462 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9463 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9464 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9465 buffer selected (or created).
9466
9467 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9468
9469 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9470 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9471 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9472
9473 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9474
9475 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9476 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9477 The result might be any Lisp object.
9478 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9479 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9480 corresponding to a successful execution.
9481
9482 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9483
9484 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9485
9486 ;;;***
9487 \f
9488 ;;;### (autoloads nil "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (22315 11204 909560
9489 ;;;;;; 191000))
9490 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9491
9492 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9493 File name of tags table.
9494 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9495 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9496 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9497 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
9498 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
9499
9500 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9501 Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9502 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9503 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9504
9505 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9506
9507 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9508 List of file names of tags tables to search.
9509 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9510 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9511 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9512 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9513
9514 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9515
9516 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
9517 List of extensions tried by etags when `auto-compression-mode' is on.
9518 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.")
9519
9520 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9521
9522 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9523 Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9524 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9525 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9526 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9527
9528 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9529
9530 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9531 Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9532 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9533 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9534
9535 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9536
9537 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9538 A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9539 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9540 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9541 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9542
9543 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9544
9545 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9546 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9547
9548 \(fn)" t nil)
9549
9550 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9551 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9552 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9553 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9554
9555 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9556 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9557 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9558 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9559 file the tag was in.
9560
9561 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9562
9563 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9564 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9565 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9566 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9567 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9568 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9569 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9570 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9571 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9572
9573 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9574
9575 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9576 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9577 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9578 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9579 without directory names.
9580
9581 \(fn)" nil nil)
9582
9583 (autoload 'tags-lazy-completion-table "etags" "\
9584
9585
9586 \(fn)" nil nil)
9587 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
9588 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
9589 (progn
9590 (load "etags")
9591 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
9592
9593 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9594 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9595 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9596 but does not select the buffer.
9597 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9598
9599 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9600 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9601 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9602 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9603 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9604
9605 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9606
9607 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9608 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9609 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9610
9611 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9612
9613 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9614
9615 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9616 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9617 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9618 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9619
9620 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9621 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9622 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9623 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9624 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9625
9626 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9627
9628 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9629 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9630 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9631
9632 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9633
9634 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9635
9636 (make-obsolete 'find-tag 'xref-find-definitions '"25.1")
9637
9638 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9639 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9640 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9641 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9642 around or before point.
9643
9644 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9645 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9646 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9647 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9648 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9649
9650 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9651
9652 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9653 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9654 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9655
9656 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9657
9658 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9659
9660 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-other-window 'xref-find-definitions-other-window '"25.1")
9661
9662 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9663 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9664 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9665 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9666 around or before point.
9667
9668 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9669 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9670 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9671 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9672 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9673
9674 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9675
9676 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9677 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9678 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9679
9680 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9681
9682 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9683
9684 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-other-frame 'xref-find-definitions-other-frame '"25.1")
9685
9686 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9687 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9688 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9689
9690 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9691 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9692 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9693 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9694 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9695
9696 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9697
9698 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9699 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9700 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9701
9702 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9703
9704 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9705
9706 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-regexp 'xref-find-apropos '"25.1")
9707
9708 (defalias 'pop-tag-mark 'xref-pop-marker-stack)
9709
9710 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9711 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9712
9713 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9714 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9715 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9716
9717 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9718 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9719
9720 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9721 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9722
9723 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9724
9725 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9726 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9727 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9728 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9729
9730 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9731 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9732 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9733 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9734 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9735
9736 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9737
9738 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9739 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9740 Stops when a match is found.
9741 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9742
9743 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
9744 evaluated, will return a list of file names. The search will be
9745 restricted to these files.
9746
9747 Also see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
9748
9749 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9750
9751 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9752 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9753 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9754 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9755 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9756 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9757 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9758 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9759
9760 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9761 produce the list of files to search.
9762
9763 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9764
9765 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9766
9767 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9768 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9769 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9770 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9771 directory specification.
9772
9773 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9774
9775 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9776 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9777
9778 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9779
9780 (make-obsolete 'tags-apropos 'xref-find-apropos '"25.1")
9781
9782 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9783 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9784 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9785 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9786
9787 \(fn)" t nil)
9788
9789 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9790 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9791 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9792 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9793 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9794
9795 \(fn)" t nil)
9796
9797 (autoload 'etags--xref-backend "etags" "\
9798
9799
9800 \(fn)" nil nil)
9801
9802 ;;;***
9803 \f
9804 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (22150
9805 ;;;;;; 28228 166072 702000))
9806 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9807
9808 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9809
9810
9811 \(fn)" nil nil)
9812
9813 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9814 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9815
9816 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9817 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9818
9819 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9820 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9821 primary language.
9822
9823 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9824 even if the buffer is read-only.
9825
9826 See also the descriptions of the variables
9827 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9828
9829 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9830
9831 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9832 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9833
9834 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9835 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9836
9837 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9838 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9839 primary language.
9840
9841 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9842 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9843
9844 See also the descriptions of the variables
9845 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9846
9847 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9848
9849 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9850 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9851 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9852 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9853
9854 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9855
9856 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9857 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9858 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9859 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9860
9861 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9862 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9863 primary language.
9864
9865 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9866 buffer is read-only.
9867
9868 See also the descriptions of the variables
9869 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9870 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9871
9872 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9873
9874 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9875 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9876
9877 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9878 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9879
9880 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9881 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9882 the primary language.
9883
9884 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9885 buffer is read-only.
9886
9887 See also the descriptions of the variables
9888 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9889 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9890
9891 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9892
9893 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9894 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9895 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9896
9897 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9898
9899 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9900 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9901
9902 \(fn)" t nil)
9903
9904 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9905 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9906
9907 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9908 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9909 be 1, 2, or 3.
9910
9911 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9912 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9913 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9914
9915 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9916
9917 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9918
9919 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9920 This function is deprecated.
9921
9922 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9923
9924 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9925 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9926
9927 \(fn)" t nil)
9928
9929 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9930 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9931
9932 \(fn)" t nil)
9933
9934 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9935 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9936
9937 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9938 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9939
9940 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9941 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9942
9943 \(fn)" nil nil)
9944
9945 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9946 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9947
9948 \(fn)" nil nil)
9949
9950 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9951 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
9952
9953 \(fn)" nil nil)
9954
9955 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9956 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9957
9958 \(fn)" nil nil)
9959
9960 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9961 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9962 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9963
9964 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9965
9966 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9967
9968
9969 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9970
9971 ;;;***
9972 \f
9973 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc" "net/eudc.el" (22150 28228 354072 702000))
9974 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9975
9976 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9977 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9978 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9979 server for future sessions.
9980
9981 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9982
9983 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9984 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9985 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9986
9987 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9988
9989 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9990 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9991 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9992
9993 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9994
9995 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9996 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9997 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9998 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9999 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
10000 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
10001 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
10002 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
10003 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
10004 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
10005 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
10006 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
10007
10008 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
10009
10010 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
10011 Display a form to query the directory server.
10012 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
10013 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
10014
10015 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
10016
10017 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
10018 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
10019 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
10020
10021 \(fn)" t nil)
10022
10023 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
10024
10025 ;;;***
10026 \f
10027 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (22150 28228 354072
10028 ;;;;;; 702000))
10029 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
10030
10031 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
10032 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
10033
10034 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10035
10036 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
10037 Display URL and make it clickable.
10038
10039 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
10040
10041 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
10042 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
10043
10044 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
10045
10046 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
10047 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
10048
10049 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10050
10051 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
10052 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
10053
10054 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10055
10056 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
10057 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
10058
10059 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10060
10061 ;;;***
10062 \f
10063 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (22150 28228
10064 ;;;;;; 354072 702000))
10065 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
10066
10067 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
10068 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
10069 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
10070
10071 \(fn)" t nil)
10072
10073 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
10074 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
10075
10076 \(fn)" t nil)
10077
10078 ;;;***
10079 \f
10080 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el" (22150
10081 ;;;;;; 28228 354072 702000))
10082 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10083
10084 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
10085 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10086
10087 \(fn)" t nil)
10088
10089 ;;;***
10090 \f
10091 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (22150 28227 430072
10092 ;;;;;; 702000))
10093 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
10094
10095 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
10096 Create an empty ewoc.
10097
10098 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
10099
10100 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
10101 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
10102 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
10103 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
10104 `insert-before-markers'.
10105
10106 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
10107 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
10108 respectively, of the ewoc.
10109
10110 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
10111 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
10112 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10113
10114 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
10115
10116 ;;;***
10117 \f
10118 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eww" "net/eww.el" (22229 34898 904051 395000))
10119 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eww.el
10120
10121 (defvar eww-suggest-uris '(eww-links-at-point url-get-url-at-point eww-current-url) "\
10122 List of functions called to form the list of default URIs for `eww'.
10123 Each of the elements is a function returning either a string or a list
10124 of strings. The results will be joined into a single list with
10125 duplicate entries (if any) removed.")
10126
10127 (custom-autoload 'eww-suggest-uris "eww" t)
10128
10129 (autoload 'eww "eww" "\
10130 Fetch URL and render the page.
10131 If the input doesn't look like an URL or a domain name, the
10132 word(s) will be searched for via `eww-search-prefix'.
10133
10134 \(fn URL)" t nil)
10135 (defalias 'browse-web 'eww)
10136
10137 (autoload 'eww-open-file "eww" "\
10138 Render FILE using EWW.
10139
10140 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10141
10142 (autoload 'eww-search-words "eww" "\
10143 Search the web for the text between BEG and END.
10144 See the `eww-search-prefix' variable for the search engine used.
10145
10146 \(fn &optional BEG END)" t nil)
10147
10148 (autoload 'eww-mode "eww" "\
10149 Mode for browsing the web.
10150
10151 \(fn)" t nil)
10152
10153 (autoload 'eww-browse-url "eww" "\
10154
10155
10156 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" nil nil)
10157
10158 (autoload 'eww-list-bookmarks "eww" "\
10159 Display the bookmarks.
10160
10161 \(fn)" t nil)
10162
10163 ;;;***
10164 \f
10165 ;;;### (autoloads nil "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (22150
10166 ;;;;;; 28228 818072 702000))
10167 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10168
10169 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
10170 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10171 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10172
10173 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
10174
10175 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
10176 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10177 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10178 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10179 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10180
10181 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10182
10183 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
10184 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10185 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10186 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10187 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10188 executable.
10189
10190 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10191
10192 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
10193 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10194 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10195 file modes.
10196
10197 \(fn)" nil nil)
10198
10199 ;;;***
10200 \f
10201 ;;;### (autoloads nil "expand" "expand.el" (22150 28227 542072 702000))
10202 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10203
10204 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
10205 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
10206 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10207 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10208
10209 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10210
10211 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10212 expansion. For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10213 to generate such functions.
10214
10215 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10216 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10217 beginning of the expanded text.
10218
10219 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10220 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10221 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10222 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10223
10224 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10225
10226 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10227
10228 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
10229 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10230 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10231
10232 \(fn)" nil nil)
10233
10234 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
10235 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10236 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10237
10238 \(fn)" t nil)
10239
10240 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
10241 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10242 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10243
10244 \(fn)" t nil)
10245 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10246 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10247
10248 ;;;***
10249 \f
10250 ;;;### (autoloads nil "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (22197 58438 431460
10251 ;;;;;; 447000))
10252 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10253
10254 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
10255 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10256 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10257
10258 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10259 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10260 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10261
10262 Type \\=`? or \\=`\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10263
10264 Key definitions:
10265 \\{f90-mode-map}
10266
10267 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10268
10269 `f90-do-indent'
10270 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10271 `f90-if-indent'
10272 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10273 `f90-type-indent'
10274 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10275 `f90-program-indent'
10276 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10277 (default 2).
10278 `f90-associate-indent'
10279 Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
10280 `f90-critical-indent'
10281 Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
10282 `f90-continuation-indent'
10283 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10284 `f90-comment-region'
10285 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10286 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10287 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10288 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10289 (default \"!\").
10290 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10291 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10292 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10293 `f90-break-delimiters'
10294 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10295 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10296 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10297 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10298 (default t).
10299 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10300 Automatic insertion of `&' at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10301 `f90-smart-end'
10302 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10303 Allowed values are `blink', `no-blink', and nil, which determine
10304 whether to blink the matching beginning (default `blink').
10305 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10306 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10307 The possibilities are `downcase-word', `upcase-word', `capitalize-word'.
10308 `f90-leave-line-no'
10309 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10310
10311 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10312 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10313
10314 \(fn)" t nil)
10315
10316 ;;;***
10317 \f
10318 ;;;### (autoloads nil "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (22283 34751 141333
10319 ;;;;;; 844000))
10320 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10321
10322 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
10323 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
10324 Return a cookie which can be used to delete this remapping with
10325 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
10326
10327 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10328 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10329 of face attribute/value pairs. If more than one face is listed,
10330 that specifies an aggregate face, in the same way as in a `face'
10331 text property, except for possible priority changes noted below.
10332
10333 The face remapping specified by SPECS takes effect alongside the
10334 remappings from other calls to `face-remap-add-relative' for the
10335 same FACE, as well as the normal definition of FACE (at lowest
10336 priority). This function tries to sort multiple remappings for
10337 the same face, so that remappings specifying relative face
10338 attributes are applied after remappings specifying absolute face
10339 attributes.
10340
10341 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to something
10342 other than the normal definition of FACE via `face-remap-set-base'.
10343
10344 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10345
10346 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
10347 Set the base remapping of FACE to the normal definition of FACE.
10348 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10349 to apply on top of the normal definition of FACE.
10350
10351 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
10352
10353 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
10354 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
10355 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10356 to apply on top of the face specification given by SPECS.
10357
10358 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10359 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10360 of face attribute/value pairs, like in a `face' text property.
10361
10362 If SPECS is empty, call `face-remap-reset-base' to use the normal
10363 definition of FACE as the base remapping; note that this is
10364 different from SPECS containing a single value nil, which means
10365 not to inherit from the global definition of FACE at all.
10366
10367 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10368
10369 (autoload 'text-scale-set "face-remap" "\
10370 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
10371 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
10372
10373 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
10374 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10375 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
10376 the same amount).
10377
10378 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil)
10379
10380 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
10381 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10382 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10383
10384 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10385 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10386 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10387 will remove any scaling currently active.
10388
10389 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10390
10391 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
10392 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10393 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10394
10395 \(fn DEC)" t nil)
10396 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10397 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10398 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10399 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10400
10401 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
10402 Adjust the height of the default face by INC.
10403
10404 INC may be passed as a numeric prefix argument.
10405
10406 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10407 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10408
10409 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
10410 - Decrease the default face height by one step
10411 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
10412
10413 After adjusting, continue to read input events and further adjust
10414 the face height as long as the input event read
10415 \(with all modifiers removed) is one of the above characters.
10416
10417 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10418 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10419 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10420 will remove any scaling currently active.
10421
10422 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10423 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10424 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
10425 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10426 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10427
10428 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10429
10430 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
10431 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
10432 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10433 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10434 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, the face specified by the
10435 variable `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
10436
10437 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10438
10439 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
10440 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10441 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10442 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10443 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10444 `face' text property. If SPECS is nil or omitted, disable
10445 `buffer-face-mode'.
10446
10447 This function makes the variable `buffer-face-mode-face' buffer
10448 local, and sets it to FACE.
10449
10450 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10451
10452 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
10453 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10454 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10455 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10456 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10457 `face' text property.
10458
10459 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
10460 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if `buffer-face-mode'
10461 is disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other
10462 face, then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
10463
10464 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10465 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
10466
10467 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10468
10469 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
10470 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10471 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10472 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10473
10474 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10475
10476 ;;;***
10477 \f
10478 ;;;### (autoloads nil "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (22092 27717
10479 ;;;;;; 880268 464000))
10480 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10481 (push (purecopy '(feedmail 11)) package--builtin-versions)
10482
10483 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10484 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10485 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10486 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10487
10488 \(fn)" nil nil)
10489
10490 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10491 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10492
10493 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10494
10495 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10496 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10497 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10498 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10499
10500 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10501
10502 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10503 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10504 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10505 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10506 backup file names and the like).
10507
10508 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10509
10510 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10511 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10512 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10513 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is `on-demand', which
10514 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10515 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10516 internally by feedmail):
10517
10518 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10519 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10520 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10521 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10522
10523 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10524 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10525 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10526 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10527 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10528
10529 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10530
10531 ;;;***
10532 \f
10533 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ffap" "ffap.el" (22279 37684 340180 436000))
10534 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10535
10536 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10537 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10538 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10539 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10540 Interactively: use a single prefix \\[universal-argument] to search backwards,
10541 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10542 Actual search is done by the function `ffap-next-guess'.
10543
10544 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10545
10546 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10547 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10548 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10549 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10550 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10551 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10552 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10553
10554 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10555
10556 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10557
10558 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10559 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
10560 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10561 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10562 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10563 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10564
10565 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10566
10567 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10568 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
10569 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10570 Return value:
10571 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10572 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10573 * otherwise, nil
10574
10575 \(fn E)" t nil)
10576
10577 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10578 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10579 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10580
10581 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10582
10583 (autoload 'ffap-guess-file-name-at-point "ffap" "\
10584 Try to get a file name at point.
10585 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'.
10586
10587 \(fn)" nil nil)
10588
10589 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10590 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10591
10592 \(fn)" t nil)
10593
10594 ;;;***
10595 \f
10596 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filecache" "filecache.el" (22150 28227 554072
10597 ;;;;;; 702000))
10598 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10599
10600 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10601 Add all files in DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10602 If called from Lisp with a non-nil REGEXP argument is non-nil,
10603 only add files whose names match REGEXP.
10604
10605 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10606
10607 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10608 Add DIRECTORIES (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10609 If called interactively, read the directory names one by one.
10610 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10611 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10612 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10613
10614 \(fn DIRECTORIES &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10615
10616 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10617 Add FILE to the file cache.
10618
10619 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10620
10621 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10622 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10623 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10624
10625 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10626
10627 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10628 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10629 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10630
10631 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10632
10633 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10634 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10635 This function does not use any external programs.
10636 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10637 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10638 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10639
10640 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10641
10642 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10643 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10644 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10645 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10646 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10647 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10648 \(directories) is done.
10649
10650 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10651
10652 ;;;***
10653 \f
10654 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filenotify" "filenotify.el" (22230 55750 327718
10655 ;;;;;; 91000))
10656 ;;; Generated autoloads from filenotify.el
10657
10658 (autoload 'file-notify-handle-event "filenotify" "\
10659 Handle file system monitoring event.
10660 If EVENT is a filewatch event, call its callback. It has the format
10661
10662 (file-notify (DESCRIPTOR ACTIONS FILE [FILE1-OR-COOKIE]) CALLBACK)
10663
10664 Otherwise, signal a `file-notify-error'.
10665
10666 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10667
10668 ;;;***
10669 \f
10670 ;;;### (autoloads nil "files-x" "files-x.el" (22189 64323 128321
10671 ;;;;;; 19000))
10672 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
10673
10674 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10675 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
10676
10677 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10678 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
10679 Local Variables list.
10680
10681 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
10682 then this function adds the first line containing the string
10683 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
10684
10685 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10686
10687 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10688 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
10689
10690 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10691
10692 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10693 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
10694
10695 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10696 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
10697 the -*- line.
10698
10699 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
10700 then this function adds it.
10701
10702 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10703
10704 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10705 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10706
10707 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10708
10709 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10710 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10711
10712 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10713
10714 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10715 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10716
10717 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil)
10718
10719 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals "files-x" "\
10720 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10721
10722 \(fn)" t nil)
10723
10724 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals "files-x" "\
10725 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10726
10727 \(fn)" t nil)
10728
10729 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line "files-x" "\
10730 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10731
10732 \(fn)" t nil)
10733
10734 ;;;***
10735 \f
10736 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filesets" "filesets.el" (22150 28227 578072
10737 ;;;;;; 702000))
10738 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10739
10740 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10741 Filesets initialization.
10742 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10743
10744 \(fn)" nil nil)
10745
10746 ;;;***
10747 \f
10748 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (22150 28227 578072
10749 ;;;;;; 702000))
10750 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10751 (push (purecopy '(find-cmd 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
10752
10753 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10754 Initiate the building of a find command.
10755 For example:
10756
10757 \(find-cmd \\='(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10758 \\='(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10759 (mtime \"+1\"))
10760 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10761
10762 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10763 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10764
10765 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10766
10767 ;;;***
10768 \f
10769 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (22150 28227 578072
10770 ;;;;;; 702000))
10771 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10772
10773 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10774 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10775 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
10776
10777 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10778
10779 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10780 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10781
10782 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10783
10784 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10785 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10786 and run Dired on those files.
10787 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10788 The default command run (after changing into DIR) is
10789
10790 find . -name \\='PATTERN\\=' -ls
10791
10792 See `find-name-arg' to customize the arguments.
10793
10794 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10795
10796 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10797 Find files in DIR matching a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10798 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10799
10800 find . \\( -type f -exec `grep-program' `find-grep-options' \\
10801 -e REGEXP {} \\; \\) -ls
10802
10803 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10804 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10805
10806 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10807
10808 ;;;***
10809 \f
10810 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-file" "find-file.el" (22150 28227 578072
10811 ;;;;;; 702000))
10812 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10813
10814 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10815 List of special constructs recognized by `ff-treat-as-special'.
10816 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10817 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10818 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10819 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10820 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10821
10822 (custom-autoload 'ff-special-constructs "find-file" t)
10823
10824 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10825 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10826 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10827
10828 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10829
10830 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10831
10832 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10833
10834 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10835 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10836 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10837
10838 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10839 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10840
10841 Variables of interest include:
10842
10843 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10844 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10845 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10846
10847 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10848 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10849 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10850
10851 - `ff-ignore-include'
10852 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10853
10854 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10855 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10856
10857 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10858 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10859
10860 - `ff-special-constructs'
10861 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10862 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10863 extracting the filename from that construct.
10864
10865 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10866 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10867
10868 - `ff-search-directories'
10869 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10870 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10871
10872 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10873 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10874
10875 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10876 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10877
10878 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10879 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10880
10881 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10882 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10883
10884 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10885 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10886
10887 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10888
10889 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10890 Visit the file you click on.
10891
10892 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10893
10894 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10895 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10896
10897 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10898
10899 ;;;***
10900 \f
10901 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (22343
10902 ;;;;;; 35624 796272 343000))
10903 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10904
10905 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10906 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10907 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10908
10909 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10910
10911 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10912 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10913 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10914 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10915
10916 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10917 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10918 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10919 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10920
10921 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10922
10923 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10924 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10925
10926 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10927 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10928 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10929 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10930
10931 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
10932 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
10933 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
10934
10935 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10936 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10937 in `load-path'.
10938
10939 \(fn FUNCTION &optional LISP-ONLY)" nil nil)
10940
10941 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10942 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10943
10944 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10945 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10946 places point before the definition.
10947 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10948
10949 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10950 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10951 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10952
10953 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10954
10955 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10956 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10957
10958 See `find-function' for more details.
10959
10960 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10961
10962 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10963 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10964
10965 See `find-function' for more details.
10966
10967 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10968
10969 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10970 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10971
10972 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10973 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10974 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10975
10976 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10977 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10978
10979 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10980
10981 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10982 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10983
10984 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10985 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10986 places point before the definition.
10987
10988 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10989
10990 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10991 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10992 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10993
10994 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10995
10996 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10997 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10998
10999 See `find-variable' for more details.
11000
11001 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11002
11003 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
11004 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
11005
11006 See `find-variable' for more details.
11007
11008 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11009
11010 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
11011 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
11012 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
11013 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
11014 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
11015 buffer nor display it.
11016
11017 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
11018 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11019
11020 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
11021
11022 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
11023 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
11024
11025 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
11026 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
11027 places point before the definition.
11028
11029 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11030
11031 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
11032 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11033 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11034
11035 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
11036
11037 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
11038 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
11039 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11040
11041 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
11042
11043 (autoload 'find-function-on-key-other-window "find-func" "\
11044 Find, in the other window, the function that KEY invokes.
11045 See `find-function-on-key'.
11046
11047 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
11048
11049 (autoload 'find-function-on-key-other-frame "find-func" "\
11050 Find, in the other frame, the function that KEY invokes.
11051 See `find-function-on-key'.
11052
11053 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
11054
11055 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
11056 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
11057
11058 \(fn)" t nil)
11059
11060 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
11061 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
11062
11063 \(fn)" t nil)
11064
11065 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
11066 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
11067
11068 \(fn)" nil nil)
11069
11070 ;;;***
11071 \f
11072 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (22311 14139 134375
11073 ;;;;;; 715000))
11074 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
11075
11076 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
11077 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
11078
11079 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
11080
11081 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
11082 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
11083
11084 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11085
11086 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
11087 Change the filter on a `find-lisp-find-dired' buffer to REGEXP.
11088
11089 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11090
11091 ;;;***
11092 \f
11093 ;;;### (autoloads nil "finder" "finder.el" (22150 28227 578072 702000))
11094 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
11095 (push (purecopy '(finder 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
11096
11097 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
11098 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
11099
11100 \(fn)" t nil)
11101
11102 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
11103 Display FILE's commentary section.
11104 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
11105
11106 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11107
11108 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
11109 Find packages matching a given keyword.
11110
11111 \(fn)" t nil)
11112
11113 ;;;***
11114 \f
11115 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-ctrl" "flow-ctrl.el" (22150 28227 578072
11116 ;;;;;; 702000))
11117 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
11118
11119 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
11120 Toggle flow control handling.
11121 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
11122 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
11123
11124 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
11125
11126 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
11127 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
11128 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
11129 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
11130 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
11131 to get the effect of a C-q.
11132
11133 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
11134
11135 ;;;***
11136 \f
11137 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el" (22150 28227
11138 ;;;;;; 658072 702000))
11139 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
11140
11141 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
11142
11143
11144 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11145
11146 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
11147
11148
11149 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
11150
11151 ;;;***
11152 \f
11153 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (22150 28228
11154 ;;;;;; 818072 702000))
11155 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11156 (push (purecopy '(flymake 0 3)) package--builtin-versions)
11157
11158 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
11159 Toggle Flymake mode on or off.
11160 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flymake mode if ARG is
11161 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11162 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
11163 \\{flymake-mode-map}
11164
11165 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11166
11167 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
11168 Turn flymake mode on.
11169
11170 \(fn)" nil nil)
11171
11172 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
11173 Turn flymake mode off.
11174
11175 \(fn)" nil nil)
11176
11177 (autoload 'flymake-find-file-hook "flymake" "\
11178
11179
11180 \(fn)" nil nil)
11181
11182 ;;;***
11183 \f
11184 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (22197 58438
11185 ;;;;;; 711460 447000))
11186 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11187
11188 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
11189 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11190
11191 \(fn)" t nil)
11192 (defvar flyspell-mode nil "Non-nil if Flyspell mode is enabled.")
11193
11194 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
11195 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
11196 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
11197 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11198 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11199
11200 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
11201 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word. The default
11202 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11203
11204 Bindings:
11205 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11206 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11207 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11208 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11209
11210 Hooks:
11211 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
11212
11213 Remark:
11214 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11215 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
11216 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11217
11218 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11219 consider adding:
11220 \(add-hook \\='tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser \\='tex))))
11221 in your init file.
11222
11223 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11224 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11225
11226 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11227
11228 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11229 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11230
11231 \(fn)" nil nil)
11232
11233 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11234 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11235
11236 \(fn)" nil nil)
11237
11238 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
11239 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11240
11241 \(fn)" nil nil)
11242
11243 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
11244 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11245
11246 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11247
11248 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
11249 Flyspell whole buffer.
11250
11251 \(fn)" t nil)
11252
11253 ;;;***
11254 \f
11255 ;;;### (autoloads nil "foldout" "foldout.el" (22150 28227 582072
11256 ;;;;;; 702000))
11257 ;;; Generated autoloads from foldout.el
11258 (push (purecopy '(foldout 1 10)) package--builtin-versions)
11259
11260 ;;;***
11261 \f
11262 ;;;### (autoloads nil "follow" "follow.el" (22308 37947 126422 527000))
11263 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11264
11265 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
11266 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11267
11268 \(fn)" nil nil)
11269
11270 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
11271 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11272
11273 \(fn)" nil nil)
11274
11275 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
11276 Toggle Follow mode.
11277 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
11278 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11279 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11280
11281 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
11282 virtual window. This is accomplished by two main techniques:
11283
11284 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11285 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11286 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11287
11288 * Should point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11289 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11290 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11291 movement commands.
11292
11293 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two or
11294 more side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of
11295 Follow mode, use these full-height windows as though they were one.
11296 Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text, and
11297 being able to use 144 or 216 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11298 mileage may vary).
11299
11300 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11301 `\\[split-window-right]' or `\\[follow-delete-other-windows-and-split]' can be used.
11302
11303 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11304
11305 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11306
11307 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11308 \\{follow-mode-map}
11309
11310 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11311
11312 (autoload 'follow-scroll-up-window "follow" "\
11313 Scroll text in a Follow mode window up by that window's size.
11314 The other windows in the window chain will scroll synchronously.
11315
11316 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' last lines of
11317 the window will be visible after the scroll.
11318
11319 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines up.
11320 Negative ARG means scroll downward.
11321
11322 Works like `scroll-up' when not in Follow mode.
11323
11324 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11325
11326 (autoload 'follow-scroll-down-window "follow" "\
11327 Scroll text in a Follow mode window down by that window's size.
11328 The other windows in the window chain will scroll synchronously.
11329
11330 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' top lines of
11331 the window in the chain will be visible after the scroll.
11332
11333 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines down.
11334 Negative ARG means scroll upward.
11335
11336 Works like `scroll-down' when not in Follow mode.
11337
11338 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11339
11340 (autoload 'follow-scroll-up "follow" "\
11341 Scroll text in a Follow mode window chain up.
11342
11343 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' last lines of
11344 the bottom window in the chain will be visible in the top window.
11345
11346 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines up.
11347 Negative ARG means scroll downward.
11348
11349 Works like `scroll-up' when not in Follow mode.
11350
11351 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11352
11353 (autoload 'follow-scroll-down "follow" "\
11354 Scroll text in a Follow mode window chain down.
11355
11356 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' top lines of
11357 the top window in the chain will be visible in the bottom window.
11358
11359 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines down.
11360 Negative ARG means scroll upward.
11361
11362 Works like `scroll-down' when not in Follow mode.
11363
11364 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11365
11366 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
11367 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11368
11369 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11370 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11371 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11372 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11373 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11374 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11375
11376 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11377 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11378 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11379
11380 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11381
11382 ;;;***
11383 \f
11384 ;;;### (autoloads nil "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (22349 57434
11385 ;;;;;; 509387 559000))
11386 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11387 (push (purecopy '(footnote 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
11388
11389 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
11390 Toggle Footnote mode.
11391 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
11392 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11393 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11394
11395 Footnote mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If enabled, it
11396 provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get started,
11397 play around with the following keys:
11398 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
11399
11400 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11401
11402 ;;;***
11403 \f
11404 ;;;### (autoloads nil "forms" "forms.el" (22253 13631 334961 36000))
11405 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11406
11407 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11408 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11409
11410 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11411 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11412 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11413 C-c < forms-first-record <
11414 C-c > forms-last-record >
11415 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11416 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11417 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11418 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11419 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11420 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11421 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11422 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11423 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11424 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11425
11426 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11427
11428 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11429 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11430
11431 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11432
11433 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
11434 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11435
11436 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11437
11438 ;;;***
11439 \f
11440 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el" (22153 4424
11441 ;;;;;; 620360 262000))
11442 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11443
11444 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11445 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11446 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11447
11448 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11449 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11450
11451 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11452
11453 Key definitions:
11454 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11455
11456 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11457
11458 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11459 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11460 `fortran-do-indent'
11461 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11462 `fortran-if-indent'
11463 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11464 `fortran-structure-indent'
11465 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11466 (default 3)
11467 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11468 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11469 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11470 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11471 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11472 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11473 nil don't change the indentation
11474 `fixed' indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11475 value of either
11476 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11477 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11478 depending on the continuation format in use.
11479 `relative' indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11480 indentation for a line of code.
11481 (default `fixed')
11482 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11483 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11484 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11485 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11486 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11487 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11488 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11489 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11490 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11491 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11492 column 5.
11493 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11494 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11495 statements (default nil).
11496 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11497 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11498 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11499 `fortran-continuation-string'
11500 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11501 line (default \"$\").
11502 `fortran-comment-region'
11503 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11504 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11505 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11506 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11507 as typed (default t).
11508 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11509 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11510
11511 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11512 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11513
11514 \(fn)" t nil)
11515
11516 ;;;***
11517 \f
11518 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (22150 28228 678072
11519 ;;;;;; 702000))
11520 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11521
11522 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11523 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11524
11525 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11526 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11527
11528 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11529
11530 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11531 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11532
11533 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11534 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11535
11536 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11537
11538 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11539 Compile fortune file.
11540
11541 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11542 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11543
11544 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11545
11546 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11547 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11548
11549 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11550 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11551 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11552 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11553
11554 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11555
11556 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11557 Display a fortune cookie.
11558 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11559 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11560 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11561 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11562
11563 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11564
11565 ;;;***
11566 \f
11567 ;;;### (autoloads nil "frameset" "frameset.el" (22182 4679 399463
11568 ;;;;;; 499000))
11569 ;;; Generated autoloads from frameset.el
11570
11571 (defvar frameset-session-filter-alist '((name . :never) (left . frameset-filter-iconified) (minibuffer . frameset-filter-minibuffer) (top . frameset-filter-iconified)) "\
11572 Minimum set of parameters to filter for live (on-session) framesets.
11573 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11574
11575 (defvar frameset-persistent-filter-alist (nconc '((background-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (buffer-list . :never) (buffer-predicate . :never) (buried-buffer-list . :never) (font . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (foreground-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (fullscreen . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (GUI:font . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:fullscreen . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:height . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:width . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (height . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (outer-window-id . :never) (parent-id . :never) (tty . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (tty-type . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (width . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (window-id . :never) (window-system . :never)) frameset-session-filter-alist) "\
11576 Parameters to filter for persistent framesets.
11577 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11578
11579 (defvar frameset-filter-alist frameset-persistent-filter-alist "\
11580 Alist of frame parameters and filtering functions.
11581
11582 This alist is the default value of the FILTERS argument of
11583 `frameset-save' and `frameset-restore' (which see).
11584
11585 Initially, `frameset-filter-alist' is set to, and shares the value of,
11586 `frameset-persistent-filter-alist'. You can override any item in
11587 this alist by `push'ing a new item onto it. If, for some reason, you
11588 intend to modify existing values, do
11589
11590 (setq frameset-filter-alist (copy-tree frameset-filter-alist))
11591
11592 before changing anything.
11593
11594 On saving, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist of each frame processed,
11595 and FILTERED is the parameter alist that gets saved to the frameset.
11596
11597 On restoring, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist extracted from the
11598 frameset, and FILTERED is the resulting frame parameter alist used
11599 to restore the frame.
11600
11601 Elements of `frameset-filter-alist' are conses (PARAM . ACTION),
11602 where PARAM is a parameter name (a symbol identifying a frame
11603 parameter), and ACTION can be:
11604
11605 nil The parameter is copied to FILTERED.
11606 :never The parameter is never copied to FILTERED.
11607 :save The parameter is copied only when saving the frame.
11608 :restore The parameter is copied only when restoring the frame.
11609 FILTER A filter function.
11610
11611 FILTER can be a symbol FILTER-FUN, or a list (FILTER-FUN ARGS...).
11612 FILTER-FUN is invoked with
11613
11614 (apply FILTER-FUN CURRENT FILTERED PARAMETERS SAVING ARGS)
11615
11616 where
11617
11618 CURRENT A cons (PARAM . VALUE), where PARAM is the one being
11619 filtered and VALUE is its current value.
11620 FILTERED The resulting alist (so far).
11621 PARAMETERS The complete alist of parameters being filtered,
11622 SAVING Non-nil if filtering before saving state, nil if filtering
11623 before restoring it.
11624 ARGS Any additional arguments specified in the ACTION.
11625
11626 FILTER-FUN is allowed to modify items in FILTERED, but no other arguments.
11627 It must return:
11628 nil Skip CURRENT (do not add it to FILTERED).
11629 t Add CURRENT to FILTERED as is.
11630 (NEW-PARAM . NEW-VALUE) Add this to FILTERED instead of CURRENT.
11631
11632 Frame parameters not on this alist are passed intact, as if they were
11633 defined with ACTION = nil.")
11634
11635 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id "frameset" "\
11636 Return the frame id of FRAME, if it has one; else, return nil.
11637 A frame id is a string that uniquely identifies a frame.
11638 It is persistent across `frameset-save' / `frameset-restore'
11639 invocations, and once assigned is never changed unless the same
11640 frame is duplicated (via `frameset-restore'), in which case the
11641 newest frame keeps the id and the old frame's is set to nil.
11642
11643 \(fn FRAME)" nil nil)
11644
11645 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id-equal-p "frameset" "\
11646 Return non-nil if FRAME's id matches ID.
11647
11648 \(fn FRAME ID)" nil nil)
11649
11650 (autoload 'frameset-frame-with-id "frameset" "\
11651 Return the live frame with id ID, if exists; else nil.
11652 If FRAME-LIST is a list of frames, check these frames only.
11653 If nil, check all live frames.
11654
11655 \(fn ID &optional FRAME-LIST)" nil nil)
11656
11657 (autoload 'frameset-save "frameset" "\
11658 Return a frameset for FRAME-LIST, a list of frames.
11659 Dead frames and non-frame objects are silently removed from the list.
11660 If nil, FRAME-LIST defaults to the output of `frame-list' (all live frames).
11661 APP, NAME and DESCRIPTION are optional data; see the docstring of the
11662 `frameset' defstruct for details.
11663 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of the variable
11664 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11665 PREDICATE is a predicate function, which must return non-nil for frames that
11666 should be saved; if PREDICATE is nil, all frames from FRAME-LIST are saved.
11667 PROPERTIES is a user-defined property list to add to the frameset.
11668
11669 \(fn FRAME-LIST &key APP NAME DESCRIPTION FILTERS PREDICATE PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
11670
11671 (autoload 'frameset-restore "frameset" "\
11672 Restore a FRAMESET into the current display(s).
11673
11674 PREDICATE is a function called with two arguments, the parameter alist
11675 and the window-state of the frame being restored, in that order (see
11676 the docstring of the `frameset' defstruct for additional details).
11677 If PREDICATE returns nil, the frame described by that parameter alist
11678 and window-state is not restored.
11679
11680 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of
11681 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11682
11683 REUSE-FRAMES selects the policy to reuse frames when restoring:
11684 t All existing frames can be reused.
11685 nil No existing frame can be reused.
11686 match Only frames with matching frame ids can be reused.
11687 PRED A predicate function; it receives as argument a live frame,
11688 and must return non-nil to allow reusing it, nil otherwise.
11689
11690 FORCE-DISPLAY can be:
11691 t Frames are restored in the current display.
11692 nil Frames are restored, if possible, in their original displays.
11693 delete Frames in other displays are deleted instead of restored.
11694 PRED A function called with two arguments, the parameter alist and
11695 the window state (in that order). It must return t, nil or
11696 `delete', as above but affecting only the frame that will
11697 be created from that parameter alist.
11698
11699 FORCE-ONSCREEN can be:
11700 t Force onscreen only those frames that are fully offscreen.
11701 nil Do not force any frame back onscreen.
11702 all Force onscreen any frame fully or partially offscreen.
11703 PRED A function called with three arguments,
11704 - the live frame just restored,
11705 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the frame,
11706 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the workarea.
11707 It must return non-nil to force the frame onscreen, nil otherwise.
11708
11709 CLEANUP-FRAMES allows \"cleaning up\" the frame list after restoring a frameset:
11710 t Delete all frames that were not created or restored upon.
11711 nil Keep all frames.
11712 FUNC A function called with two arguments:
11713 - FRAME, a live frame.
11714 - ACTION, which can be one of
11715 :rejected Frame existed, but was not a candidate for reuse.
11716 :ignored Frame existed, was a candidate, but wasn't reused.
11717 :reused Frame existed, was a candidate, and restored upon.
11718 :created Frame didn't exist, was created and restored upon.
11719 Return value is ignored.
11720
11721 Note the timing and scope of the operations described above: REUSE-FRAMES
11722 affects existing frames; PREDICATE, FILTERS and FORCE-DISPLAY affect the frame
11723 being restored before that happens; FORCE-ONSCREEN affects the frame once
11724 it has been restored; and CLEANUP-FRAMES affects all frames alive after the
11725 restoration, including those that have been reused or created anew.
11726
11727 All keyword parameters default to nil.
11728
11729 \(fn FRAMESET &key PREDICATE FILTERS REUSE-FRAMES FORCE-DISPLAY FORCE-ONSCREEN CLEANUP-FRAMES)" nil nil)
11730
11731 (autoload 'frameset--jump-to-register "frameset" "\
11732 Restore frameset from DATA stored in register.
11733 Called from `jump-to-register'. Internal use only.
11734
11735 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11736
11737 (autoload 'frameset--print-register "frameset" "\
11738 Print basic info about frameset stored in DATA.
11739 Called from `list-registers' and `view-register'. Internal use only.
11740
11741 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11742
11743 (autoload 'frameset-to-register "frameset" "\
11744 Store the current frameset in register REGISTER.
11745 Use \\[jump-to-register] to restore the frameset.
11746 Argument is a character, naming the register.
11747
11748 Interactively, reads the register using `register-read-with-preview'.
11749
11750 \(fn REGISTER)" t nil)
11751
11752 ;;;***
11753 \f
11754 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gamegrid" "play/gamegrid.el" (22182 4679 471463
11755 ;;;;;; 499000))
11756 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gamegrid.el
11757 (push (purecopy '(gamegrid 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
11758
11759 ;;;***
11760 \f
11761 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el" (22150 28228
11762 ;;;;;; 822072 702000))
11763 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
11764
11765 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11766 Non-nil if Gdb-Enable-Debug mode is enabled.
11767 See the `gdb-enable-debug' command
11768 for a description of this minor mode.")
11769
11770 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" nil)
11771
11772 (autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" "\
11773 Toggle logging of transaction between Emacs and Gdb.
11774 The log is stored in `gdb-debug-log' as an alist with elements
11775 whose cons is send, send-item or recv and whose cdr is the string
11776 being transferred. This list may grow up to a size of
11777 `gdb-debug-log-max' after which the oldest element (at the end of
11778 the list) is deleted every time a new one is added (at the front).
11779
11780 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11781
11782 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-mi" "\
11783 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11784 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11785 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11786
11787 COMMAND-LINE is the shell command for starting the gdb session.
11788 It should be a string consisting of the name of the gdb
11789 executable followed by command line options. The command line
11790 options should include \"-i=mi\" to use gdb's MI text interface.
11791 Note that the old \"--annotate\" option is no longer supported.
11792
11793 If option `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11794 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11795 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11796 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11797
11798 If option `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11799 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
11800 shown in some of the buffers.
11801
11802 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11803
11804 The following commands help control operation :
11805
11806 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11807 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11808
11809 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11810 detailed description of this mode.
11811
11812
11813 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11814 | GDB Toolbar |
11815 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11816 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11817 | | |
11818 | | |
11819 | | |
11820 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11821 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11822 | | (comint-mode) |
11823 | | |
11824 | | |
11825 | | |
11826 | | |
11827 | | |
11828 | | |
11829 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11830 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11831 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11832 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11833 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11834 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11835
11836 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11837
11838 ;;;***
11839 \f
11840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (22150 28227
11841 ;;;;;; 430072 702000))
11842 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11843
11844 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11845 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11846 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11847 instead (which see).")
11848
11849 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11850 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11851
11852 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11853 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11854 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11855 documentation string instead.
11856
11857 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11858 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11859 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11860 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11861 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11862 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11863 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11864 enders are actually possible.
11865
11866 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11867 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11868
11869 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11870 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11871 `font-lock-keywords'.
11872
11873 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11874 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11875 runs the macro expansion.
11876
11877 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11878 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11879 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11880
11881 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11882
11883 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil t)
11884
11885 (function-put 'define-generic-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
11886
11887 (function-put 'define-generic-mode 'doc-string-elt '7)
11888
11889 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11890 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11891
11892 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11893
11894 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11895 Enter generic mode MODE.
11896
11897 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11898 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11899 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11900
11901 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11902 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11903
11904 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11905
11906 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11907 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11908 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11909 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11910 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11911 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11912 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11913 `font-lock-keywords'.
11914
11915 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11916
11917 (make-obsolete 'generic-make-keywords-list 'regexp-opt '"24.4")
11918
11919 ;;;***
11920 \f
11921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el" (22150 28228
11922 ;;;;;; 822072 702000))
11923 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11924
11925 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11926 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11927 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11928 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11929 if ARG is omitted or nil. When this mode is active, it tries to
11930 add virtual separators (like underscores) at places they belong to.
11931
11932 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11933
11934 ;;;***
11935 \f
11936 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (22272 64438
11937 ;;;;;; 224671 103000))
11938 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11939
11940 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11941 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11942 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11943
11944 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11945
11946 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11947 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11948
11949 Guideline for numbers:
11950 1 - error messages
11951 3 - non-serious error messages
11952 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11953 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11954 9 - messages inside loops.
11955
11956 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11957
11958 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11959 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11960 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11961
11962 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11963
11964 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11965 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11966
11967 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11968
11969 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11970 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11971
11972 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11973 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11974 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11975 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11976 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11977 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11978
11979 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11980 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11981 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11982 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11983 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11984
11985 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11986
11987 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11988
11989 ;;;***
11990 \f
11991 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (22165 43181 87854 955000))
11992 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11993 (push (purecopy '(gnus 5 13)) package--builtin-versions)
11994 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11995 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11996
11997 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11998 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11999
12000 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12001
12002 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
12003 Read network news.
12004 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
12005 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
12006 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
12007 name of an NNTP server to use.
12008 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
12009 server.
12010
12011 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
12012
12013 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
12014 Read news as a slave.
12015
12016 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12017
12018 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
12019 Pop up a frame to read news.
12020 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
12021 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
12022 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise pop up a Gnus frame and run the
12023 command specified by `gnus-other-frame-resume-function'.
12024 The optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
12025 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
12026 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
12027 current display is used.
12028
12029 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
12030
12031 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
12032 Read network news.
12033 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
12034 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
12035 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
12036
12037 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
12038
12039 ;;;***
12040 \f
12041 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (22182 4679
12042 ;;;;;; 403463 499000))
12043 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
12044
12045 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
12046 Start Gnus unplugged.
12047
12048 \(fn)" t nil)
12049
12050 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
12051 Start Gnus plugged.
12052
12053 \(fn)" t nil)
12054
12055 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
12056 Read news as a slave unplugged.
12057
12058 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12059
12060 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
12061 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
12062
12063 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
12064 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
12065 customize gnus-agent to nil.
12066
12067 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
12068 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
12069 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
12070
12071 \(fn)" t nil)
12072
12073 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
12074 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
12075
12076 \(fn)" nil nil)
12077
12078 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
12079 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
12080 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
12081 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
12082 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
12083 supported.
12084
12085 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
12086
12087 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
12088 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
12089 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
12090 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
12091 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
12092 supported.
12093
12094 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
12095
12096 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
12097 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
12098
12099 \(fn)" nil nil)
12100
12101 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
12102 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
12103 downloaded into the agent.
12104
12105 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
12106
12107 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
12108 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
12109 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
12110 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
12111
12112 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
12113
12114 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
12115 Start Gnus and fetch session.
12116
12117 \(fn)" t nil)
12118
12119 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
12120 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
12121
12122 \(fn)" t nil)
12123
12124 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
12125 Regenerate all agent covered files.
12126 CLEAN is obsolete and ignored.
12127
12128 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
12129
12130 ;;;***
12131 \f
12132 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el" (22284 55604
12133 ;;;;;; 142845 171000))
12134 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
12135
12136 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
12137 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
12138
12139 \(fn)" nil nil)
12140
12141 ;;;***
12142 \f
12143 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (22150
12144 ;;;;;; 28227 674072 702000))
12145 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
12146
12147 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
12148 Set a bookmark for this article.
12149
12150 \(fn)" t nil)
12151
12152 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
12153 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
12154
12155 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
12156
12157 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
12158 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
12159 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
12160 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
12161 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
12162
12163 \(fn)" t nil)
12164
12165 ;;;***
12166 \f
12167 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (22150 28227
12168 ;;;;;; 678072 702000))
12169 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
12170
12171 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
12172 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
12173
12174 Usage:
12175 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
12176
12177 \(fn)" t nil)
12178
12179 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
12180 Generate the cache active file.
12181
12182 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
12183
12184 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
12185 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
12186
12187 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
12188
12189 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
12190 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
12191 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12192 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
12193 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
12194 supported.
12195
12196 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
12197
12198 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
12199 Delete GROUP from the cache.
12200 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12201 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
12202 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
12203 supported.
12204
12205 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
12206
12207 ;;;***
12208 \f
12209 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (22150 28227
12210 ;;;;;; 682072 702000))
12211 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
12212
12213 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
12214 Delay this article by some time.
12215 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
12216
12217 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
12218 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
12219
12220 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
12221 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
12222
12223 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
12224 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
12225
12226 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
12227
12228 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
12229 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
12230
12231 \(fn)" t nil)
12232
12233 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
12234 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
12235 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
12236 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
12237
12238 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
12239 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
12240
12241 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
12242
12243 ;;;***
12244 \f
12245 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (22150 28227
12246 ;;;;;; 686072 702000))
12247 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
12248
12249 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
12250
12251
12252 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12253
12254 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
12255
12256
12257 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12258
12259 ;;;***
12260 \f
12261 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el" (22150 28227
12262 ;;;;;; 686072 702000))
12263 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
12264
12265 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
12266 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
12267
12268 \(fn)" t nil)
12269
12270 ;;;***
12271 \f
12272 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el" (22150 28227
12273 ;;;;;; 686072 702000))
12274 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
12275
12276 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
12277 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
12278
12279 \(fn)" t nil)
12280
12281 ;;;***
12282 \f
12283 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (22165 43181
12284 ;;;;;; 71854 955000))
12285 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
12286
12287 (autoload 'gnus--random-face-with-type "gnus-fun" "\
12288 Return file from DIR with extension EXT, omitting matches of OMIT, processed by FUN.
12289
12290 \(fn DIR EXT OMIT FUN)" nil nil)
12291
12292 (autoload 'message-goto-eoh "message" nil t)
12293
12294 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
12295 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12296
12297 Files matching `gnus-x-face-omit-files' are not considered.
12298
12299 \(fn)" t nil)
12300
12301 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12302 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12303
12304 \(fn)" t nil)
12305
12306 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12307 Insert an X-Face header based on an image FILE.
12308
12309 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
12310 different input formats.
12311
12312 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12313
12314 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12315 Return a Face header based on an image FILE.
12316
12317 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
12318 different input formats.
12319
12320 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12321
12322 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
12323 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12324 The PNG is returned as a string.
12325
12326 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12327
12328 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
12329 Convert FILE to a Face.
12330 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12331 726 bytes.
12332
12333 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12334
12335 (autoload 'gnus-random-face "gnus-fun" "\
12336 Return randomly chosen Face from `gnus-face-directory'.
12337
12338 Files matching `gnus-face-omit-files' are not considered.
12339
12340 \(fn)" t nil)
12341
12342 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12343 Insert a random Face header from `gnus-face-directory'.
12344
12345 \(fn)" nil nil)
12346
12347 ;;;***
12348 \f
12349 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (22192
12350 ;;;;;; 2880 975382 391000))
12351 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
12352
12353 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12354 Display gravatar in the From header.
12355 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
12356
12357 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12358
12359 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12360 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
12361 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
12362
12363 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12364
12365 ;;;***
12366 \f
12367 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (22150 28227
12368 ;;;;;; 694072 702000))
12369 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12370
12371 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
12372 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12373 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
12374 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12375
12376 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12377
12378 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
12379 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12380
12381 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12382
12383 ;;;***
12384 \f
12385 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-html" "gnus/gnus-html.el" (22150 28227
12386 ;;;;;; 694072 702000))
12387 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
12388
12389 (autoload 'gnus-article-html "gnus-html" "\
12390
12391
12392 \(fn &optional HANDLE)" nil nil)
12393
12394 (autoload 'gnus-html-prefetch-images "gnus-html" "\
12395
12396
12397 \(fn SUMMARY)" nil nil)
12398
12399 ;;;***
12400 \f
12401 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el" (22189 64323
12402 ;;;;;; 180321 19000))
12403 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12404
12405 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
12406
12407 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
12408 Run batched scoring.
12409 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12410
12411 \(fn)" t nil)
12412
12413 ;;;***
12414 \f
12415 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (22150 28227 698072
12416 ;;;;;; 702000))
12417 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12418
12419 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12420
12421
12422 \(fn)" nil nil)
12423
12424 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
12425 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12426 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12427
12428 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12429
12430 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12431 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12432
12433 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12434
12435 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12436
12437 ;;;***
12438 \f
12439 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el" (22150 28227
12440 ;;;;;; 698072 702000))
12441 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12442
12443 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
12444 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12445 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12446 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12447 group parameters.
12448
12449 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12450 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12451 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12452 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12453
12454 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12455 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
12456 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12457 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12458 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12459 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12460 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12461 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12462 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12463 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12464
12465 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12466
12467 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
12468 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12469 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12470 nil CATCH-ALL).
12471
12472 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12473 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12474
12475 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12476
12477 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
12478 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12479 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12480
12481 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12482
12483 \(fn)" nil nil)
12484
12485 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
12486 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12487 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12488
12489 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12490
12491 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12492 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12493 existing groups are considered.
12494
12495 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12496 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12497 returned.
12498
12499 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12500 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12501 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12502 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12503 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12504 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12505 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12506 clauses will be generated.
12507
12508 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12509 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12510 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12511 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is `catch-all', this fancy
12512 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12513 as the last element of a `|' SPLIT.
12514
12515 For example, given the following group parameters:
12516
12517 nnml:mail.bar:
12518 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12519 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12520 nnml:mail.foo:
12521 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12522 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12523 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12524 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12525 nnml:mail.others:
12526 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12527
12528 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12529
12530 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12531 \"mail.bar\")
12532 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12533 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12534 \"mail.others\")
12535
12536 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12537
12538 ;;;***
12539 \f
12540 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (22150 28227
12541 ;;;;;; 702072 702000))
12542 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12543
12544 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
12545 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12546 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12547 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12548 If Gnus isn't running, a plain `message-mail' setup is used
12549 instead.
12550
12551 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
12552
12553 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
12554 Mail to ADDRESS.
12555
12556 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12557
12558 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
12559 Like `message-reply'.
12560
12561 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12562
12563 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12564
12565 ;;;***
12566 \f
12567 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-notifications" "gnus/gnus-notifications.el"
12568 ;;;;;; (22150 28227 702072 702000))
12569 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-notifications.el
12570
12571 (autoload 'gnus-notifications "gnus-notifications" "\
12572 Send a notification on new message.
12573 This check for new messages that are in group with a level lower
12574 or equal to `gnus-notifications-minimum-level' and send a
12575 notification using `notifications-notify' for it.
12576
12577 This is typically a function to add in
12578 `gnus-after-getting-new-news-hook'
12579
12580 \(fn)" nil nil)
12581
12582 ;;;***
12583 \f
12584 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el" (22192 2880
12585 ;;;;;; 983382 391000))
12586 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12587
12588 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12589 Display picons in the From header.
12590 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12591
12592 \(fn)" t nil)
12593
12594 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12595 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12596 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12597
12598 \(fn)" t nil)
12599
12600 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12601 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12602 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12603
12604 \(fn)" t nil)
12605
12606 ;;;***
12607 \f
12608 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-range" "gnus/gnus-range.el" (22150 28227
12609 ;;;;;; 702072 702000))
12610 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12611
12612 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
12613 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12614 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12615 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12616
12617 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12618
12619 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
12620 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12621 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12622 LIST1 is modified.
12623
12624 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12625
12626 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
12627 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12628 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12629
12630 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12631
12632 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12633
12634
12635 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12636
12637 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12638 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12639 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12640
12641 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12642
12643 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12644 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12645 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12646
12647 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12648
12649 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12650
12651 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12652 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12653 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12654
12655 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12656
12657 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12658 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12659 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12660
12661 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12662
12663 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
12664 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12665 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12666
12667 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12668
12669 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
12670 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12671
12672 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12673
12674 ;;;***
12675 \f
12676 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (22150
12677 ;;;;;; 28227 702072 702000))
12678 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12679
12680 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12681 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12682
12683 \(fn)" t nil)
12684
12685 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12686 Install the registry hooks.
12687
12688 \(fn)" t nil)
12689
12690 ;;;***
12691 \f
12692 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (22150 28227
12693 ;;;;;; 806072 702000))
12694 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12695
12696 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12697 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12698 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12699 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12700 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12701 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12702
12703 \(fn)" t nil)
12704
12705 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12706 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12707 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12708 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12709 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12710
12711 \(fn)" t nil)
12712
12713 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12714
12715
12716 \(fn)" t nil)
12717
12718 ;;;***
12719 \f
12720 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el" (22150 28227
12721 ;;;;;; 806072 702000))
12722 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12723
12724 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12725 Update the format specification near point.
12726
12727 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12728
12729 ;;;***
12730 \f
12731 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (22197 58438
12732 ;;;;;; 235460 447000))
12733 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12734
12735 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12736 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12737
12738 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12739
12740 ;;;***
12741 \f
12742 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" (22199 13769
12743 ;;;;;; 464900 836000))
12744 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
12745
12746 (autoload 'gnus-summary-bookmark-jump "gnus-sum" "\
12747 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
12748 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
12749
12750 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
12751
12752 ;;;***
12753 \f
12754 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (22150 28227
12755 ;;;;;; 862072 702000))
12756 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
12757
12758 (autoload 'gnus-sync-initialize "gnus-sync" "\
12759 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
12760
12761 \(fn)" t nil)
12762
12763 (autoload 'gnus-sync-install-hooks "gnus-sync" "\
12764 Install the sync hooks.
12765
12766 \(fn)" t nil)
12767
12768 ;;;***
12769 \f
12770 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el" (22150 28227
12771 ;;;;;; 938072 702000))
12772 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12773
12774 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12775 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12776
12777 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12778
12779 ;;;***
12780 \f
12781 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el" (22150 28228 358072
12782 ;;;;;; 702000))
12783 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
12784
12785 (defvar gnutls-min-prime-bits 256 "\
12786 Minimum number of prime bits accepted by GnuTLS for key exchange.
12787 During a Diffie-Hellman handshake, if the server sends a prime
12788 number with fewer than this number of bits, the handshake is
12789 rejected. (The smaller the prime number, the less secure the
12790 key exchange is against man-in-the-middle attacks.)
12791
12792 A value of nil says to use the default GnuTLS value.")
12793
12794 (custom-autoload 'gnutls-min-prime-bits "gnutls" t)
12795
12796 ;;;***
12797 \f
12798 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (22182 4679 471463
12799 ;;;;;; 499000))
12800 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12801
12802 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12803 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12804
12805 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
12806 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12807 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12808
12809 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12810 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12811 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12812
12813 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12814 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12815
12816 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12817 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12818
12819 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12820
12821 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12822
12823 ;;;***
12824 \f
12825 ;;;### (autoloads nil "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (22150 28228
12826 ;;;;;; 358072 702000))
12827 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12828
12829 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12830
12831 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12832 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12833 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12834 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12835 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12836
12837 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12838
12839 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12840 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12841 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12842 or to send e-mail.
12843 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12844 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12845
12846 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12847 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12848
12849 \(fn)" t nil)
12850 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12851
12852 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
12853 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12854 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
12855 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
12856 if ARG is omitted or nil.
12857
12858 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12859
12860 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
12861 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
12862
12863 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12864
12865 ;;;***
12866 \f
12867 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gravatar" "gnus/gravatar.el" (22150 28227
12868 ;;;;;; 942072 702000))
12869 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gravatar.el
12870
12871 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve "gravatar" "\
12872 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
12873 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
12874
12875 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS CB &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
12876
12877 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve-synchronously "gravatar" "\
12878 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
12879
12880 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12881
12882 ;;;***
12883 \f
12884 ;;;### (autoloads nil "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (22296 46772 464104
12885 ;;;;;; 103000))
12886 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12887
12888 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12889 Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12890
12891 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12892
12893 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12894 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12895 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12896 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12897 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12898
12899 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12900 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12901 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12902
12903 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" nil)
12904
12905 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12906 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12907 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12908 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12909 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12910
12911 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" nil)
12912
12913 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12914 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12915
12916 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12917
12918 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.*?[^/\n]\\):[ ]*\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)[ ]*:" 1 2 ((lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face))) (when mbeg (- mbeg beg))))) lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face)) (mend (and mbeg (next-single-property-change mbeg 'font-lock-face nil end)))) (when mend (- mend beg)))))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12919 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12920
12921 (defvar grep-program (purecopy "grep") "\
12922 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12923 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12924
12925 (defvar find-program (purecopy "find") "\
12926 The default find program.
12927 This is used by commands like `grep-find-command', `find-dired'
12928 and others.")
12929
12930 (defvar xargs-program (purecopy "xargs") "\
12931 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12932 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12933 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12934
12935 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12936 How to invoke find and grep.
12937 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
12938 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
12939 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12940 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12941
12942 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12943
12944 (defvar grep-history nil "\
12945 History list for grep.")
12946
12947 (defvar grep-find-history nil "\
12948 History list for grep-find.")
12949
12950 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12951 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12952 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12953
12954 \(fn)" nil nil)
12955
12956 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12957
12958
12959 \(fn)" nil nil)
12960
12961 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12962 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12963
12964 \(fn)" nil nil)
12965
12966 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12967 Run Grep with user-specified COMMAND-ARGS, collect output in a buffer.
12968 While Grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12969 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the *grep* buffer, to go to the lines where Grep found
12970 matches. To kill the Grep job before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12971
12972 Noninteractively, COMMAND-ARGS should specify the Grep command-line
12973 arguments.
12974
12975 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12976 Grep in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12977
12978 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12979 can easily repeat a grep command.
12980
12981 A prefix argument says to default the COMMAND-ARGS based on the current
12982 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last Grep command
12983 in the Grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12984 list is empty).
12985
12986 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12987
12988 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12989 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12990 Collect output in a buffer.
12991 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12992 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12993
12994 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12995 easily repeat a find command.
12996
12997 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12998
12999 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
13000
13001 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
13002 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
13003 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
13004 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
13005 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
13006
13007 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
13008 before it is executed.
13009 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
13010
13011 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
13012 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
13013 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
13014
13015 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
13016
13017 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
13018
13019 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
13020 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
13021 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
13022 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
13023 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
13024
13025 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
13026 before it is executed.
13027 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
13028
13029 Collect output in a buffer. While the recursive grep is running,
13030 you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
13031 to visit the lines where matches were found. To kill the job
13032 before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
13033
13034 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
13035
13036 When called programmatically and FILES is nil, REGEXP is expected
13037 to specify a command to run.
13038
13039 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
13040
13041 (autoload 'zrgrep "grep" "\
13042 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
13043 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
13044 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
13045
13046 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM TEMPLATE)" t nil)
13047
13048 (defalias 'rzgrep 'zrgrep)
13049
13050 ;;;***
13051 \f
13052 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gs" "gs.el" (22150 28228 26072 702000))
13053 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
13054
13055 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
13056 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
13057 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
13058 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
13059 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
13060
13061 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
13062
13063 ;;;***
13064 \f
13065 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (22189 64323 288321
13066 ;;;;;; 19000))
13067 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
13068
13069 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
13070 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
13071 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
13072 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
13073
13074 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13075
13076 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
13077 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
13078 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
13079 and source-file directory for your debugger.
13080
13081 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13082
13083 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
13084 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
13085 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
13086 and source-file directory for your debugger.
13087
13088 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13089
13090 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
13091 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
13092 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
13093 and source-file directory for your debugger.
13094
13095 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
13096 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
13097
13098 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13099
13100 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
13101 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
13102 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
13103 and source-file directory for your debugger.
13104
13105 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13106
13107 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
13108 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
13109 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
13110 and source-file directory for your debugger.
13111
13112 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13113
13114 (autoload 'guiler "gud" "\
13115 Run guiler on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
13116 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
13117 and source-file directory for your debugger.
13118
13119 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13120
13121 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
13122 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
13123 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
13124 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
13125 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
13126
13127 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
13128 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
13129 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
13130 original source file access method.
13131
13132 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
13133 gud, see `gud-mode'.
13134
13135 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13136
13137 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
13138 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
13139
13140 \(fn)" t nil)
13141
13142 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
13143 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
13144 See the `gud-tooltip-mode' command
13145 for a description of this minor mode.
13146 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13147 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13148 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
13149
13150 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" nil)
13151
13152 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" "\
13153 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
13154 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the feature if ARG is
13155 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13156 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
13157
13158 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13159
13160 ;;;***
13161 \f
13162 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gv" "emacs-lisp/gv.el" (22150 28227 434072
13163 ;;;;;; 702000))
13164 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/gv.el
13165
13166 (autoload 'gv-get "gv" "\
13167 Build the code that applies DO to PLACE.
13168 PLACE must be a valid generalized variable.
13169 DO must be a function; it will be called with 2 arguments: GETTER and SETTER,
13170 where GETTER is a (copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value of PLACE,
13171 and SETTER is a function which returns the code to set PLACE when called
13172 with a (not necessarily copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value to
13173 set it to.
13174 DO must return an Elisp expression.
13175
13176 \(fn PLACE DO)" nil nil)
13177
13178 (autoload 'gv-letplace "gv" "\
13179 Build the code manipulating the generalized variable PLACE.
13180 GETTER will be bound to a copyable expression that returns the value
13181 of PLACE.
13182 SETTER will be bound to a function that takes an expression V and returns
13183 a new expression that sets PLACE to V.
13184 BODY should return some Elisp expression E manipulating PLACE via GETTER
13185 and SETTER.
13186 The returned value will then be an Elisp expression that first evaluates
13187 all the parts of PLACE that can be evaluated and then runs E.
13188
13189 \(fn (GETTER SETTER) PLACE &rest BODY)" nil t)
13190
13191 (function-put 'gv-letplace 'lisp-indent-function '2)
13192
13193 (autoload 'gv-define-expander "gv" "\
13194 Use HANDLER to handle NAME as a generalized var.
13195 NAME is a symbol: the name of a function, macro, or special form.
13196 HANDLER is a function which takes an argument DO followed by the same
13197 arguments as NAME. DO is a function as defined in `gv-get'.
13198
13199 \(fn NAME HANDLER)" nil t)
13200
13201 (function-put 'gv-define-expander 'lisp-indent-function '1)
13202
13203 (autoload 'gv--defun-declaration "gv" "\
13204
13205
13206 \(fn SYMBOL NAME ARGS HANDLER &optional FIX)" nil nil)
13207
13208 (or (assq 'gv-expander defun-declarations-alist) (let ((x `(gv-expander ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-expander)))) (push x macro-declarations-alist) (push x defun-declarations-alist)))
13209
13210 (or (assq 'gv-setter defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-setter ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-setter)) defun-declarations-alist))
13211
13212 (autoload 'gv-define-setter "gv" "\
13213 Define a setter method for generalized variable NAME.
13214 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
13215 well for simple place forms.
13216 Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are expanded by binding the argument
13217 forms (VAL ARGS...) according to ARGLIST, then executing BODY, which must
13218 return a Lisp form that does the assignment.
13219 The first arg in ARGLIST (the one that receives VAL) receives an expression
13220 which can do arbitrary things, whereas the other arguments are all guaranteed
13221 to be pure and copyable. Example use:
13222 (gv-define-setter aref (v a i) \\=`(aset ,a ,i ,v))
13223
13224 \(fn NAME ARGLIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
13225
13226 (function-put 'gv-define-setter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
13227
13228 (autoload 'gv-define-simple-setter "gv" "\
13229 Define a simple setter method for generalized variable NAME.
13230 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
13231 well for simple place forms. Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are
13232 turned into calls of the form (SETTER ARGS... VAL).
13233
13234 If FIX-RETURN is non-nil, then SETTER is not assumed to return VAL and
13235 instead the assignment is turned into something equivalent to
13236 (let ((temp VAL))
13237 (SETTER ARGS... temp)
13238 temp)
13239 so as to preserve the semantics of `setf'.
13240
13241 \(fn NAME SETTER &optional FIX-RETURN)" nil t)
13242
13243 (autoload 'setf "gv" "\
13244 Set each PLACE to the value of its VAL.
13245 This is a generalized version of `setq'; the PLACEs may be symbolic
13246 references such as (car x) or (aref x i), as well as plain symbols.
13247 For example, (setf (cadr x) y) is equivalent to (setcar (cdr x) y).
13248 The return value is the last VAL in the list.
13249
13250 \(fn PLACE VAL PLACE VAL ...)" nil t)
13251
13252 (put 'gv-place 'edebug-form-spec 'edebug-match-form)
13253
13254 (autoload 'gv-ref "gv" "\
13255 Return a reference to PLACE.
13256 This is like the `&' operator of the C language.
13257 Note: this only works reliably with lexical binding mode, except for very
13258 simple PLACEs such as (function-symbol \\='foo) which will also work in dynamic
13259 binding mode.
13260
13261 \(fn PLACE)" nil t)
13262
13263 ;;;***
13264 \f
13265 ;;;### (autoloads nil "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (22150 28228
13266 ;;;;;; 678072 702000))
13267 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
13268
13269 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
13270 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
13271 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
13272 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
13273
13274 Variables: `handwrite-linespace' (default 12)
13275 `handwrite-fontsize' (default 11)
13276 `handwrite-numlines' (default 60)
13277 `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
13278
13279 \(fn)" t nil)
13280
13281 ;;;***
13282 \f
13283 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el" (22086 11930 130062
13284 ;;;;;; 731000))
13285 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
13286
13287 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
13288 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
13289
13290 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
13291
13292 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
13293 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
13294 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
13295 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
13296
13297 Repent before ring 31 moves.
13298
13299 \(fn)" t nil)
13300
13301 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
13302 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
13303 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
13304 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
13305 to be updated.
13306
13307 \(fn)" t nil)
13308
13309 ;;;***
13310 \f
13311 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (22150 28228
13312 ;;;;;; 230072 702000))
13313 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
13314
13315 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
13316 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13317
13318 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13319
13320 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13321 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13322 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
13323
13324 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13325
13326 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
13327 Verify a hashcash payment
13328
13329 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
13330
13331 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
13332 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13333 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13334 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
13335 `mail-add-payment-async').
13336
13337 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
13338
13339 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13340 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13341 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13342 Calculation is asynchronous.
13343
13344 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13345
13346 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
13347 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
13348 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
13349
13350 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13351
13352 ;;;***
13353 \f
13354 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (22150 28228 26072
13355 ;;;;;; 702000))
13356 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
13357
13358 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
13359 Return the help-echo string at point.
13360 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
13361 property, or nil, is returned.
13362 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
13363 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
13364 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
13365
13366 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
13367
13368 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
13369 Return the keyboard help string at point.
13370 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
13371 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
13372 If this produces no string either, return nil.
13373
13374 \(fn)" nil nil)
13375
13376 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
13377 Display local help in the echo area.
13378 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
13379 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
13380 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
13381 printed instead.
13382
13383 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
13384 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
13385 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
13386
13387 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13388
13389 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13390 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13391 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13392
13393 \(fn)" t nil)
13394
13395 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13396 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13397 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
13398
13399 \(fn)" t nil)
13400
13401 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
13402 Automatically show local help on point-over.
13403 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
13404 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
13405 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
13406 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
13407 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
13408 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
13409 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
13410 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
13411 a non-empty list disables the feature.
13412
13413 This variable only takes effect after a call to
13414 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
13415 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
13416 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
13417 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13418
13419 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
13420 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
13421 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
13422 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
13423 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
13424 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
13425 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
13426 The default is `never'.")
13427
13428 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
13429
13430 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
13431 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
13432 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
13433 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
13434 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
13435 considered different regions.
13436
13437 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13438 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
13439 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13440 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13441 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13442 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13443 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
13444 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13445 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13446
13447 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
13448
13449 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
13450 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13451 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13452 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13453 different regions.
13454
13455 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13456 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13457 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13458 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13459 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13460 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13461 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13462 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13463
13464 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13465 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13466 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13467 rarely happens in practice.
13468
13469 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13470
13471 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
13472 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13473 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13474 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13475 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13476 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
13477
13478 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13479
13480 ;;;***
13481 \f
13482 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (22211 4933 601358
13483 ;;;;;; 144000))
13484 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13485
13486 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
13487 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13488
13489 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13490
13491 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
13492 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13493 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13494
13495 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13496
13497 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
13498 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
13499 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
13500 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
13501 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
13502 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
13503 If TYPE is not a symbol, search for a function definition.
13504
13505 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
13506 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
13507 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
13508 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
13509 suitable file is found, return nil.
13510
13511 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
13512
13513 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
13514
13515
13516 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13517
13518 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
13519 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13520 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13521 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13522
13523 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13524
13525 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
13526 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13527 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13528 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13529 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
13530 it is displayed along with the global value.
13531
13532 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13533
13534 (autoload 'describe-symbol "help-fns" "\
13535 Display the full documentation of SYMBOL.
13536 Will show the info of SYMBOL as a function, variable, and/or face.
13537 Optional arguments BUFFER and FRAME specify for which buffer and
13538 frame to show the information about SYMBOL; they default to the
13539 current buffer and the selected frame, respectively.
13540
13541 \(fn SYMBOL &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13542
13543 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
13544 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13545 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13546 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13547
13548 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13549
13550 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
13551 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13552 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13553 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13554 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13555
13556 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13557
13558 (autoload 'doc-file-to-man "help-fns" "\
13559 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
13560
13561 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13562
13563 (autoload 'doc-file-to-info "help-fns" "\
13564 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
13565
13566 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13567
13568 ;;;***
13569 \f
13570 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-macro" "help-macro.el" (22150 28228 26072
13571 ;;;;;; 702000))
13572 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13573
13574 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13575 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13576 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
13577 window listing and describing the options.
13578 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
13579 gives the window that lists the options.")
13580
13581 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
13582
13583 ;;;***
13584 \f
13585 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (22220 19926 384329
13586 ;;;;;; 271000))
13587 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13588
13589 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
13590 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13591 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13592 Commands:
13593 \\{help-mode-map}
13594
13595 \(fn)" t nil)
13596
13597 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
13598 Enter Help Mode in the current buffer.
13599
13600 \(fn)" nil nil)
13601
13602 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
13603 Finalize Help Mode setup in current buffer.
13604
13605 \(fn)" nil nil)
13606
13607 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
13608 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13609
13610 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13611 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13612 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13613 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13614
13615 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13616 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13617 restore it properly when going back.
13618
13619 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13620
13621 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
13622 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
13623 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
13624 current buffer. Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
13625 from `help-mode'.
13626 Otherwise, return \"*Help*\", creating a buffer with that name if
13627 it does not already exist.
13628
13629 \(fn)" nil nil)
13630
13631 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
13632 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13633
13634 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13635 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13636 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13637 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13638 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13639 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13640 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13641 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13642
13643 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13644 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13645 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13646 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13647
13648 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13649 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13650 that.
13651
13652 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13653
13654 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13655 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13656 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13657 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13658 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13659 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13660
13661 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13662
13663 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13664 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13665 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13666 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13667 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13668
13669 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13670
13671 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
13672 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13673
13674 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13675
13676 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'help-xref-interned 'describe-symbol "25.1")
13677
13678 (autoload 'help-bookmark-jump "help-mode" "\
13679 Jump to help-mode bookmark BOOKMARK.
13680 Handler function for record returned by `help-bookmark-make-record'.
13681 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
13682
13683 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
13684
13685 ;;;***
13686 \f
13687 ;;;### (autoloads nil "helper" "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (22150 28227
13688 ;;;;;; 434072 702000))
13689 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13690
13691 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
13692 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13693
13694 \(fn)" t nil)
13695
13696 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
13697 Provide help for current mode.
13698
13699 \(fn)" t nil)
13700
13701 ;;;***
13702 \f
13703 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hexl" "hexl.el" (22150 28228 26072 702000))
13704 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13705
13706 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
13707 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13708 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13709 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13710 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13711
13712 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13713 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13714
13715 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13716 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13717 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13718 values grouped every `hexl-bits' bits, and as their ASCII values).
13719
13720 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13721 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced by
13722 periods.
13723
13724 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13725 in hexl format.
13726
13727 A sample format:
13728
13729 HEX ADDR: 0011 2233 4455 6677 8899 aabb ccdd eeff ASCII-TEXT
13730 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13731 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13732 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13733 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13734 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13735 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13736 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13737 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13738 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13739 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13740 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13741 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13742 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13743 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13744
13745 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer.
13746 Most cursor movement bindings are the same: use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13747 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up.
13748
13749 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13750 also supported.
13751
13752 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13753
13754 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13755 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13756 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13757
13758 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13759 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13760 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13761
13762 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13763 into the buffer at the current point.
13764
13765 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13766 into the buffer at the current point.
13767
13768 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13769 into the buffer at the current point.
13770
13771 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit `hexl-mode'.
13772
13773 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13774 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13775
13776 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13777
13778 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13779
13780 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13781
13782 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
13783 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13784 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13785 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13786
13787 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13788
13789 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
13790 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13791 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13792
13793 \(fn)" t nil)
13794
13795 ;;;***
13796 \f
13797 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (22311 14139 174375
13798 ;;;;;; 715000))
13799 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13800
13801 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13802 Toggle selective highlighting of patterns (Hi Lock mode).
13803 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hi Lock mode if ARG is
13804 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13805 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13806
13807 Hi Lock mode is automatically enabled when you invoke any of the
13808 highlighting commands listed below, such as \\[highlight-regexp].
13809 To enable Hi Lock mode in all buffers, use `global-hi-lock-mode'
13810 or add (global-hi-lock-mode 1) to your init file.
13811
13812 In buffers where Font Lock mode is enabled, patterns are
13813 highlighted using font lock. In buffers where Font Lock mode is
13814 disabled, patterns are applied using overlays; in this case, the
13815 highlighting will not be updated as you type.
13816
13817 When Hi Lock mode is enabled, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu
13818 is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
13819 which can be called interactively, are:
13820
13821 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13822 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13823
13824 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13825 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13826 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13827 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13828
13829 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13830 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13831
13832 \\[highlight-symbol-at-point]
13833 Highlight the symbol found near point without prompting, using the next
13834 available face automatically.
13835
13836 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13837 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13838
13839 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13840 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13841 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13842 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13843 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13844 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13845 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13846 `ask' and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13847 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13848 function returns t.
13849
13850 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13851 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13852
13853 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13854 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13855 form:
13856 Hi-lock: FOO
13857
13858 where FOO is a list of patterns. The patterns must start before
13859 position (number of characters into buffer)
13860 `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns will be read until
13861 Hi-lock: end is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list
13862 `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13863
13864 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13865
13866 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13867 Non-nil if Global Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13868 See the `global-hi-lock-mode' command
13869 for a description of this minor mode.
13870 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13871 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13872 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13873
13874 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13875
13876 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13877 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in all buffers.
13878 With prefix ARG, enable Global Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive;
13879 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13880 ARG is omitted or nil.
13881
13882 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
13883 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13884 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13885
13886 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13887
13888 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13889
13890 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13891 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13892 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13893 Use the global history list for FACE.
13894
13895 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13896 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13897 highlighting will not update as you type.
13898
13899 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13900
13901 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13902
13903 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13904 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13905 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13906 Use the global history list for FACE.
13907
13908 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13909 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13910 highlighting will not update as you type.
13911
13912 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13913
13914 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13915
13916 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13917 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13918 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13919 Use the global history list for FACE.
13920
13921 When called interactively, replace whitespace in user-provided
13922 regexp with arbitrary whitespace, and make initial lower-case
13923 letters case-insensitive, before highlighting with `hi-lock-set-pattern'.
13924
13925 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13926 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13927 highlighting will not update as you type.
13928
13929 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13930
13931 (defalias 'highlight-symbol-at-point 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point)
13932
13933 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point "hi-lock" "\
13934 Highlight each instance of the symbol at point.
13935 Uses the next face from `hi-lock-face-defaults' without prompting,
13936 unless you use a prefix argument.
13937 Uses `find-tag-default-as-symbol-regexp' to retrieve the symbol at point.
13938
13939 This uses Font lock mode if it is enabled; otherwise it uses overlays,
13940 in which case the highlighting will not update as you type.
13941
13942 \(fn)" t nil)
13943
13944 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13945
13946 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13947 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13948 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP, accepting only regexps
13949 previously inserted by hi-lock interactive functions.
13950 If REGEXP is t (or if \\[universal-argument] was specified interactively),
13951 then remove all hi-lock highlighting.
13952
13953 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13954
13955 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13956 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13957
13958 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13959 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13960 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13961
13962 \(fn)" t nil)
13963
13964 ;;;***
13965 \f
13966 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (22197 58438
13967 ;;;;;; 447460 447000))
13968 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13969
13970 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13971 Toggle features to hide/show #ifdef blocks (Hide-Ifdef mode).
13972 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hide-Ifdef mode if ARG is
13973 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13974 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13975
13976 Hide-Ifdef mode is a buffer-local minor mode for use with C and
13977 C-like major modes. When enabled, code within #ifdef constructs
13978 that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view.
13979 Several variables affect how the hiding is done:
13980
13981 `hide-ifdef-env'
13982 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13983 current project. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13984 is used. This variable was a buffer-local variable, which limits
13985 hideif to parse only one C/C++ file at a time. We've extended
13986 hideif to support parsing a C/C++ project containing multiple C/C++
13987 source files opened simultaneously in different buffers. Therefore
13988 `hide-ifdef-env' can no longer be buffer local but must be global.
13989
13990 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13991 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13992 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13993 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13994 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13995
13996 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13997 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13998 #endif lines when hiding.
13999
14000 `hide-ifdef-initially'
14001 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
14002 is activated.
14003
14004 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
14005 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
14006 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
14007
14008 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
14009
14010 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14011
14012 ;;;***
14013 \f
14014 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (22150 28228
14015 ;;;;;; 830072 702000))
14016 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
14017
14018 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
14019 Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
14020 Each element has the form
14021 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
14022
14023 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
14024 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
14025
14026 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
14027 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
14028
14029 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
14030 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
14031 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
14032 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
14033 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
14034 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
14035
14036 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
14037 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
14038
14039 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
14040 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
14041
14042 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
14043 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
14044 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
14045
14046 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
14047 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
14048 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
14049 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
14050 if ARG is omitted or nil.
14051
14052 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
14053 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
14054 The value (hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
14055
14056 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
14057 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
14058 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
14059
14060 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
14061 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
14062
14063 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
14064
14065 Key bindings:
14066 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
14067
14068 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14069
14070 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
14071 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
14072
14073 \(fn)" nil nil)
14074
14075 ;;;***
14076 \f
14077 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (22150 28228 30072
14078 ;;;;;; 702000))
14079 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
14080
14081 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
14082 Toggle highlighting changes in this buffer (Highlight Changes mode).
14083 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes mode if ARG
14084 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
14085 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14086
14087 When Highlight Changes is enabled, changes are marked with a text
14088 property. Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but
14089 command \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggle
14090 this on and off.
14091
14092 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
14093 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
14094 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
14095 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
14096 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
14097 through various faces.
14098 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
14099 buffer with the contents of a file
14100 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
14101
14102 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14103
14104 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
14105 Toggle visibility of highlighting due to Highlight Changes mode.
14106 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes Visible mode
14107 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
14108 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14109
14110 Highlight Changes Visible mode only has an effect when Highlight
14111 Changes mode is on. When enabled, the changed text is displayed
14112 in a distinctive face.
14113
14114 The default value can be customized with variable
14115 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'.
14116
14117 This command does not itself set Highlight Changes mode.
14118
14119 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14120
14121 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
14122 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
14123 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
14124
14125 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
14126
14127 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
14128 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
14129
14130 \(fn)" t nil)
14131
14132 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
14133 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
14134
14135 \(fn)" t nil)
14136
14137 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
14138 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
14139
14140 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
14141 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
14142 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
14143 shown in the last face in the list.
14144
14145 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
14146 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
14147 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
14148
14149 (add-hook \\='write-file-functions \\='highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
14150
14151 \(fn)" t nil)
14152
14153 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
14154 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
14155
14156 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
14157
14158 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
14159 to save the file.
14160
14161 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
14162 written to a temporary file for comparison.
14163
14164 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
14165 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
14166 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
14167
14168 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
14169
14170 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
14171 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
14172
14173 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
14174 this function is called interactively.
14175
14176 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
14177 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
14178 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
14179
14180 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
14181 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
14182 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
14183
14184 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
14185
14186 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
14187 Non-nil if Global Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
14188 See the `global-highlight-changes-mode' command
14189 for a description of this minor mode.
14190 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14191 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14192 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
14193
14194 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
14195
14196 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
14197 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in all buffers.
14198 With prefix ARG, enable Global Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive;
14199 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
14200 ARG is omitted or nil.
14201
14202 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
14203 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
14204 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
14205
14206 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14207
14208 ;;;***
14209 \f
14210 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hippie-exp" "hippie-exp.el" (22150 28228 30072
14211 ;;;;;; 702000))
14212 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
14213 (push (purecopy '(hippie-exp 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
14214
14215 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
14216 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
14217 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
14218 or insert functions in this list.")
14219
14220 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
14221
14222 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
14223 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
14224 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
14225 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
14226 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
14227 expansions.
14228 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
14229 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
14230 undoes the expansion.
14231
14232 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
14233
14234 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
14235 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
14236 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
14237 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
14238
14239 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil t)
14240
14241 ;;;***
14242 \f
14243 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hl-line" "hl-line.el" (22150 28228 30072 702000))
14244 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
14245
14246 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
14247 Toggle highlighting of the current line (Hl-Line mode).
14248 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hl-Line mode if ARG is
14249 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14250 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14251
14252 Hl-Line mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If
14253 `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
14254 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
14255 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
14256 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
14257 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
14258
14259 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
14260 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
14261 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
14262 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
14263
14264 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14265
14266 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
14267 Non-nil if Global Hl-Line mode is enabled.
14268 See the `global-hl-line-mode' command
14269 for a description of this minor mode.
14270 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14271 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14272 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
14273
14274 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
14275
14276 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
14277 Toggle line highlighting in all buffers (Global Hl-Line mode).
14278 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Hl-Line mode if ARG is
14279 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14280 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14281
14282 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
14283 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all
14284 windows.
14285
14286 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
14287 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
14288
14289 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14290
14291 ;;;***
14292 \f
14293 ;;;### (autoloads nil "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el" (22150 28227
14294 ;;;;;; 78072 702000))
14295 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
14296
14297 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
14298 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
14299 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14300
14301 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
14302
14303 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14304
14305 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
14306 Oriental holidays.
14307 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14308
14309 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
14310
14311 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14312
14313 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
14314 Local holidays.
14315 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14316
14317 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
14318
14319 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14320
14321 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
14322 User defined holidays.
14323 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14324
14325 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
14326
14327 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14328
14329 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
14330 Jewish holidays.
14331 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14332
14333 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
14334
14335 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14336
14337 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Christmas (Julian calendar)") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
14338 Christian holidays.
14339 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14340
14341 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
14342
14343 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14344
14345 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
14346 Islamic holidays.
14347 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14348
14349 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
14350
14351 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14352
14353 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Bahá’u’lláh") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Bahá’u’lláh") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu’l-Bahá"))))) "\
14354 Bahá’í holidays.
14355 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14356
14357 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
14358
14359 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14360
14361 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
14362 Sun-related holidays.
14363 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14364
14365 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
14366
14367 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14368
14369 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14370
14371 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
14372 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
14373 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
14374 This function is suitable for execution in a init file.
14375
14376 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14377
14378 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
14379 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
14380 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
14381 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
14382 displayed, use a different list. For example,
14383
14384 (list-holidays 2006 2006
14385 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
14386
14387 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
14388 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
14389
14390 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
14391 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
14392 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
14393 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
14394 of a holiday list.
14395
14396 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
14397
14398 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
14399
14400 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
14401
14402 ;;;***
14403 \f
14404 ;;;### (autoloads nil "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (22150 28227
14405 ;;;;;; 946072 702000))
14406 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
14407
14408 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
14409 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
14410
14411 \(fn)" t nil)
14412
14413 ;;;***
14414 \f
14415 ;;;### (autoloads nil "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (22174 41792
14416 ;;;;;; 975867 435000))
14417 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
14418 (push (purecopy '(htmlfontify 0 21)) package--builtin-versions)
14419
14420 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer "htmlfontify" "\
14421 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
14422 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
14423 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
14424 as possible.
14425
14426 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
14427 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
14428 fontified display.
14429
14430 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
14431 characters such as ^L (\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
14432
14433 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
14434 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
14435 hyperlinks as appropriate.
14436
14437 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil)
14438
14439 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir "htmlfontify" "\
14440 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
14441 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
14442
14443 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
14444
14445 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil)
14446
14447 ;;;***
14448 \f
14449 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (22150 28228 50072
14450 ;;;;;; 702000))
14451 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14452
14453 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
14454 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14455
14456 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14457 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14458 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14459
14460 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14461 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14462 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14463 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14464 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14465 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14466
14467 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14468 title of the column.
14469
14470 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14471 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14472 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14473 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14474 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14475
14476 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14477
14478 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-column 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
14479
14480 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
14481 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14482 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14483 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14484 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14485
14486 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14487 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14488 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14489
14490 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14491
14492 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-sorter 'lisp-indent-function '1)
14493
14494 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-sorter 'doc-string-elt '2)
14495
14496 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
14497 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14498 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14499 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14500 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14501 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14502
14503 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14504 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14505 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14506 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14507 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14508 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14509 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14510 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14511 values are:
14512 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14513 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14514 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14515 buffer's modification flag.
14516 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14517 prompted before performing this operation.
14518 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14519 operation is complete, in the form:
14520 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14521 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14522 confirmation message, in the form:
14523 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14524 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14525 macro for exactly what it does.
14526
14527 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14528
14529 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-op 'lisp-indent-function '2)
14530
14531 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-op 'doc-string-elt '3)
14532
14533 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
14534 Define a filter named NAME.
14535 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14536 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14537 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14538
14539 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14540 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14541 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14542 bound to the current value of the filter.
14543
14544 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14545
14546 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-filter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
14547
14548 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-filter 'doc-string-elt '2)
14549
14550 ;;;***
14551 \f
14552 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (22150 28612 886072
14553 ;;;;;; 702000))
14554 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14555
14556 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
14557 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14558 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14559 buffers which are visiting a file.
14560
14561 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14562
14563 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
14564 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14565 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14566 buffers which are visiting a file.
14567
14568 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14569
14570 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
14571 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14572 Type `h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14573
14574 All arguments are optional.
14575 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14576 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14577 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14578 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14579 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14580 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14581 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14582 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14583 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14584 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14585 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14586 that value locally in this buffer.
14587
14588 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14589
14590 ;;;***
14591 \f
14592 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icalendar" "calendar/icalendar.el" (22150
14593 ;;;;;; 28227 78072 702000))
14594 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14595 (push (purecopy '(icalendar 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
14596
14597 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
14598 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14599 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14600 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14601
14602 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14603
14604 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
14605 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14606 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14607 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14608 ICAL-FILENAME.
14609 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14610 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14611 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14612
14613 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14614
14615 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
14616 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14617 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14618 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14619 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14620 non-marking or not.
14621
14622 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14623
14624 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
14625 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14626
14627 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14628 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14629 DIARY-FILE.
14630
14631 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14632 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14633 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14634
14635 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14636 non-marking.
14637
14638 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14639 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14640 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14641
14642 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14643
14644 ;;;***
14645 \f
14646 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (22150 28228 54072
14647 ;;;;;; 702000))
14648 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14649
14650 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14651 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14652 See the `icomplete-mode' command
14653 for a description of this minor mode.
14654 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14655 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14656 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14657
14658 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
14659
14660 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
14661 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion (Icomplete mode).
14662 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Icomplete mode if ARG is
14663 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14664 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14665
14666 When this global minor mode is enabled, typing in the minibuffer
14667 continuously displays a list of possible completions that match
14668 the string you have typed. See `icomplete-completions' for a
14669 description of how prospective completions are displayed.
14670
14671 For more information, see Info node `(emacs)Icomplete'.
14672 For options you can set, `\\[customize-group] icomplete'.
14673
14674 You can use the following key bindings to navigate and select
14675 completions:
14676
14677 \\{icomplete-minibuffer-map}
14678
14679 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14680 (when (locate-library "obsolete/iswitchb")
14681 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "Toggle Iswitchb mode." t)
14682 (make-obsolete 'iswitchb-mode
14683 "use `icomplete-mode' or `ido-mode' instead." "24.4"))
14684
14685 ;;;***
14686 \f
14687 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (22197 58438 447460
14688 ;;;;;; 447000))
14689 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14690
14691 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
14692 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14693 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14694 Tab indents for Icon code.
14695 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14696 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14697 \\{icon-mode-map}
14698 Variables controlling indentation style:
14699 icon-tab-always-indent
14700 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14701 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14702 icon-auto-newline
14703 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14704 inserted in Icon code.
14705 icon-indent-level
14706 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14707 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14708 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14709 icon-continued-statement-offset
14710 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14711 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14712 icon-continued-brace-offset
14713 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14714 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14715 icon-brace-offset
14716 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14717 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14718 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14719 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14720
14721 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14722 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14723
14724 \(fn)" t nil)
14725
14726 ;;;***
14727 \f
14728 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el" (22150
14729 ;;;;;; 28228 850072 702000))
14730 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14731
14732 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
14733 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14734 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14735 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14736
14737 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14738 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14739 separate frames.
14740
14741 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14742 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14743
14744 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14745 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14746 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14747
14748 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14749
14750 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14751
14752 ;;;***
14753 \f
14754 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el" (22197 58438
14755 ;;;;;; 467460 447000))
14756 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14757 (push (purecopy '(idlwave 6 1 22)) package--builtin-versions)
14758
14759 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
14760 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14761
14762 The main features of this mode are
14763
14764 1. Indentation and Formatting
14765 --------------------------
14766 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14767 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14768
14769 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14770 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14771 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14772 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14773
14774 Comments are indented as follows:
14775
14776 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14777 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14778 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14779
14780 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14781
14782 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14783 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14784 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14785 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14786 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14787 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14788
14789 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14790 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14791 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14792 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14793
14794 2. Routine Info
14795 ------------
14796 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14797 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14798 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14799 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14800 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14801 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14802 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14803 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14804 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14805 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14806
14807 3. Online IDL Help
14808 ---------------
14809
14810 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14811 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14812 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14813 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14814
14815 4. Completion
14816 ----------
14817 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14818 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14819 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14820 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14821 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14822 upper case.
14823
14824 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14825 --------------------------------
14826 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14827 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\'. Some examples:
14828
14829 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14830 \\fu FUNCTION template
14831 \\c CASE statement template
14832 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14833 \\f FOR loop template
14834 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14835 \\w WHILE loop template
14836 \\i IF statement template
14837 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14838 \\b BEGIN
14839
14840 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14841 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14842
14843 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14844 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14845 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14846 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14847
14848 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14849 -------------------------
14850 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14851 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14852
14853 7. Automatic END completion
14854 ------------------------
14855 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14856 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14857
14858 8. Hooks
14859 -----
14860 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14861 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14862
14863 9. Documentation and Customization
14864 -------------------------------
14865 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14866 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14867 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14868 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL
14869 `http://github.com/jdtsmith/idlwave'.
14870 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14871
14872 10.Keybindings
14873 -----------
14874 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14875 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14876 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14877
14878 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14879
14880 \(fn)" t nil)
14881
14882 ;;;***
14883 \f
14884 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ido" "ido.el" (22150 28228 82072 702000))
14885 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14886
14887 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14888 Determines for which buffer/file Ido should be enabled.
14889 The following values are possible:
14890 - `buffer': Turn only on Ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14891 displaying...)
14892 - `file': Turn only on Ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14893 - `both': Turn on Ido buffer and file behavior.
14894 - nil: Turn off any Ido switching.
14895
14896 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14897 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14898
14899 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14900
14901 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14902 Toggle Ido mode on or off.
14903 With ARG, turn Ido mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14904 Turning on Ido mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14905 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14906 commands to the Ido versions of these functions.
14907 However, if ARG arg equals `files', remap only commands for files, or
14908 if it equals `buffers', remap only commands for buffer switching.
14909 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14910
14911 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14912
14913 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14914 Switch to another buffer.
14915 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14916 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14917 in another frame.
14918
14919 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14920 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14921 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14922 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14923 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14924
14925 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches.
14926 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14927
14928 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14929
14930 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14931 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14932 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14933 all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14934 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14935 in a separate window.
14936 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14937 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14938 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14939 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14940 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14941 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14942 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14943 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14944 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14945
14946 \(fn)" t nil)
14947
14948 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14949 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14950 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14951 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14952
14953 \(fn)" t nil)
14954
14955 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14956 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14957 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14958 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14959
14960 \(fn)" t nil)
14961
14962 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
14963 Kill a buffer.
14964 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14965 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14966
14967 \(fn)" t nil)
14968
14969 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
14970 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14971 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14972 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14973
14974 \(fn)" t nil)
14975
14976 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14977 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14978 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14979 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14980
14981 \(fn)" t nil)
14982
14983 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14984 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14985
14986 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14987
14988 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14989 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14990 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14991 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14992 in another frame.
14993
14994 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14995 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14996 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14997 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14998 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14999 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
15000
15001 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches.
15002 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
15003
15004 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
15005
15006 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
15007 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
15008 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
15009 all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
15010 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
15011 in a separate window.
15012 \\[ido-magic-delete-char] Open the specified directory in Dired mode.
15013 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
15014 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] Go to previous directory in work directory history.
15015 \\[ido-next-work-directory] Go to next directory in work directory history.
15016 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] Search for file in the work directory history.
15017 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] Remove current directory from the work directory history.
15018 \\[ido-prev-work-file] Cycle to previous file in work file history.
15019 \\[ido-next-work-file] Cycle to next file in work file history.
15020 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] Prompt for a file and use find to locate it.
15021 \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] Prompt for a directory and use find to locate it.
15022 \\[ido-make-directory] Prompt for a directory to create in current directory.
15023 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-Ido version of current command.
15024 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
15025 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
15026 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
15027 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
15028 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
15029 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
15030
15031 \(fn)" t nil)
15032
15033 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
15034 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
15035 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15036 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15037
15038 \(fn)" t nil)
15039
15040 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
15041 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
15042 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15043 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15044
15045 \(fn)" t nil)
15046
15047 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
15048 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
15049 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15050 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15051
15052 \(fn)" t nil)
15053
15054 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
15055 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
15056 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15057 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15058
15059 \(fn)" t nil)
15060
15061 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
15062 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
15063 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15064 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15065
15066 \(fn)" t nil)
15067
15068 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
15069 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
15070 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15071 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15072
15073 \(fn)" t nil)
15074
15075 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
15076 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
15077 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15078 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15079
15080 \(fn)" t nil)
15081
15082 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
15083 Write current buffer to a file.
15084 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15085 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15086
15087 \(fn)" t nil)
15088
15089 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
15090 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
15091 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15092 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15093
15094 \(fn)" t nil)
15095
15096 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
15097 Call `dired' the Ido way.
15098 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15099 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15100
15101 \(fn)" t nil)
15102
15103 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
15104 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
15105 Return the name of a buffer selected.
15106 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
15107 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
15108 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
15109
15110 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH PREDICATE)" nil nil)
15111
15112 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
15113 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
15114 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
15115 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
15116
15117 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
15118
15119 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
15120 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
15121 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
15122 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
15123
15124 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
15125
15126 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
15127 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
15128 Read a string in the minibuffer with Ido-style completion.
15129 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
15130 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
15131 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD are currently ignored; they are included
15132 to be compatible with `completing-read'.
15133 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
15134 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
15135 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
15136 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
15137 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
15138 with point positioned at the end.
15139 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
15140 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
15141
15142 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
15143
15144 ;;;***
15145 \f
15146 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ielm" "ielm.el" (22150 28228 82072 702000))
15147 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
15148
15149 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
15150 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
15151 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
15152 See `inferior-emacs-lisp-mode' for details.
15153
15154 \(fn)" t nil)
15155
15156 ;;;***
15157 \f
15158 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iimage" "iimage.el" (22150 28228 82072 702000))
15159 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
15160
15161 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-iimage-mode 'iimage-mode "24.1")
15162
15163 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
15164 Toggle Iimage mode on or off.
15165 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iimage mode if ARG is
15166 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15167 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
15168 \\{iimage-mode-map}
15169
15170 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15171
15172 ;;;***
15173 \f
15174 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image" "image.el" (22150 28228 86072 702000))
15175 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
15176
15177 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
15178 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
15179 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
15180 be determined.
15181
15182 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
15183
15184 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
15185 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
15186 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
15187 be determined.
15188
15189 \(fn)" nil nil)
15190
15191 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
15192 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
15193 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
15194 be determined.
15195
15196 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
15197
15198 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
15199 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
15200 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
15201 be determined.
15202
15203 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
15204
15205 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
15206 Determine and return image type.
15207 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
15208 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15209 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15210 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
15211 use its file extension as image type.
15212 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
15213
15214 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
15215
15216 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
15217 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
15218 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
15219
15220 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
15221
15222 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
15223 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
15224 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
15225
15226 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
15227 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
15228 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
15229 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
15230 must be available.
15231
15232 \(fn)" nil nil)
15233
15234 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
15235 Create an image.
15236 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
15237 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15238 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15239 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
15240 use its file extension as image type.
15241 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
15242 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
15243 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
15244 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
15245
15246 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15247
15248 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
15249 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
15250 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
15251
15252 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
15253
15254 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
15255 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
15256 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
15257 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
15258 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
15259 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
15260 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
15261 POS may be an integer or marker.
15262 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15263 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15264 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15265 means display it in the right marginal area.
15266
15267 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
15268
15269 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
15270 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15271 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15272 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING
15273 defaults to a single space if you omit it.
15274 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15275 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15276 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15277 means display it in the right marginal area.
15278 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
15279 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
15280 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
15281 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
15282 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
15283
15284 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
15285
15286 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
15287 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15288 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15289 with a `display' property whose value is the image. The default
15290 STRING is a single space.
15291 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15292 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15293 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15294 means display it in the right marginal area.
15295 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
15296
15297 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
15298
15299 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
15300 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
15301 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
15302 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
15303
15304 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
15305
15306 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
15307 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
15308
15309 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
15310
15311 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15312 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15313 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15314 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15315 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15316 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
15317 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15318 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
15319 satisfied.
15320
15321 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15322
15323 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15324
15325 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15326
15327 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
15328 Define SYMBOL as an image, and return SYMBOL.
15329
15330 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15331 documentation string.
15332
15333 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15334 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15335 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15336 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15337 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15338 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15339 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15340 define SYMBOL.
15341
15342 Example:
15343
15344 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15345 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15346
15347 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil t)
15348
15349 (function-put 'defimage 'doc-string-elt '3)
15350
15351 (autoload 'imagemagick-register-types "image" "\
15352 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
15353 This function is called at startup, after loading the init file.
15354 It registers the ImageMagick types returned by `imagemagick-filter-types'.
15355
15356 Registered image types are added to `auto-mode-alist', so that
15357 Emacs visits them in Image mode. They are also added to
15358 `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that the `image-type' function
15359 recognizes these files as having image type `imagemagick'.
15360
15361 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, this does nothing.
15362
15363 \(fn)" nil nil)
15364
15365 ;;;***
15366 \f
15367 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (22150 28228
15368 ;;;;;; 86072 702000))
15369 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15370 (push (purecopy '(image-dired 0 4 11)) package--builtin-versions)
15371
15372 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15373 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
15374 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
15375 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
15376 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
15377 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
15378
15379 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15380
15381 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
15382 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15383
15384 Convenience command that:
15385
15386 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15387 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15388 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15389
15390 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15391 image files in dired and type
15392 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15393
15394 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15395
15396 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15397 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15398
15399 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15400
15401 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15402 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15403 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15404 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15405 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15406 another one).
15407
15408 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15409 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15410 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15411
15412 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15413 instead of erasing it first.
15414
15415 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15416 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15417 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15418 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15419 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15420 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15421
15422 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15423
15424 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
15425 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15426 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15427 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15428 displayed.
15429
15430 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
15431
15432 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15433
15434 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'tumme 'image-dired "24.4")
15435
15436 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
15437 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15438
15439 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15440
15441 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
15442 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15443 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15444
15445 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15446
15447 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
15448 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15449
15450 \(fn)" t nil)
15451
15452 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
15453 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15454 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15455 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15456
15457 \(fn)" t nil)
15458
15459 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
15460 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15461
15462 \(fn)" t nil)
15463
15464 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
15465 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15466
15467 \(fn)" t nil)
15468
15469 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
15470 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15471
15472 \(fn)" t nil)
15473
15474 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
15475 Display current image file.
15476 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15477 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15478
15479 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15480
15481 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
15482 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15483
15484 \(fn)" t nil)
15485
15486 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
15487 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15488 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15489 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15490 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15491 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15492 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
15493
15494 \(fn)" t nil)
15495
15496 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
15497 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15498 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15499 easy-to-use form.
15500
15501 \(fn)" t nil)
15502
15503 ;;;***
15504 \f
15505 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-file" "image-file.el" (22150 28228 86072
15506 ;;;;;; 702000))
15507 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15508
15509 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
15510 A list of image-file filename extensions.
15511 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15512 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15513
15514 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15515 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15516 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15517 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15518
15519 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
15520
15521 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15522 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15523 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15524 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15525
15526 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15527 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15528 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15529 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15530
15531 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
15532
15533 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
15534 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15535
15536 \(fn)" nil nil)
15537
15538 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
15539 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15540 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15541 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15542
15543 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15544
15545 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15546 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15547 See the `auto-image-file-mode' command
15548 for a description of this minor mode.
15549 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15550 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15551 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15552
15553 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
15554
15555 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
15556 Toggle visiting of image files as images (Auto Image File mode).
15557 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Image File mode if ARG is
15558 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15559 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15560
15561 An image file is one whose name has an extension in
15562 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15563 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15564
15565 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15566
15567 ;;;***
15568 \f
15569 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (22174 53239 753341
15570 ;;;;;; 435000))
15571 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15572
15573 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
15574 Major mode for image files.
15575 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15576 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15577
15578 Key bindings:
15579 \\{image-mode-map}
15580
15581 \(fn)" t nil)
15582
15583 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
15584 Toggle Image minor mode in this buffer.
15585 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Image minor mode if ARG is
15586 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15587 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15588
15589 Image minor mode provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display],
15590 to switch back to `image-mode' and display an image file as the
15591 actual image.
15592
15593 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15594
15595 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text "image-mode" "\
15596 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
15597 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
15598 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
15599 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
15600 to display an image file as the actual image.
15601
15602 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
15603 to display an image file as text initially.
15604
15605 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
15606 on these modes.
15607
15608 \(fn)" t nil)
15609
15610 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
15611
15612
15613 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15614
15615 ;;;***
15616 \f
15617 ;;;### (autoloads nil "imenu" "imenu.el" (22311 14139 174375 715000))
15618 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15619
15620 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15621 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15622
15623 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15624
15625 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15626 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15627 in the buffer.
15628
15629 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15630
15631 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15632 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15633 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15634
15635 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
15636
15637 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15638 List of definition matchers for creating an Imenu index.
15639 Each element of this list should have the form
15640
15641 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX [FUNCTION] [ARGUMENTS...])
15642
15643 MENU-TITLE should be nil (in which case the matches for this
15644 element are put in the top level of the buffer index) or a
15645 string (which specifies the title of a submenu into which the
15646 matches are put).
15647 REGEXP is a regular expression matching a definition construct
15648 which is to be displayed in the menu. REGEXP may also be a
15649 function, called without arguments. It is expected to search
15650 backwards. It must return true and set `match-data' if it finds
15651 another element.
15652 INDEX is an integer specifying which subexpression of REGEXP
15653 matches the definition's name; this subexpression is displayed as
15654 the menu item.
15655 FUNCTION, if present, specifies a function to call when the index
15656 item is selected by the user. This function is called with
15657 arguments consisting of the item name, the buffer position, and
15658 the ARGUMENTS.
15659
15660 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not
15661 the regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist'
15662 can be used to alter the syntax table for the search.
15663
15664 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15665 create a buffer index.
15666
15667 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression'
15668 used by `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to
15669 give the characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax
15670 \"word\" syntax during matching.")
15671 (put 'imenu-generic-expression 'risky-local-variable t)
15672
15673 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
15674
15675 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
15676 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15677
15678 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15679 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15680 called within a `save-excursion'.
15681
15682 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15683
15684 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
15685
15686 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
15687 Function for finding the next index position.
15688
15689 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15690 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15691 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15692 file.
15693
15694 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15695 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15696
15697 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
15698
15699 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15700 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15701
15702 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15703 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15704 It should return the name for that index item.")
15705
15706 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
15707
15708 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15709 Function to compare string with index item.
15710
15711 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15712 non-nil if they match.
15713
15714 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15715 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15716 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15717 arguments match\".")
15718
15719 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
15720
15721 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
15722 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15723 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15724
15725 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
15726 (put 'imenu--index-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
15727
15728 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
15729
15730 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
15731
15732 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
15733 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15734 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15735 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15736
15737 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15738
15739 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
15740 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15741
15742 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15743
15744 \(fn)" t nil)
15745
15746 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
15747 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15748 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15749 for more information.
15750
15751 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15752
15753 ;;;***
15754 \f
15755 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (22150 28228
15756 ;;;;;; 190072 702000))
15757 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15758
15759 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
15760 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15761
15762 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15763
15764 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
15765
15766
15767 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15768
15769 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
15770
15771
15772 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15773
15774 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
15775
15776
15777 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15778
15779 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
15780 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15781
15782 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15783
15784 ;;;***
15785 \f
15786 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (22150 28228
15787 ;;;;;; 862072 702000))
15788 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15789
15790 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
15791 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15792 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15793 to that buffer.
15794 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15795 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15796 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15797 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15798
15799 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15800
15801 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15802
15803 ;;;***
15804 \f
15805 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info" "info.el" (22150 28228 98072 702000))
15806 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15807
15808 (defcustom Info-default-directory-list (let* ((config-dir (file-name-as-directory (or (and (featurep 'ns) (let ((dir (expand-file-name "../info" data-directory))) (if (file-directory-p dir) dir))) configure-info-directory))) (prefixes (prune-directory-list '("/usr/local/" "/usr/" "/opt/" "/"))) (suffixes '("share/" "" "gnu/" "gnu/lib/" "gnu/lib/emacs/" "emacs/" "lib/" "lib/emacs/")) (standard-info-dirs (apply #'nconc (mapcar (lambda (pfx) (let ((dirs (mapcar (lambda (sfx) (concat pfx sfx "info/")) suffixes))) (prune-directory-list dirs))) prefixes))) (dirs (if (member config-dir standard-info-dirs) (nconc standard-info-dirs (list config-dir)) (cons config-dir standard-info-dirs)))) (if (not (eq system-type 'windows-nt)) dirs (let* ((instdir (file-name-directory invocation-directory)) (dir1 (expand-file-name "../info/" instdir)) (dir2 (expand-file-name "../../../info/" instdir))) (cond ((file-exists-p dir1) (append dirs (list dir1))) ((file-exists-p dir2) (append dirs (list dir2))) (t dirs))))) "\
15809 Default list of directories to search for Info documentation files.
15810 They are searched in the order they are given in the list.
15811 Therefore, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs
15812 normally should come last (so that local files override standard ones),
15813 unless Emacs is installed into a non-standard directory. In the latter
15814 case, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs should be
15815 first in this list.
15816
15817 Once Info is started, the list of directories to search
15818 comes from the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15819 This variable `Info-default-directory-list' is used as the default
15820 for initializing `Info-directory-list' when Info is started, unless
15821 the environment variable INFOPATH is set.
15822
15823 Although this is a customizable variable, that is mainly for technical
15824 reasons. Normally, you should either set INFOPATH or customize
15825 `Info-additional-directory-list', rather than changing this variable." :initialize (quote custom-initialize-delay) :type (quote (repeat directory)) :group (quote info))
15826
15827 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15828 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15829
15830 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15831 (put 'info 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15832
15833 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15834 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15835 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15836 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15837 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15838 \"(FILENAME)NODENAME\".
15839 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15840 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15841 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15842 with the top-level Info directory.
15843
15844 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15845 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15846
15847 A numeric prefix argument of N selects an Info buffer named \"*info*<N>\".
15848
15849 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15850 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15851 in all the directories in that path.
15852
15853 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
15854
15855 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15856
15857 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15858 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15859
15860 \(fn)" t nil)
15861
15862 (autoload 'info-emacs-bug "info" "\
15863 Display the \"Reporting Bugs\" section of the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15864
15865 \(fn)" t nil)
15866
15867 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15868 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15869 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15870 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15871
15872 \(fn)" nil nil)
15873
15874 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15875 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15876 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15877 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15878
15879 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15880
15881 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15882 Go to the Info directory node.
15883
15884 \(fn)" t nil)
15885
15886 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15887 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15888 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15889 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15890 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15891 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15892
15893 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15894
15895 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15896 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15897 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15898
15899 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15900
15901 (autoload 'info-finder "info" "\
15902 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
15903 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
15904 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
15905 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
15906
15907 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil)
15908
15909 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15910 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15911 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15912 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15913 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15914
15915 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15916 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15917
15918 Selecting other nodes:
15919 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15920 Follow a node reference you click on.
15921 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15922 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15923 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15924 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15925 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15926 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15927 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15928 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15929 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15930 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15931 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15932 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15933 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15934 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15935 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15936 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15937 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15938 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15939 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15940 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15941
15942 Moving within a node:
15943 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15944 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15945 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15946 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15947 move up to the parent node.
15948 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15949 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15950 if there is none.
15951 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15952
15953 Advanced commands:
15954 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15955 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15956 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15957 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
15958 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15959 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15960 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
15961 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15962 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15963 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15964 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15965 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15966 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15967 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15968 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15969 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15970
15971 \(fn)" t nil)
15972 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15973
15974 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15975 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15976 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15977 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15978 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15979 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15980
15981 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15982 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15983
15984 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15985 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15986 KEY is a string.
15987 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15988 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15989 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15990 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15991
15992 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15993
15994 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15995 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15996 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15997
15998 \(fn)" t nil)
15999
16000 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
16001 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
16002 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
16003
16004 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
16005
16006 (autoload 'info-display-manual "info" "\
16007 Display an Info buffer displaying MANUAL.
16008 If there is an existing Info buffer for MANUAL, display it.
16009 Otherwise, visit the manual in a new Info buffer. In interactive
16010 use, a prefix argument directs this command to limit the
16011 completion alternatives to currently visited manuals.
16012
16013 \(fn MANUAL)" t nil)
16014
16015 ;;;***
16016 \f
16017 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-look" "info-look.el" (22291 28851 633608
16018 ;;;;;; 847000))
16019 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
16020
16021 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
16022 Throw away all cached data.
16023 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
16024 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
16025 system.
16026
16027 \(fn)" t nil)
16028 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
16029
16030 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
16031 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
16032 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
16033 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
16034 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
16035 one found at point.
16036
16037 With prefix arg MODE a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
16038
16039 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
16040 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
16041
16042 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
16043 Display the documentation of a file.
16044 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
16045 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
16046 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
16047 The default file name is the one found at point.
16048
16049 With prefix arg MODE a query for the file help mode is offered.
16050
16051 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
16052
16053 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
16054 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
16055
16056 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
16057
16058 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
16059 Perform completion on file preceding point.
16060
16061 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
16062
16063 ;;;***
16064 \f
16065 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (22150 28228 94072
16066 ;;;;;; 702000))
16067 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
16068 (push (purecopy '(info-xref 3)) package--builtin-versions)
16069
16070 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
16071 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
16072 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
16073 current info file is the default.
16074
16075 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
16076 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
16077 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
16078 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
16079 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
16080
16081 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
16082 validate node references within it. A message is given for
16083 missing target files once per source document. It could be
16084 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
16085 mistake in the reference.
16086
16087 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
16088 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
16089 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
16090
16091 \"makeinfo\" checks references internal to an info document, but
16092 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
16093 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
16094 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
16095
16096 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
16097
16098 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
16099 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
16100 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
16101 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
16102 checked.
16103
16104 The search for \"all\" info files is rather permissive, since
16105 info files don't necessarily have a \".info\" extension and in
16106 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
16107 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
16108 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
16109 should be harmless.
16110
16111 \(fn)" t nil)
16112
16113 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
16114 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
16115 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
16116 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
16117
16118 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
16119 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
16120 and can take a long time.
16121
16122 \(fn)" t nil)
16123
16124 (autoload 'info-xref-docstrings "info-xref" "\
16125 Check docstring info node references in source files.
16126 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
16127
16128 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
16129
16130 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
16131 as per `info-xref-check' does.
16132
16133 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
16134 \"foo*.el\", with the current file as a default. Usually this
16135 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
16136 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
16137 all builtins).
16138
16139 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
16140 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
16141 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
16142 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
16143 the sources handy.
16144
16145 \(fn FILENAME-LIST)" t nil)
16146
16147 ;;;***
16148 \f
16149 ;;;### (autoloads nil "informat" "informat.el" (22150 28228 102072
16150 ;;;;;; 702000))
16151 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
16152
16153 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
16154 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
16155
16156 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
16157
16158 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
16159 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
16160
16161 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
16162
16163 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
16164 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
16165 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
16166 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
16167
16168 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
16169 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
16170 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
16171
16172 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
16173 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
16174 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
16175 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
16176
16177 \(fn)" t nil)
16178
16179 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
16180 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
16181 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
16182
16183 \(fn)" t nil)
16184
16185 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
16186 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
16187 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
16188 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
16189 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
16190
16191 \(fn)" nil nil)
16192
16193 ;;;***
16194 \f
16195 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inline" "emacs-lisp/inline.el" (22171 34371
16196 ;;;;;; 930658 796000))
16197 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/inline.el
16198
16199 (autoload 'define-inline "inline" "\
16200
16201
16202 \(fn NAME ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
16203
16204 (function-put 'define-inline 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
16205
16206 (function-put 'define-inline 'doc-string-elt '3)
16207
16208 ;;;***
16209 \f
16210 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inversion" "cedet/inversion.el" (22150 28227
16211 ;;;;;; 218072 702000))
16212 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/inversion.el
16213 (push (purecopy '(inversion 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
16214
16215 (autoload 'inversion-require-emacs "inversion" "\
16216 Declare that you need either EMACS-VER, XEMACS-VER or SXEMACS-ver.
16217 Only checks one based on which kind of Emacs is being run.
16218
16219 \(fn EMACS-VER XEMACS-VER SXEMACS-VER)" nil nil)
16220
16221 ;;;***
16222 \f
16223 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el" (22150
16224 ;;;;;; 28228 106072 702000))
16225 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
16226
16227 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
16228 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
16229
16230 \(fn)" t nil)
16231
16232 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
16233 Toggle input method in interactive search.
16234
16235 \(fn)" t nil)
16236
16237 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
16238
16239
16240 \(fn LAST-CHAR &optional COUNT)" nil nil)
16241
16242 ;;;***
16243 \f
16244 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (22150 28228 154072
16245 ;;;;;; 702000))
16246 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
16247 (push (purecopy '(isearchb 1 5)) package--builtin-versions)
16248
16249 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
16250 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
16251 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
16252 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
16253 accessed via isearchb.
16254
16255 \(fn)" t nil)
16256
16257 ;;;***
16258 \f
16259 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-cvt" "international/iso-cvt.el" (22150
16260 ;;;;;; 28228 106072 702000))
16261 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
16262
16263 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
16264 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
16265 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16266 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
16267 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16268
16269 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16270
16271 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
16272 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
16273 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
16274 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
16275 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16276
16277 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16278
16279 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
16280 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
16281 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16282 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
16283 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16284
16285 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16286
16287 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16288 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16289 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16290 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
16291 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16292
16293 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16294
16295 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16296 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16297 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16298 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
16299 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16300
16301 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16302
16303 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
16304 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
16305 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16306 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
16307 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16308
16309 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16310
16311 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
16312 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
16313 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16314 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
16315 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16316
16317 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16318
16319 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
16320 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
16321 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16322 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16323
16324 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16325
16326 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16327 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16328 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16329 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16330
16331 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16332
16333 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
16334 Warn that format is read-only.
16335
16336 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16337
16338 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
16339 Warn that format is write-only.
16340
16341 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16342
16343 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
16344 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
16345
16346 \(fn)" t nil)
16347
16348 ;;;***
16349 \f
16350 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
16351 ;;;;;; (22150 28228 106072 702000))
16352 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
16353 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
16354 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
16355
16356 ;;;***
16357 \f
16358 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (22308 37947
16359 ;;;;;; 230422 527000))
16360 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16361
16362 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
16363
16364 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
16365 File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16366 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
16367 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for Aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
16368 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
16369
16370 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
16371
16372 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
16373
16374 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16375 Key map for ispell menu.")
16376
16377 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16378 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16379 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16380 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16381
16382 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
16383
16384 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-kill-ispell nil 'clear)) :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
16385
16386 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
16387
16388 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
16389
16390 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage"))) "\
16391 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16392 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16393 Valid forms include:
16394 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16395 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16396 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16397 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16398
16399 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
16400 Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16401 First list is used raw.
16402 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16403
16404 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16405 for skipping in latex mode.")
16406
16407 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
16408 Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16409 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
16410 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16411 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16412 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
16413 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16414
16415 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
16416 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16417 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16418 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16419
16420 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16421 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16422 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16423 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16424 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16425
16426 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16427 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16428
16429 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
16430 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
16431
16432 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16433 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16434
16435 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16436 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16437
16438 Return values:
16439 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16440 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16441 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16442 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16443 quit spell session exited.
16444
16445 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
16446
16447 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
16448 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16449 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16450
16451 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16452
16453 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
16454 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16455
16456 Selections are:
16457
16458 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16459 SPC: Accept word this time.
16460 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16461 `a': Accept word for this session.
16462 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16463 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16464 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16465 `?': Show these commands.
16466 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16467 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16468 the aborted check to be completed later.
16469 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16470 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16471 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16472 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16473 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16474 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16475 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16476
16477 \(fn)" nil nil)
16478
16479 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
16480 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16481 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16482 With CLEAR, buffer session localwords are cleaned.
16483
16484 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR CLEAR)" t nil)
16485
16486 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
16487 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16488 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16489 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16490
16491 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16492
16493 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16494
16495 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
16496 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16497 Return nil if spell session was terminated, otherwise returns shift offset
16498 amount for last line processed.
16499
16500 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16501
16502 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
16503 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16504
16505 \(fn)" t nil)
16506
16507 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
16508 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16509
16510 \(fn)" t nil)
16511
16512 (autoload 'ispell-buffer-with-debug "ispell" "\
16513 `ispell-buffer' with some output sent to `ispell-debug-buffer' buffer.
16514 If APPEND is non-n il, append the info to previous buffer if exists.
16515
16516 \(fn &optional APPEND)" t nil)
16517
16518 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
16519 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16520
16521 \(fn)" t nil)
16522
16523 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
16524 Try to complete the word before or at point.
16525 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil, then the word may be a character
16526 sequence inside of a word.
16527
16528 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16529
16530 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16531
16532 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
16533 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16534
16535 \(fn)" t nil)
16536
16537 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
16538 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16539 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16540 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16541
16542 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16543 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16544 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16545 available on the net.
16546
16547 \(fn)" t nil)
16548
16549 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
16550 Toggle last-word spell checking (Ispell minor mode).
16551 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ispell minor mode if ARG is
16552 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16553 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16554
16555 Ispell minor mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled,
16556 typing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly
16557 spelled.
16558
16559 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored. To
16560 read them into the running Ispell process, type \\[ispell-word]
16561 SPC.
16562
16563 For spell-checking \"on the fly\", not just after typing SPC or
16564 RET, use `flyspell-mode'.
16565
16566 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16567
16568 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
16569 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16570 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16571 Don't check included messages.
16572
16573 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16574 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16575 The `X' command aborts sending the message so that you can edit the buffer.
16576
16577 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16578 in your init file:
16579 (add-hook \\='message-send-hook \\='ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16580 (add-hook \\='news-inews-hook \\='ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16581 (add-hook \\='mail-send-hook \\='ispell-message)
16582 (add-hook \\='mh-before-send-letter-hook \\='ispell-message)
16583
16584 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16585 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16586 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" \\='ispell-message)))
16587
16588 \(fn)" t nil)
16589
16590 ;;;***
16591 \f
16592 ;;;### (autoloads nil "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (22150
16593 ;;;;;; 28228 190072 702000))
16594 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16595
16596 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
16597
16598
16599 \(fn)" nil nil)
16600
16601 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
16602 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16603 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16604 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16605 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16606 \(`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16607 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16608 necessary to represent OBJ.
16609
16610 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16611
16612 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
16613 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16614 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16615 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16616
16617 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16618
16619 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
16620 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16621 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16622 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16623 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16624
16625 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16626
16627 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
16628 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16629 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16630 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16631
16632 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16633
16634 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
16635 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16636 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16637 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16638
16639 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16640
16641 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
16642 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16643
16644 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16645
16646 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
16647 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16648 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16649 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16650 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16651
16652 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16653
16654 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
16655 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16656 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16657 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16658 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16659
16660 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16661
16662 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
16663 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16664 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16665
16666 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16667
16668 ;;;***
16669 \f
16670 ;;;### (autoloads nil "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (22150 28228 158072
16671 ;;;;;; 702000))
16672 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16673
16674 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16675 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16676 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16677 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16678
16679 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
16680
16681
16682 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16683
16684 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
16685 Uninstall jka-compr.
16686 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16687 and `inhibit-local-variables-suffixes' that were added
16688 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16689
16690 \(fn)" nil nil)
16691
16692 ;;;***
16693 \f
16694 ;;;### (autoloads nil "js" "progmodes/js.el" (22323 5347 50589 123000))
16695 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
16696 (push (purecopy '(js 9)) package--builtin-versions)
16697
16698 (autoload 'js-mode "js" "\
16699 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
16700
16701 \(fn)" t nil)
16702
16703 (autoload 'js-jsx-mode "js" "\
16704 Major mode for editing JSX.
16705
16706 To customize the indentation for this mode, set the SGML offset
16707 variables (`sgml-basic-offset', `sgml-attribute-offset' et al.)
16708 locally, like so:
16709
16710 (defun set-jsx-indentation ()
16711 (setq-local sgml-basic-offset js-indent-level))
16712 (add-hook \\='js-jsx-mode-hook #\\='set-jsx-indentation)
16713
16714 \(fn)" t nil)
16715 (defalias 'javascript-mode 'js-mode)
16716
16717 (dolist (name (list "node" "nodejs" "gjs" "rhino")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'js-mode)))
16718
16719 ;;;***
16720 \f
16721 ;;;### (autoloads nil "json" "json.el" (22197 58438 339460 447000))
16722 ;;; Generated autoloads from json.el
16723 (push (purecopy '(json 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
16724
16725 ;;;***
16726 \f
16727 ;;;### (autoloads nil "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el" (22150 28227
16728 ;;;;;; 462072 702000))
16729 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16730
16731 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16732 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16733 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16734 decimal key must be specified.")
16735
16736 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
16737
16738 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16739 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16740 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16741 decimal key must be specified.")
16742
16743 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
16744
16745 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16746 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16747 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16748 decimal key must be specified.")
16749
16750 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16751
16752 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16753 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16754 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16755 decimal key must be specified.")
16756
16757 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16758
16759 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
16760 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16761 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16762 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16763 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16764 keys are bound.
16765
16766 Setup Binding
16767 -------------------------------------------------------------
16768 `prefix' Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16769 `S-cursor' Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16770 `cursor' Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16771 `numeric' Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16772 `none' Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16773 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16774 in the global and local keymaps.
16775
16776 If SETUP is `numeric' and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16777 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16778
16779 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16780
16781 ;;;***
16782 \f
16783 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el" (22150
16784 ;;;;;; 28228 106072 702000))
16785 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16786
16787 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
16788 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16789 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16790
16791 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16792 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16793 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16794 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16795 shorter.
16796
16797 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16798 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16799 the context of text formatting.
16800
16801 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16802
16803 ;;;***
16804 \f
16805 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (22150 28228 106072
16806 ;;;;;; 702000))
16807 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16808
16809 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16810 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16811 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16812 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16813 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16814 positions that contains the current selection.")
16815
16816 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
16817 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16818 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16819 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16820 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16821 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16822 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16823
16824 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16825
16826 ;;;***
16827 \f
16828 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (22150 28228 162072 702000))
16829 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16830 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16831 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16832 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16833 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16834 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16835 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16836 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16837
16838 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
16839 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
16840 ARG is the number of times to execute the item.
16841
16842 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
16843
16844 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16845 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16846 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16847 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16848 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16849
16850 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16851
16852 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16853 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16854 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16855
16856 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16857 defining the macro.
16858
16859 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16860 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16861 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16862
16863 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16864 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16865
16866 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16867
16868 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16869 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16870 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16871 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16872 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16873 under that name.
16874
16875 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16876 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16877 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16878
16879 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16880
16881 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16882 Call the keyboard MACRO that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16883 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16884 MACRO defaults to `last-kbd-macro'.
16885
16886 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16887 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16888 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16889 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16890
16891 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16892 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16893
16894 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO MACRO)" t nil)
16895
16896 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16897 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16898 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16899
16900 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16901 macro.
16902
16903 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16904 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16905
16906 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16907 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16908 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16909
16910 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16911 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16912
16913 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16914
16915 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16916 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16917 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16918 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16919
16920 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16921
16922 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16923 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16924 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16925 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16926
16927 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16928 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16929
16930 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16931
16932 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16933 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16934 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16935
16936 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16937
16938 ;;;***
16939 \f
16940 ;;;### (autoloads nil "korea-util" "language/korea-util.el" (22150
16941 ;;;;;; 28228 194072 702000))
16942 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16943
16944 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
16945 The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16946 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16947
16948 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16949
16950
16951 \(fn)" nil nil)
16952
16953 ;;;***
16954 \f
16955 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (22150 28228
16956 ;;;;;; 194072 702000))
16957 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16958
16959 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16960
16961
16962 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16963
16964 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16965 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16966 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16967 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16968 START and END are the beginning and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16969 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16970
16971 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16972 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16973
16974 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16975
16976 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16977 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16978
16979 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16980
16981 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16982
16983
16984 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
16985
16986 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16987
16988
16989 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16990
16991 ;;;***
16992 \f
16993 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (22150
16994 ;;;;;; 28228 106072 702000))
16995 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16996
16997 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16998 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16999 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
17000 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
17001
17002 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
17003
17004 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
17005 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
17006 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
17007
17008 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
17009
17010 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
17011 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
17012 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
17013
17014 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
17015
17016 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
17017 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
17018 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
17019 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
17020
17021 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
17022
17023 ;;;***
17024 \f
17025 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el"
17026 ;;;;;; (22150 28228 110072 702000))
17027 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
17028
17029 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
17030 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
17031 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
17032 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
17033 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
17034 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
17035 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
17036 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
17037
17038 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
17039 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
17040
17041 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17042 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
17043
17044 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
17045
17046 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
17047 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
17048 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
17049 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
17050 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
17051 `latin1-display-setup'.
17052
17053 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
17054
17055 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
17056 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
17057 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
17058 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
17059
17060 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17061 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
17062
17063 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
17064
17065 ;;;***
17066 \f
17067 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el" (22150
17068 ;;;;;; 28228 866072 702000))
17069 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
17070
17071 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
17072 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
17073
17074 \(fn)" t nil)
17075
17076 ;;;***
17077 \f
17078 ;;;### (autoloads nil "let-alist" "emacs-lisp/let-alist.el" (22150
17079 ;;;;;; 28227 434072 702000))
17080 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/let-alist.el
17081 (push (purecopy '(let-alist 1 0 4)) package--builtin-versions)
17082
17083 (autoload 'let-alist "let-alist" "\
17084 Let-bind dotted symbols to their cdrs in ALIST and execute BODY.
17085 Dotted symbol is any symbol starting with a `.'. Only those present
17086 in BODY are let-bound and this search is done at compile time.
17087
17088 For instance, the following code
17089
17090 (let-alist alist
17091 (if (and .title .body)
17092 .body
17093 .site
17094 .site.contents))
17095
17096 essentially expands to
17097
17098 (let ((.title (cdr (assq \\='title alist)))
17099 (.body (cdr (assq \\='body alist)))
17100 (.site (cdr (assq \\='site alist)))
17101 (.site.contents (cdr (assq \\='contents (cdr (assq \\='site alist))))))
17102 (if (and .title .body)
17103 .body
17104 .site
17105 .site.contents))
17106
17107 If you nest `let-alist' invocations, the inner one can't access
17108 the variables of the outer one. You can, however, access alists
17109 inside the original alist by using dots inside the symbol, as
17110 displayed in the example above.
17111
17112 \(fn ALIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
17113
17114 (function-put 'let-alist 'lisp-indent-function '1)
17115
17116 ;;;***
17117 \f
17118 ;;;### (autoloads nil "life" "play/life.el" (22150 28228 678072 702000))
17119 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
17120
17121 (autoload 'life "life" "\
17122 Run Conway's Life simulation.
17123 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
17124 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
17125 generations (this defaults to 1).
17126
17127 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
17128
17129 ;;;***
17130 \f
17131 ;;;### (autoloads nil "linum" "linum.el" (22150 28228 210072 702000))
17132 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
17133 (push (purecopy '(linum 0 9 24)) package--builtin-versions)
17134
17135 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
17136 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin (Linum mode).
17137 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Linum mode if ARG is positive,
17138 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
17139 if ARG is omitted or nil.
17140
17141 Linum mode is a buffer-local minor mode.
17142
17143 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17144
17145 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
17146 Non-nil if Global Linum mode is enabled.
17147 See the `global-linum-mode' command
17148 for a description of this minor mode.
17149 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17150 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17151 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
17152
17153 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
17154
17155 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
17156 Toggle Linum mode in all buffers.
17157 With prefix ARG, enable Global Linum mode if ARG is positive;
17158 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
17159 ARG is omitted or nil.
17160
17161 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
17162 `linum-on' would do it.
17163 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
17164
17165 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17166
17167 ;;;***
17168 \f
17169 ;;;### (autoloads nil "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (22150 28228 210072
17170 ;;;;;; 702000))
17171 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
17172
17173 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
17174 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
17175 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
17176 is nil, raise an error.
17177
17178 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
17179 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
17180 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
17181 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
17182 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
17183 defined by the library.
17184
17185 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
17186 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
17187 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
17188 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
17189 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
17190 proceeds.
17191
17192 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
17193 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
17194 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
17195 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
17196
17197 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
17198
17199 ;;;***
17200 \f
17201 ;;;### (autoloads nil "locate" "locate.el" (22150 28228 210072 702000))
17202 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
17203
17204 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
17205 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
17206 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
17207
17208 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
17209
17210 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
17211 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
17212 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
17213 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
17214
17215 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
17216 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
17217 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
17218 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
17219 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
17220 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
17221 the version.)
17222
17223 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
17224 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
17225
17226 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
17227 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
17228
17229 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
17230 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
17231
17232 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
17233
17234 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
17235 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
17236 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
17237 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
17238 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
17239 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
17240 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
17241 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
17242 to constrain a big search.
17243
17244 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
17245
17246 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
17247 except that FILTER is not optional.
17248
17249 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
17250
17251 ;;;***
17252 \f
17253 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (22150 28229 278072
17254 ;;;;;; 702000))
17255 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
17256
17257 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
17258 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
17259 The buffer is put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode' if MODE is nil.
17260 \\<log-edit-mode-map>
17261 If SETUP is non-nil, erase the buffer and run `log-edit-hook'.
17262 Set mark and point around the entire contents of the buffer, so
17263 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with
17264 \\[kill-region]. Once the user is done editing the message,
17265 invoking the command \\[log-edit-done] (`log-edit-done') will
17266 call CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
17267
17268 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist of variables and buffer-local
17269 values to give them in the Log Edit buffer. Possible keys and
17270 associated values:
17271 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
17272 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
17273 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
17274 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
17275 `vc-log-fileset' -- the VC fileset to be committed (if any).
17276
17277 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it
17278 to edit the log message and go back to the current buffer when
17279 done. Otherwise, it uses the current buffer.
17280
17281 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
17282
17283 ;;;***
17284 \f
17285 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (22294 5044 399300
17286 ;;;;;; 64000))
17287 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
17288
17289 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
17290 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
17291
17292 \(fn)" t nil)
17293
17294 ;;;***
17295 \f
17296 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lpr" "lpr.el" (22150 28228 210072 702000))
17297 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
17298
17299 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) "\
17300 Non-nil if running on MS-DOS or MS Windows.")
17301
17302 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)) "\
17303 Non-nil if running on a system type that uses the \"lp\" command.")
17304
17305 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
17306 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
17307 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
17308
17309 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
17310 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
17311
17312 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
17313 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
17314 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
17315 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
17316 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
17317 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
17318 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
17319
17320 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
17321
17322 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
17323 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
17324 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
17325 switch on this list.
17326 See `lpr-command'.")
17327
17328 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
17329
17330 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
17331 Name of program for printing a file.
17332
17333 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
17334 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
17335 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
17336 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
17337 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
17338 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
17339 argument.")
17340
17341 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
17342
17343 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
17344 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
17345 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17346 for customization of the printer command.
17347
17348 \(fn)" t nil)
17349
17350 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
17351 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17352
17353 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17354 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17355 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17356 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17357
17358 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17359 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17360
17361 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17362 for further customization of the printer command.
17363
17364 \(fn)" t nil)
17365
17366 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
17367 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17368 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17369 for customization of the printer command.
17370
17371 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17372
17373 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
17374 Paginate and print the region contents.
17375
17376 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17377 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17378 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17379 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17380
17381 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17382 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17383
17384 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17385 for further customization of the printer command.
17386
17387 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17388
17389 ;;;***
17390 \f
17391 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (22220 19926 384329
17392 ;;;;;; 271000))
17393 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17394
17395 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17396 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17397 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17398
17399 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
17400
17401 ;;;***
17402 \f
17403 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (22150 28227 78072
17404 ;;;;;; 702000))
17405 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17406
17407 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
17408 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17409 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
17410 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
17411
17412 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17413
17414 ;;;***
17415 \f
17416 ;;;### (autoloads nil "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (22150 28228
17417 ;;;;;; 866072 702000))
17418 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17419
17420 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
17421 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17422
17423 \(fn)" t nil)
17424
17425 ;;;***
17426 \f
17427 ;;;### (autoloads nil "macros" "macros.el" (22150 28228 210072 702000))
17428 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17429
17430 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17431 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17432 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17433 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17434 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17435
17436 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17437
17438 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17439 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro MACRONAME, as Lisp code.
17440 MACRONAME should be a symbol.
17441 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17442 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17443
17444 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17445 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17446 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17447 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17448 bindings.
17449
17450 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17451 use this command, and then save the file.
17452
17453 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17454
17455 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17456 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17457 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17458 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17459 each time the macro executes.
17460 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17461 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17462 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17463 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17464 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17465 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17466 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17467
17468 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
17469
17470 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17471 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17472 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17473 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17474
17475 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17476 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17477 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17478 execute.
17479
17480 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17481 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17482
17483 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17484 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17485 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17486 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17487 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17488
17489 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17490 looked like this:
17491
17492 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17493 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17494 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17495
17496 You could enter the names in this format:
17497
17498 foo
17499 bar
17500 baz
17501
17502 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17503
17504 \\C-x (
17505 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17506 \\C-x )
17507
17508 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17509 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17510
17511 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17512 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17513
17514 ;;;***
17515 \f
17516 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-extr" "mail/mail-extr.el" (22197 58438
17517 ;;;;;; 343460 447000))
17518 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17519
17520 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17521 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17522 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17523 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17524 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17525 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17526
17527 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17528 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17529 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17530 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17531 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17532
17533 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17534 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17535 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17536 consing a string.)
17537
17538 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17539
17540 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17541 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17542
17543 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17544
17545 ;;;***
17546 \f
17547 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el" (22150 28228
17548 ;;;;;; 230072 702000))
17549 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17550
17551 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17552 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17553
17554 \(fn)" nil nil)
17555
17556 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17557
17558
17559 \(fn)" nil nil)
17560
17561 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17562 Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17563
17564 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17565
17566 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17567 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17568 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17569 message.
17570
17571 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17572
17573 \(fn)" nil nil)
17574
17575 ;;;***
17576 \f
17577 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (22150 28228
17578 ;;;;;; 230072 702000))
17579 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17580
17581 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17582 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17583 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17584 often correct parser.")
17585
17586 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17587
17588 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
17589 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
17590 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
17591 a value which excludes your own email address.
17592
17593 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
17594 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
17595
17596 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
17597
17598 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17599 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
17600
17601 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17602
17603 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17604 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding if necessary.
17605 If the string contains only ASCII characters and no troublesome ones,
17606 we return it unconverted.
17607
17608 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17609 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17610
17611 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17612
17613 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17614 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17615 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17616 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17617
17618 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
17619
17620 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17621 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17622 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17623 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17624
17625 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17626
17627 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17628 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17629 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17630 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17631 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
17632 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
17633 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
17634 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17635 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17636 as Rmail does.
17637
17638 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17639
17640 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17641 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17642 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17643 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17644 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17645 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
17646 matches may be returned from the message body.
17647
17648 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17649
17650 ;;;***
17651 \f
17652 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (22197 58438
17653 ;;;;;; 343460 447000))
17654 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17655
17656 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17657 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17658 See the `mail-abbrevs-mode' command
17659 for a description of this minor mode.
17660 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17661 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17662 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17663
17664 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17665
17666 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17667 Toggle abbrev expansion of mail aliases (Mail Abbrevs mode).
17668 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mail Abbrevs mode if ARG is
17669 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17670 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17671
17672 Mail Abbrevs mode is a global minor mode. When enabled,
17673 abbrev-like expansion is performed when editing certain mail
17674 headers (those specified by `mail-abbrev-mode-regexp'), based on
17675 the entries in your `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17676
17677 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17678
17679 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17680 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17681
17682 \(fn)" nil nil)
17683
17684 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17685 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17686 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17687
17688 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17689
17690 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17691 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17692 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17693
17694 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
17695 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
17696 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
17697 double-quotes.
17698
17699 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17700
17701 ;;;***
17702 \f
17703 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (22189 64323
17704 ;;;;;; 268321 19000))
17705 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17706
17707 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17708 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17709 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
17710 king@grassland.com
17711 If `parens', they look like:
17712 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17713 If `angles', they look like:
17714 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17715
17716 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17717
17718 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17719 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17720 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17721 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17722 their `Resent-' variants.
17723
17724 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17725 removed from alias expansions.
17726
17727 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17728
17729 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17730 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17731 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17732
17733 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17734 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17735 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17736 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17737
17738 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17739
17740 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
17741 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
17742 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
17743
17744 \(fn)" nil nil)
17745
17746 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17747 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17748 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17749 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
17750
17751 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17752
17753 (make-obsolete 'mail-complete 'mail-completion-at-point-function '"24.1")
17754
17755 ;;;***
17756 \f
17757 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el" (22182 4679
17758 ;;;;;; 423463 499000))
17759 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17760
17761 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17762 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17763 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17764 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17765
17766 \(fn)" nil nil)
17767
17768 ;;;***
17769 \f
17770 ;;;### (autoloads nil "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (22221
17771 ;;;;;; 40772 751009 663000))
17772 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17773
17774 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17775 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17776
17777 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17778 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17779 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17780 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17781 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17782 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17783
17784 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17785 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17786 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17787 dependency, despite the colon.
17788
17789 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17790
17791 In the browser, use the following keys:
17792
17793 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17794
17795 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17796
17797 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17798 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17799
17800 `makefile-target-colon':
17801 The string that gets appended to all target names
17802 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17803 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17804
17805 `makefile-macro-assign':
17806 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17807 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17808 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17809 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17810 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17811 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17812
17813 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17814 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17815 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17816
17817 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17818 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17819
17820 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17821 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17822 up or down in the browser.
17823
17824 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17825 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17826
17827 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17828 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17829
17830 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17831 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17832 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17833 has been selected in the browser.
17834
17835 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17836 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17837 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17838 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17839 filenames are omitted.
17840
17841 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17842 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17843 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17844 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17845 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17846 the backslash itself intact.
17847 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17848 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17849
17850 `makefile-browser-hook':
17851 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17852 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17853
17854 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17855 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17856 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17857 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17858
17859 \(fn)" t nil)
17860
17861 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17862 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17863
17864 \(fn)" t nil)
17865
17866 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17867 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17868
17869 \(fn)" t nil)
17870
17871 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17872 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17873
17874 \(fn)" t nil)
17875
17876 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17877 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17878
17879 \(fn)" t nil)
17880
17881 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17882 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17883
17884 \(fn)" t nil)
17885
17886 ;;;***
17887 \f
17888 ;;;### (autoloads nil "makesum" "makesum.el" (22150 28228 258072
17889 ;;;;;; 702000))
17890 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17891
17892 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17893 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17894 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17895
17896 \(fn)" t nil)
17897
17898 ;;;***
17899 \f
17900 ;;;### (autoloads nil "man" "man.el" (22316 32055 822608 108000))
17901 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17902
17903 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17904
17905 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17906 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17907 This command is the top-level command in the man package.
17908 It runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
17909 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
17910 buffer. The variable `Man-width' defines the number of columns in
17911 formatted manual pages. The buffer is displayed immediately.
17912 The variable `Man-notify-method' defines how the buffer is displayed.
17913 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will be displayed
17914 without running the man command.
17915
17916 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
17917 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
17918 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
17919
17920 cat(1)
17921 1 cat
17922
17923 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
17924 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
17925 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
17926 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
17927
17928 -a chmod
17929
17930 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
17931 otherwise look like a page name.
17932
17933 /my/file/name.1.gz
17934 -l somefile.1
17935
17936 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
17937 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
17938 \"grep -E\" style regexp.
17939
17940 -k pattern
17941
17942 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17943
17944 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17945 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17946
17947 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17948
17949 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
17950 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
17951
17952 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
17953
17954 ;;;***
17955 \f
17956 ;;;### (autoloads nil "map" "emacs-lisp/map.el" (22262 28597 583325
17957 ;;;;;; 308000))
17958 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/map.el
17959 (push (purecopy '(map 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17960
17961 ;;;***
17962 \f
17963 ;;;### (autoloads nil "master" "master.el" (22150 28228 262072 702000))
17964 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17965 (push (purecopy '(master 1 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
17966
17967 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17968 Toggle Master mode.
17969 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Master mode if ARG is
17970 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17971 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17972
17973 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer
17974 using the following commands:
17975
17976 \\{master-mode-map}
17977
17978 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17979 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17980 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17981
17982 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17983
17984 ;;;***
17985 \f
17986 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el" (22150 28228 262072
17987 ;;;;;; 702000))
17988 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17989
17990 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17991 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17992 See the `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' command
17993 for a description of this minor mode.
17994 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17995 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17996 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17997
17998 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17999
18000 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
18001 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
18002 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Depth Indication
18003 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
18004 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18005
18006 Minibuffer Depth Indication mode is a global minor mode. When
18007 enabled, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show the
18008 recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only useful if
18009 `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
18010
18011 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18012
18013 ;;;***
18014 \f
18015 ;;;### (autoloads nil "md4" "md4.el" (22150 28228 262072 702000))
18016 ;;; Generated autoloads from md4.el
18017 (push (purecopy '(md4 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
18018
18019 ;;;***
18020 \f
18021 ;;;### (autoloads nil "message" "gnus/message.el" (22201 55498 114885
18022 ;;;;;; 567000))
18023 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
18024
18025 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
18026
18027 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
18028 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
18029 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
18030 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
18031 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
18032 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
18033 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
18034 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
18035 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
18036 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
18037 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
18038 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
18039 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
18040 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
18041 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
18042 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
18043 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
18044 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
18045 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
18046 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
18047 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
18048 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
18049 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
18050 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
18051 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
18052 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
18053 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
18054 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
18055 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
18056 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
18057 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
18058 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
18059 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
18060 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
18061 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
18062 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
18063 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
18064 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
18065
18066 \(fn)" t nil)
18067
18068 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
18069 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
18070 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
18071 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
18072 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
18073
18074 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
18075
18076 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
18077 Start editing a news article to be sent.
18078
18079 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
18080
18081 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
18082 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
18083
18084 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
18085
18086 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
18087 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
18088
18089 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
18090
18091 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
18092 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
18093 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
18094
18095 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
18096
18097 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
18098 Cancel an article you posted.
18099 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
18100
18101 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18102
18103 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
18104 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
18105 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
18106 header line with the old Message-ID.
18107
18108 \(fn)" t nil)
18109
18110 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
18111 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
18112
18113 \(fn)" t nil)
18114
18115 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
18116 Forward the current message via mail.
18117 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
18118 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
18119
18120 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
18121
18122 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
18123
18124
18125 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
18126
18127 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
18128
18129
18130 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
18131
18132 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
18133 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
18134
18135 \(fn)" t nil)
18136
18137 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
18138 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
18139
18140 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
18141
18142 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
18143 Re-mail the current message.
18144 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
18145 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
18146 you.
18147
18148 \(fn)" t nil)
18149
18150 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
18151 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
18152
18153 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
18154
18155 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
18156 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
18157
18158 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
18159
18160 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
18161 Start editing a news article to be sent.
18162
18163 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
18164
18165 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
18166 Start editing a news article to be sent.
18167
18168 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
18169
18170 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
18171 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
18172 Works by overstriking characters.
18173 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
18174 which specify the range to operate on.
18175
18176 \(fn START END)" t nil)
18177
18178 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
18179 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
18180 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
18181 which specify the range to operate on.
18182
18183 \(fn START END)" t nil)
18184
18185 ;;;***
18186 \f
18187 ;;;### (autoloads nil "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el" (22150
18188 ;;;;;; 28228 870072 702000))
18189 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
18190 (push (purecopy '(meta-mode 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
18191
18192 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
18193 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
18194
18195 \(fn)" t nil)
18196
18197 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
18198 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
18199
18200 \(fn)" t nil)
18201
18202 ;;;***
18203 \f
18204 ;;;### (autoloads nil "metamail" "mail/metamail.el" (22150 28228
18205 ;;;;;; 234072 702000))
18206 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
18207
18208 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
18209 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
18210 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
18211
18212 \(fn)" t nil)
18213
18214 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
18215 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
18216 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18217 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18218 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18219 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18220 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
18221
18222 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18223
18224 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
18225 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
18226 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18227 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18228 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
18229 means current).
18230 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18231 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18232
18233 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18234
18235 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
18236 Process current region through `metamail'.
18237 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18238 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18239 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
18240 means current).
18241 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18242 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18243
18244 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18245
18246 ;;;***
18247 \f
18248 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (22150 28228 294072
18249 ;;;;;; 702000))
18250 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
18251
18252 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
18253 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18254 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18255
18256 \(fn)" t nil)
18257
18258 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
18259 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
18260 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18261
18262 \(fn)" t nil)
18263
18264 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
18265 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18266
18267 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
18268 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
18269 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
18270
18271 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
18272 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
18273
18274 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
18275 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
18276
18277 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18278
18279 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
18280
18281 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
18282 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
18283 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
18284 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
18285 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
18286 as `compose-mail'.
18287
18288 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
18289 initial Subject field, respectively.
18290
18291 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
18292 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
18293 are strings.
18294
18295 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
18296 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
18297
18298 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18299
18300 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
18301 Save draft and send message.
18302
18303 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
18304 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
18305 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
18306 Mail Delivery*\".
18307
18308 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
18309 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
18310 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
18311
18312 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
18313 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
18314 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
18315 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
18316 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
18317 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
18318
18319 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
18320 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
18321
18322 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
18323 message and scan line.
18324
18325 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18326
18327 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
18328 Quit editing and delete draft message.
18329
18330 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
18331 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
18332 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
18333 delete the draft message.
18334
18335 \(fn)" t nil)
18336
18337 ;;;***
18338 \f
18339 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (22150 28228 298072 702000))
18340 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
18341 (push (purecopy '(mh-e 8 6)) package--builtin-versions)
18342
18343 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18344
18345 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
18346
18347 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18348
18349 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
18350 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
18351
18352 \(fn)" t nil)
18353
18354 ;;;***
18355 \f
18356 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-folder" "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (22150 28228
18357 ;;;;;; 302072 702000))
18358 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18359
18360 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
18361 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18362 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18363
18364 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18365 the MH mail system.
18366
18367 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18368
18369 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
18370 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18371 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18372
18373 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18374 the MH mail system.
18375
18376 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18377
18378 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
18379 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18380
18381 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18382 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18383 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18384 separate command.
18385
18386 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18387 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18388 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18389 format.
18390
18391 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18392
18393 Ranges
18394 ======
18395 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18396 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18397 can be used in several ways.
18398
18399 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18400 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18401 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18402 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18403 page):
18404
18405 <num1>-<num2>
18406 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18407 The range must be nonempty.
18408
18409 <num>:N
18410 <num>:+N
18411 <num>:-N
18412 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18413 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18414 last.
18415
18416 first:N
18417 prev:N
18418 next:N
18419 last:N
18420 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18421
18422 all
18423 All of the messages.
18424
18425 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18426 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18427
18428 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18429 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18430 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18431
18432 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18433
18434 \(fn)" t nil)
18435
18436 ;;;***
18437 \f
18438 ;;;### (autoloads nil "midnight" "midnight.el" (22265 4790 36806
18439 ;;;;;; 924000))
18440 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18441
18442 (defvar midnight-mode nil "\
18443 Non-nil if Midnight mode is enabled.
18444 See the `midnight-mode' command
18445 for a description of this minor mode.
18446 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18447 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18448 or call the function `midnight-mode'.")
18449
18450 (custom-autoload 'midnight-mode "midnight" nil)
18451
18452 (autoload 'midnight-mode "midnight" "\
18453 Non-nil means run `midnight-hook' at midnight.
18454
18455 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18456
18457 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
18458 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18459 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18460 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18461 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18462 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18463 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18464 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18465 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18466 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18467 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18468
18469 \(fn)" t nil)
18470
18471 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18472 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18473 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18474 to its second argument TM.
18475
18476 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18477
18478 ;;;***
18479 \f
18480 ;;;### (autoloads nil "minibuf-eldef" "minibuf-eldef.el" (22150 28228
18481 ;;;;;; 322072 702000))
18482 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18483
18484 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18485 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18486 See the `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' command
18487 for a description of this minor mode.
18488 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18489 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18490 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18491
18492 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18493
18494 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18495 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18496 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Electric Default
18497 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
18498 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18499
18500 Minibuffer Electric Default mode is a global minor mode. When
18501 enabled, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show
18502 the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET
18503 would yield the default value. If the user modifies the input
18504 such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt
18505 is modified to remove the default indication.
18506
18507 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18508
18509 ;;;***
18510 \f
18511 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misc" "misc.el" (22150 28228 326072 702000))
18512 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
18513
18514 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
18515 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
18516 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
18517 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
18518 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
18519 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
18520 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
18521 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
18522 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
18523
18524 \(fn)" t nil)
18525
18526 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
18527 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
18528 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
18529 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
18530 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
18531 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
18532 \"*Dynamic Libraries*\".
18533 The return value is always nil.
18534
18535 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
18536
18537 ;;;***
18538 \f
18539 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misearch" "misearch.el" (22150 28228 326072
18540 ;;;;;; 702000))
18541 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
18542 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
18543
18544 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
18545 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
18546
18547 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
18548 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
18549 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
18550 next occurrence.
18551
18552 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
18553 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
18554 end of the search space).
18555
18556 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
18557 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
18558 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
18559 direction is backward (when option `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
18560 should return the previous buffer to search.
18561
18562 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
18563 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
18564 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
18565
18566 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
18567 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
18568 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
18569 Isearch starts.")
18570
18571 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
18572 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
18573 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
18574
18575 (defvar multi-isearch-buffer-list nil "\
18576 Sequence of buffers visited by multiple buffers Isearch.
18577 This is nil if Isearch is not currently searching more than one buffer.")
18578
18579 (defvar multi-isearch-file-list nil "\
18580 Sequence of files visited by multiple file buffers Isearch.")
18581
18582 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
18583 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
18584 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
18585
18586 \(fn)" nil nil)
18587
18588 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
18589 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18590 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18591 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18592 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18593 whose names match the specified regexp.
18594
18595 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18596
18597 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
18598 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18599 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18600 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18601 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18602 whose names match the specified regexp.
18603
18604 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18605
18606 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
18607 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
18608 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18609 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18610 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18611 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18612 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18613
18614 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18615
18616 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
18617 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
18618 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18619 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18620 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18621 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18622 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18623
18624 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18625
18626 ;;;***
18627 \f
18628 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el" (22150
18629 ;;;;;; 28228 874072 702000))
18630 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18631 (push (purecopy '(mixal-mode 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
18632
18633 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18634 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18635
18636 \(fn)" t nil)
18637
18638 ;;;***
18639 \f
18640 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el" (22150 28227
18641 ;;;;;; 978072 702000))
18642 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
18643
18644 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
18645 Return a default encoding for FILE.
18646
18647 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
18648
18649 ;;;***
18650 \f
18651 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (22150 28227
18652 ;;;;;; 978072 702000))
18653 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18654
18655 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18656 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18657
18658 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18659
18660 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18661 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18662 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18663 the entire message.
18664 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18665
18666 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18667
18668 ;;;***
18669 \f
18670 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el" (22150 28227
18671 ;;;;;; 978072 702000))
18672 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18673
18674 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18675 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18676 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18677 the entire message.
18678 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18679
18680 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18681
18682 ;;;***
18683 \f
18684 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (22150 28227 978072
18685 ;;;;;; 702000))
18686 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18687
18688 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18689 Insert file contents of URL.
18690 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18691
18692 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18693
18694 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18695 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18696
18697 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18698
18699 ;;;***
18700 \f
18701 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el" (22150 28227 982072
18702 ;;;;;; 702000))
18703 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18704
18705 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18706 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18707 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18708 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18709 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18710
18711 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18712
18713 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18714 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18715 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18716
18717 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18718
18719 ;;;***
18720 \f
18721 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml" "gnus/mml.el" (22150 28227 986072 702000))
18722 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
18723
18724 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
18725 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
18726
18727 \(fn)" nil nil)
18728
18729 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
18730 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
18731 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
18732 `\\[message-send-and-exit]' or `\\[message-send]' in Message mode,
18733 or `\\[mail-send-and-exit]' or `\\[mail-send]' in Mail mode.
18734
18735 FILE is the name of the file to attach. TYPE is its
18736 content-type, a string of the form \"type/subtype\". DESCRIPTION
18737 is a one-line description of the attachment. The DISPOSITION
18738 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed. It can
18739 be either \"inline\" (displayed automatically within the message
18740 body) or \"attachment\" (separate from the body).
18741
18742 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
18743
18744 ;;;***
18745 \f
18746 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el" (22250 23504 507503
18747 ;;;;;; 448000))
18748 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18749
18750 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18751
18752
18753 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18754
18755 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18756
18757
18758 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18759
18760 ;;;***
18761 \f
18762 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (22250 23504 507503
18763 ;;;;;; 448000))
18764 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18765
18766 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18767
18768
18769 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18770
18771 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18772
18773
18774 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18775
18776 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18777
18778
18779 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18780
18781 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18782
18783
18784 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18785
18786 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18787
18788
18789 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18790
18791 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18792
18793
18794 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18795
18796 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18797
18798
18799 \(fn)" nil nil)
18800
18801 ;;;***
18802 \f
18803 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mode-local" "cedet/mode-local.el" (22276 61491
18804 ;;;;;; 202868 4000))
18805 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/mode-local.el
18806
18807 (put 'define-overloadable-function 'doc-string-elt 3)
18808
18809 ;;;***
18810 \f
18811 ;;;### (autoloads nil "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (22086 11930
18812 ;;;;;; 214062 731000))
18813 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18814
18815 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
18816
18817 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
18818 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18819 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18820 followed by the first character of the construct.
18821 \\<m2-mode-map>
18822 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18823 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18824 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18825 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18826 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18827 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18828 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18829 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18830 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18831 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18832 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18833 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18834 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18835 \\[m2-link] link
18836
18837 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18838 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18839 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18840
18841 \(fn)" t nil)
18842
18843 ;;;***
18844 \f
18845 ;;;### (autoloads nil "morse" "play/morse.el" (22150 28228 682072
18846 ;;;;;; 702000))
18847 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18848
18849 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18850 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18851
18852 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18853
18854 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18855 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18856
18857 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18858
18859 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
18860 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
18861
18862 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18863
18864 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
18865 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18866
18867 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18868
18869 ;;;***
18870 \f
18871 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mouse-drag" "mouse-drag.el" (22150 28228 326072
18872 ;;;;;; 702000))
18873 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
18874
18875 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
18876 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18877
18878 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
18879 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
18880 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
18881
18882 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18883 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18884 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18885
18886 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
18887 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
18888
18889 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
18890 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
18891 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
18892 hemisphere you're in.)
18893
18894 To test this function, evaluate:
18895 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] \\='mouse-drag-throw)
18896
18897 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18898
18899 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
18900 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18901
18902 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
18903 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
18904
18905 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18906 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18907 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18908
18909 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
18910 middle button in Tk text widgets.
18911
18912 To test this function, evaluate:
18913 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] \\='mouse-drag-drag)
18914
18915 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18916
18917 ;;;***
18918 \f
18919 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpc" "mpc.el" (22150 28228 326072 702000))
18920 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
18921
18922 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
18923 Main entry point for MPC.
18924
18925 \(fn)" t nil)
18926
18927 ;;;***
18928 \f
18929 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (22150 28228 682072 702000))
18930 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18931
18932 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18933 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18934
18935 \(fn)" t nil)
18936
18937 ;;;***
18938 \f
18939 ;;;### (autoloads nil "msb" "msb.el" (22150 28228 338072 702000))
18940 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18941
18942 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18943 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18944 See the `msb-mode' command
18945 for a description of this minor mode.
18946 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18947 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18948 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18949
18950 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18951
18952 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18953 Toggle Msb mode.
18954 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Msb mode if ARG is positive,
18955 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
18956 if ARG is omitted or nil.
18957
18958 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18959 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18960
18961 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18962
18963 ;;;***
18964 \f
18965 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el" (22150
18966 ;;;;;; 28228 114072 702000))
18967 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18968
18969 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18970 Display a list of all character sets.
18971
18972 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18973 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18974 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
18975 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
18976 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18977
18978 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18979 but still shows the full information.
18980
18981 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18982
18983 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18984 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18985 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18986
18987 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18988 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18989 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18990 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
18991 meanings of these arguments.
18992
18993 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18994
18995 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18996 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18997
18998 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18999
19000 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
19001 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
19002
19003 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
19004
19005 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
19006 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
19007
19008 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
19009
19010 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
19011 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
19012
19013 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
19014 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
19015 in place of `..':
19016 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
19017 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
19018 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
19019 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
19020 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
19021 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
19022 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
19023 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
19024 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
19025 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
19026 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
19027 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
19028 `default-process-coding-system' for read
19029 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
19030 `default-process-coding-system' for write
19031 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
19032
19033 \(fn)" t nil)
19034
19035 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
19036 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
19037
19038 \(fn)" t nil)
19039
19040 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
19041 Display a list of all coding systems.
19042 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
19043
19044 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
19045 but still contains full information about each coding system.
19046
19047 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19048
19049 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
19050 Display a list of all coding categories.
19051
19052 \(fn)" nil nil)
19053
19054 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
19055 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
19056 The font must be already used by Emacs.
19057
19058 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
19059
19060 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
19061 Display information about FONTSET.
19062 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
19063
19064 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
19065
19066 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
19067 Display a list of all fontsets.
19068 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
19069 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
19070 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
19071
19072 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19073
19074 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
19075 Display information about all input methods.
19076
19077 \(fn)" t nil)
19078
19079 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
19080 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
19081
19082 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
19083 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
19084 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
19085 system which uses fontsets).
19086
19087 \(fn)" t nil)
19088
19089 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
19090 Show log of font listing and opening.
19091 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
19092 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
19093
19094 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
19095
19096 ;;;***
19097 \f
19098 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (22165
19099 ;;;;;; 44248 411854 955000))
19100 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
19101
19102 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
19103 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
19104
19105 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
19106 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
19107
19108 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
19109 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
19110
19111 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
19112
19113 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
19114 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
19115 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
19116 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
19117 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
19118 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
19119 buffer; see also `char-width'.
19120
19121 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
19122 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
19123 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
19124 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
19125 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
19126 middle of a character in STR.
19127
19128 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
19129 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
19130
19131 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
19132 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
19133 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
19134 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
19135 defaults to `truncate-string-ellipsis'.
19136
19137 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
19138
19139 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
19140 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
19141
19142 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
19143 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
19144 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
19145
19146 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
19147 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
19148 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
19149
19150 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
19151 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
19152 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
19153 are considered.
19154 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
19155 longer than KEYSEQ.
19156 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
19157
19158 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
19159
19160 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
19161 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
19162 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
19163 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
19164 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
19165 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
19166 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
19167 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
19168 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
19169 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
19170 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
19171
19172 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
19173
19174 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
19175 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
19176
19177 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19178
19179 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
19180 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
19181
19182 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19183
19184 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
19185 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
19186
19187 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19188
19189 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
19190 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
19191
19192 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19193
19194 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
19195 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
19196 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-system-priority'.
19197 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding systems returned by
19198 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
19199
19200 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil t)
19201 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
19202
19203 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
19204 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
19205 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
19206 coding systems ordered by priority.
19207
19208 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil t)
19209
19210 (make-obsolete 'detect-coding-with-priority 'with-coding-priority '"23.1")
19211
19212 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
19213 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
19214 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
19215 language environment LANG-ENV.
19216
19217 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
19218
19219 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
19220 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
19221 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
19222 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
19223 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
19224 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
19225
19226 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
19227
19228 (autoload 'filepos-to-bufferpos "mule-util" "\
19229 Try to return the buffer position corresponding to a particular file position.
19230 The file position is given as a (0-based) BYTE count.
19231 The function presumes the file is encoded with CODING-SYSTEM, which defaults
19232 to `buffer-file-coding-system'.
19233 QUALITY can be:
19234 `approximate', in which case we may cut some corners to avoid
19235 excessive work.
19236 `exact', in which case we may end up re-(en/de)coding a large
19237 part of the file/buffer.
19238 nil, in which case we may return nil rather than an approximation.
19239
19240 \(fn BYTE &optional QUALITY CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19241
19242 (autoload 'bufferpos-to-filepos "mule-util" "\
19243 Try to return the file byte corresponding to a particular buffer POSITION.
19244 Value is the file position given as a (0-based) byte count.
19245 The function presumes the file is encoded with CODING-SYSTEM, which defaults
19246 to `buffer-file-coding-system'.
19247 QUALITY can be:
19248 `approximate', in which case we may cut some corners to avoid
19249 excessive work.
19250 `exact', in which case we may end up re-(en/de)coding a large
19251 part of the file/buffer.
19252 nil, in which case we may return nil rather than an approximation.
19253
19254 \(fn POSITION &optional QUALITY CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19255
19256 ;;;***
19257 \f
19258 ;;;### (autoloads nil "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (22150 28228
19259 ;;;;;; 378072 702000))
19260 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
19261
19262 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
19263 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
19264
19265 \(fn)" t nil)
19266
19267 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
19268 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
19269
19270 \(fn)" t nil)
19271
19272 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
19273 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
19274
19275 \(fn)" t nil)
19276
19277 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
19278 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
19279
19280 \(fn)" t nil)
19281
19282 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
19283 Run route and display diagnostic output.
19284
19285 \(fn)" t nil)
19286
19287 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
19288 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
19289
19290 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
19291
19292 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
19293 Ping HOST.
19294 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
19295 `ping-program-options'.
19296
19297 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19298
19299 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
19300 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
19301
19302 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19303
19304 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
19305 Run nslookup program.
19306
19307 \(fn)" t nil)
19308
19309 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
19310 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
19311
19312 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19313
19314 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
19315 Run dig program.
19316
19317 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19318
19319 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
19320 Run ftp program.
19321
19322 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19323
19324 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
19325 Finger USER on HOST.
19326
19327 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
19328
19329 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
19330 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
19331 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
19332 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
19333
19334 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
19335
19336 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
19337
19338
19339 \(fn)" t nil)
19340
19341 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
19342 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
19343
19344 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
19345
19346 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
19347 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
19348
19349 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
19350
19351 ;;;***
19352 \f
19353 ;;;### (autoloads nil "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (22150 28228 378072
19354 ;;;;;; 702000))
19355 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
19356
19357 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
19358 Return a user name/password pair.
19359 Port specifications will be prioritized in the order they are
19360 listed in the PORTS list.
19361
19362 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
19363
19364 ;;;***
19365 \f
19366 ;;;### (autoloads nil "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el" (22150
19367 ;;;;;; 28228 378072 702000))
19368 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
19369
19370 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
19371 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
19372 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
19373 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
19374 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
19375 closes it.
19376
19377 NAME is the name for the process. It is modified if necessary to
19378 make it unique.
19379 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
19380 Process output goes at end of that buffer. BUFFER may be nil,
19381 meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
19382 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
19383 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer specifying
19384 a port number to connect to.
19385
19386 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
19387 values:
19388
19389 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
19390 nil or `network'
19391 -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
19392 the parameters :success and :capability-command
19393 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
19394 connection via STARTTLS. Even if that
19395 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
19396 an unencrypted connection.
19397 `plain' -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
19398 `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
19399 upgrading via STARTTLS. If that fails for any
19400 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
19401 returned object is a killed process.
19402 `tls' -- A TLS connection.
19403 `ssl' -- Equivalent to `tls'.
19404 `shell' -- A shell connection.
19405
19406 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
19407 If omitted or nil, return a process object. A non-nil means to
19408 return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
19409 is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
19410 :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
19411 :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
19412 or nil if none could be found.
19413 :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
19414 or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
19415
19416 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
19417
19418 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
19419 response to the command specified for :capability-command.
19420 It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
19421
19422 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
19423 successful STARTTLS negotiation. For instance, the default
19424 should be \"^3\" for an NNTP connection.
19425
19426 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
19427 for its capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this should be
19428 \"1 CAPABILITY\\r\\n\".
19429
19430 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
19431 This function should take one parameter, the response to the
19432 capability command, and should return the command to switch on
19433 STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
19434
19435 :always-query-capabilities says whether to query the server for
19436 capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
19437
19438 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
19439 element is the certificate key file name, and the second
19440 element is the certificate file name itself, or t, which
19441 means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
19442 certificate. This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
19443 or STARTTLS connections.
19444
19445 :use-starttls-if-possible is a boolean that says to do opportunistic
19446 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS functionality.
19447
19448 :warn-unless-encrypted is a boolean which, if :return-list is
19449 non-nil, is used warn the user if the connection isn't encrypted.
19450
19451 :nogreeting is a boolean that can be used to inhibit waiting for
19452 a greeting from the server.
19453
19454 :nowait is a boolean that says the connection should be made
19455 asynchronously, if possible.
19456
19457 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
19458
19459 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
19460
19461 ;;;***
19462 \f
19463 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-backend" "net/newst-backend.el" (22150
19464 ;;;;;; 28228 378072 702000))
19465 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
19466
19467 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
19468 Check whether newsticker is running.
19469 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19470 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19471
19472 \(fn)" nil nil)
19473
19474 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
19475 Start the newsticker.
19476 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19477 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19478 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19479 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19480
19481 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19482
19483 ;;;***
19484 \f
19485 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
19486 ;;;;;; (22150 28228 382072 702000))
19487 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
19488
19489 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
19490 Start newsticker plainview.
19491
19492 \(fn)" t nil)
19493
19494 ;;;***
19495 \f
19496 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el" (22165
19497 ;;;;;; 41682 87102 999000))
19498 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
19499
19500 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
19501 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
19502
19503 \(fn)" t nil)
19504
19505 ;;;***
19506 \f
19507 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (22150
19508 ;;;;;; 28228 382072 702000))
19509 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
19510
19511 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
19512 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19513 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19514 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19515 empty.
19516
19517 \(fn)" nil nil)
19518
19519 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
19520 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19521 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19522 running already.
19523
19524 \(fn)" t nil)
19525
19526 ;;;***
19527 \f
19528 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el" (22196
19529 ;;;;;; 37575 156683 383000))
19530 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
19531
19532 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
19533 Start newsticker treeview.
19534
19535 \(fn)" t nil)
19536
19537 ;;;***
19538 \f
19539 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el" (22150 28227 990072
19540 ;;;;;; 702000))
19541 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19542
19543 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19544 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19545
19546 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19547
19548 ;;;***
19549 \f
19550 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (22150 28227 990072
19551 ;;;;;; 702000))
19552 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19553
19554 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19555 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19556 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19557 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19558 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19559 symbol in the alist.
19560
19561 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19562
19563 ;;;***
19564 \f
19565 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el" (22150 28227
19566 ;;;;;; 994072 702000))
19567 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19568
19569 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19570 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19571 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19572
19573 \(fn)" t nil)
19574
19575 ;;;***
19576 \f
19577 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el" (22150 28228 2072 702000))
19578 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19579
19580 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19581 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19582
19583 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19584
19585 ;;;***
19586 \f
19587 ;;;### (autoloads nil "novice" "novice.el" (22150 28228 446072 702000))
19588 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19589
19590 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19591
19592 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19593 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19594 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19595
19596 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19597
19598
19599 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
19600
19601 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19602 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19603 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19604 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19605 to future sessions.
19606
19607 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19608
19609 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19610 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19611 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19612 This command alters your init file so that this choice applies to
19613 future sessions.
19614
19615 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19616
19617 ;;;***
19618 \f
19619 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el" (22150
19620 ;;;;;; 28229 102072 702000))
19621 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19622
19623 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19624 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19625 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19626 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19627 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19628 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19629
19630 \(fn)" t nil)
19631
19632 ;;;***
19633 \f
19634 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ntlm" "net/ntlm.el" (22150 28228 386072 702000))
19635 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ntlm.el
19636 (push (purecopy '(ntlm 2 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
19637
19638 ;;;***
19639 \f
19640 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el" (22150 28228
19641 ;;;;;; 450072 702000))
19642 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19643
19644 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19645 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19646 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19647 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19648
19649 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19650
19651 ;;;***
19652 \f
19653 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (22150 28228
19654 ;;;;;; 450072 702000))
19655 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19656
19657 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19658 Major mode for editing XML.
19659
19660 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19661 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19662 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19663 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19664 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19665 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19666 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19667
19668 \\[completion-at-point] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19669
19670 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19671 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19672
19673 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19674 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19675 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19676 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19677 instead of C-c.
19678
19679 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19680 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19681 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19682 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
19683 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19684 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19685
19686 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19687 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19688 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19689
19690 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19691 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
19692 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
19693
19694 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19695 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19696 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19697 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19698 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
19699 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19700 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19701 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19702 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19703
19704 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19705
19706 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19707 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19708
19709 \(fn)" t nil)
19710 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
19711
19712 ;;;***
19713 \f
19714 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-uchnm" "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (22150 28228
19715 ;;;;;; 454072 702000))
19716 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19717
19718 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19719 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19720 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19721 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19722
19723 \(fn)" t nil)
19724
19725 ;;;***
19726 \f
19727 ;;;### (autoloads nil "octave" "progmodes/octave.el" (22197 58438
19728 ;;;;;; 503460 447000))
19729 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave.el
19730
19731 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave" "\
19732 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19733
19734 Octave is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19735 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface
19736 for solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function
19737 definitions can also be stored in files and used in batch mode.
19738
19739 See Info node `(octave-mode) Using Octave Mode' for more details.
19740
19741 Key bindings:
19742 \\{octave-mode-map}
19743
19744 \(fn)" t nil)
19745
19746 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave" "\
19747 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19748 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19749
19750 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19751
19752 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19753 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19754
19755 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19756 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19757 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19758
19759 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19760
19761 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19762
19763 ;;;***
19764 \f
19765 ;;;### (autoloads nil "opascal" "progmodes/opascal.el" (22156 23699
19766 ;;;;;; 542755 538000))
19767 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/opascal.el
19768
19769 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'delphi-mode 'opascal-mode "24.4")
19770
19771 (autoload 'opascal-mode "opascal" "\
19772 Major mode for editing OPascal code.\\<opascal-mode-map>
19773 \\[opascal-find-unit] - Search for a OPascal source file.
19774 \\[opascal-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
19775 \\[opascal-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
19776
19777 \\[indent-region] also works for indenting a whole region.
19778
19779 Customization:
19780
19781 `opascal-indent-level' (default 3)
19782 Indentation of OPascal statements with respect to containing block.
19783 `opascal-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
19784 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
19785 `opascal-case-label-indent' (default 0)
19786 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
19787 `opascal-search-path' (default .)
19788 Directories to search when finding external units.
19789 `opascal-verbose' (default nil)
19790 If true then OPascal token processing progress is reported to the user.
19791
19792 Coloring:
19793
19794 `opascal-keyword-face' (default `font-lock-keyword-face')
19795 Face used to color OPascal keywords.
19796
19797 \(fn)" t nil)
19798
19799 ;;;***
19800 \f
19801 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org" "org/org.el" (22309 58853 550986 699000))
19802 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19803
19804 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
19805 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
19806
19807 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
19808
19809 (autoload 'org-babel-load-file "org" "\
19810 Load Emacs Lisp source code blocks in the Org-mode FILE.
19811 This function exports the source code using `org-babel-tangle'
19812 and then loads the resulting file using `load-file'. With prefix
19813 arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg) COMPILE the tangled Emacs Lisp
19814 file to byte-code before it is loaded.
19815
19816 \(fn FILE &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
19817
19818 (autoload 'org-version "org" "\
19819 Show the org-mode version in the echo area.
19820 With prefix argument HERE, insert it at point.
19821 When FULL is non-nil, use a verbose version string.
19822 When MESSAGE is non-nil, display a message with the version.
19823
19824 \(fn &optional HERE FULL MESSAGE)" t nil)
19825
19826 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org" "\
19827 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19828
19829 \(fn)" nil nil)
19830
19831 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org" "\
19832 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
19833
19834 \(fn)" nil nil)
19835
19836 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19837 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19838 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19839
19840 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19841 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19842 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19843 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19844 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19845 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19846 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19847 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19848 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19849 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19850
19851 The following commands are available:
19852
19853 \\{org-mode-map}
19854
19855 \(fn)" t nil)
19856
19857 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
19858 TAB-action and visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19859
19860 This is the command invoked in Org-mode by the TAB key. Its main purpose
19861 is outline visibility cycling, but it also invokes other actions
19862 in special contexts.
19863
19864 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19865 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19866 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19867 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19868 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19869 When called with two `C-u C-u' prefixes, switch to the startup visibility,
19870 determined by the variable `org-startup-folded', and by any VISIBILITY
19871 properties in the buffer.
19872 When called with three `C-u C-u C-u' prefixed, show the entire buffer,
19873 including any drawers.
19874
19875 - When inside a table, re-align the table and move to the next field.
19876
19877 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19878 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19879 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19880 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19881 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19882 and zoom in further.
19883 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19884 If there is no subtree, switch directly from CHILDREN to FOLDED.
19885
19886 - When point is at the beginning of an empty headline and the variable
19887 `org-cycle-level-after-item/entry-creation' is set, cycle the level
19888 of the headline by demoting and promoting it to likely levels. This
19889 speeds up creation document structure by pressing TAB once or several
19890 times right after creating a new headline.
19891
19892 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19893 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19894 is negative, go up that many levels.
19895
19896 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute the global
19897 binding for TAB, which is re-indenting the line. See the option
19898 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19899
19900 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
19901 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg
19902 (C-u TAB, same as S-TAB) also when called without prefix arg.
19903 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
19904
19905 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19906
19907 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19908 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19909 With \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19910 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19911
19912 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19913 (put 'orgstruct-heading-prefix-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19914
19915 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19916 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
19917 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
19918 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
19919 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
19920 defined by Org-mode).
19921
19922 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19923
19924 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19925 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19926
19927 \(fn)" nil nil)
19928
19929 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19930 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
19931
19932 \(fn)" nil nil)
19933
19934 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19935 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
19936 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
19937 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
19938 call CMD.
19939
19940 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19941
19942 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19943 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19944 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19945 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19946
19947 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted.
19948 For links to Usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19949 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19950
19951 A double prefix arg force skipping storing functions that are not
19952 part of Org's core.
19953
19954 A triple prefix arg force storing a link for each line in the
19955 active region.
19956
19957 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19958
19959 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19960 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19961 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19962
19963 \(fn)" t nil)
19964
19965 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19966 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19967 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19968 Org-mode syntax.
19969
19970 \(fn)" t nil)
19971
19972 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19973 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19974
19975 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
19976
19977 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
19978 Switch between Org buffers.
19979 With one prefix argument, restrict available buffers to files.
19980 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19981
19982 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
19983 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
19984
19985 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19986
19987 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
19988
19989 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
19990
19991 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19992 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19993 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19994 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19995
19996 \(fn)" t nil)
19997
19998 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
19999 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
20000
20001 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
20002
20003 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
20004 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
20005 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
20006
20007 \(fn)" t nil)
20008
20009 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
20010 Reload all org lisp files.
20011 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
20012
20013 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
20014
20015 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
20016 Call the customize function with org as argument.
20017
20018 \(fn)" t nil)
20019
20020 ;;;***
20021 \f
20022 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (22150 28228
20023 ;;;;;; 558072 702000))
20024 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
20025
20026 (autoload 'org-toggle-sticky-agenda "org-agenda" "\
20027 Toggle `org-agenda-sticky'.
20028
20029 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20030
20031 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
20032 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
20033 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
20034 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
20035
20036 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
20037 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
20038 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
20039 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
20040 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
20041 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
20042 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
20043 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
20044 e Export views to associated files.
20045 s Search entries for keywords.
20046 S Search entries for keywords, only with TODO keywords.
20047 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
20048 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
20049 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
20050 Press several times to get the desired effect.
20051 > Remove a previous restriction.
20052 # List \"stuck\" projects.
20053 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
20054 C Configure custom agenda commands.
20055
20056 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
20057 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
20058 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
20059
20060 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
20061 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
20062 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
20063 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
20064 \(if active).
20065
20066 \(fn &optional ARG ORG-KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
20067
20068 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
20069 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
20070 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
20071 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
20072 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
20073 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
20074 before running the agenda command.
20075
20076 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
20077
20078 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
20079 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
20080 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
20081 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
20082 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
20083 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
20084 before running the agenda command.
20085
20086 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
20087 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
20088
20089 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
20090
20091 category The category of the item
20092 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
20093 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
20094 todo selected in TODO match
20095 tagsmatch selected in tags match
20096 diary imported from diary
20097 deadline a deadline on given date
20098 scheduled scheduled on given date
20099 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
20100 closed entry was closed on given date
20101 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
20102 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
20103 block entry has date block including g. date
20104 todo The todo keyword, if any
20105 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
20106 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
20107 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
20108 extra Sting with extra planning info
20109 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
20110 priority-n The computed numerical priority
20111 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
20112
20113 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
20114
20115 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
20116 Store agenda views.
20117
20118 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
20119
20120 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
20121 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
20122
20123 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
20124
20125 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
20126 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
20127 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
20128 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
20129
20130 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
20131 span ARG days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
20132 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
20133
20134 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
20135 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
20136
20137 When WITH-HOUR is non-nil, only include scheduled and deadline
20138 items if they have an hour specification like [h]h:mm.
20139
20140 \(fn &optional ARG START-DAY SPAN WITH-HOUR)" t nil)
20141
20142 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
20143 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
20144
20145 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
20146 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
20147 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
20148 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
20149 EDIT-AT.
20150
20151 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
20152 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
20153 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
20154 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
20155 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
20156 Boolean search dynamically by preceding the first word with \"+\" or \"-\".
20157
20158 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
20159 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
20160 including newlines.
20161
20162 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
20163 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
20164 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
20165 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
20166 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
20167 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
20168 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
20169
20170 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
20171 regular expressions that must or (when preceded with \"-\") must not
20172 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
20173 as a whole, to include whitespace.
20174
20175 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
20176 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
20177 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
20178 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
20179 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
20180 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
20181 Boolean search must match as full words.
20182
20183 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
20184 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
20185
20186 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
20187
20188 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
20189 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
20190 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
20191 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
20192 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
20193 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
20194
20195 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20196
20197 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
20198 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
20199 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
20200
20201 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
20202
20203 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
20204 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
20205 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
20206 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
20207 `org-stuck-projects'.
20208
20209 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20210
20211 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
20212 Return diary information from org files.
20213 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
20214 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
20215 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
20216 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
20217 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
20218
20219 The call in the diary file should look like this:
20220
20221 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
20222
20223 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
20224 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
20225
20226 &%%(org-diary)
20227
20228 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default value
20229 of `org-agenda-entry-types' is used: (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp).
20230 So the example above may also be written as
20231
20232 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
20233
20234 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
20235 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
20236 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
20237
20238 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
20239
20240 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
20241 Do we have a reason to ignore this TODO entry because it has a time stamp?
20242
20243 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
20244
20245 (autoload 'org-agenda-set-restriction-lock "org-agenda" "\
20246 Set restriction lock for agenda, to current subtree or file.
20247 Restriction will be the file if TYPE is `file', or if TYPE is the
20248 universal prefix `(4)', or if the cursor is before the first headline
20249 in the file. Otherwise, restriction will be to the current subtree.
20250
20251 \(fn &optional TYPE)" t nil)
20252
20253 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
20254 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
20255 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
20256
20257 \(fn)" t nil)
20258
20259 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
20260 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
20261 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
20262 appointments.
20263
20264 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
20265 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
20266
20267 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
20268 for filtering entries out.
20269
20270 If FILTER is a function, filter out entries against which
20271 calling the function returns nil. This function takes one
20272 argument: an entry from `org-agenda-get-day-entries'.
20273
20274 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
20275 either `headline' or `category'. For example:
20276
20277 ((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
20278 (category \"Work\"))
20279
20280 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
20281 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
20282
20283 ARGS are symbols indicating what kind of entries to consider.
20284 By default `org-agenda-to-appt' will use :deadline*, :scheduled*
20285 \(i.e., deadlines and scheduled items with a hh:mm specification)
20286 and :timestamp entries. See the docstring of `org-diary' for
20287 details and examples.
20288
20289 If an entry has a APPT_WARNTIME property, its value will be used
20290 to override `appt-message-warning-time'.
20291
20292 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER &rest ARGS)" t nil)
20293
20294 ;;;***
20295 \f
20296 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (22150 28228
20297 ;;;;;; 558072 702000))
20298 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
20299
20300 (autoload 'org-capture-string "org-capture" "\
20301 Capture STRING with the template selected by KEYS.
20302
20303 \(fn STRING &optional KEYS)" t nil)
20304
20305 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
20306 Capture something.
20307 \\<org-capture-mode-map>
20308 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
20309 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
20310 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
20311 edit it. Pressing \\[org-capture-finalize] brings you back to the previous state
20312 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
20313
20314 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't capture
20315 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
20316 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
20317 stored.
20318
20319 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
20320
20321 ELisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template
20322 in `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection
20323 will be bypassed.
20324
20325 If `org-capture-use-agenda-date' is non-nil, capturing from the
20326 agenda will use the date at point as the default date. Then, a
20327 `C-1' prefix will tell the capture process to use the HH:MM time
20328 of the day at point (if any) or the current HH:MM time.
20329
20330 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
20331
20332 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
20333 Set `org-capture-templates' to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
20334
20335 \(fn)" t nil)
20336
20337 ;;;***
20338 \f
20339 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-colview" "org/org-colview.el" (22150 28228
20340 ;;;;;; 582072 702000))
20341 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-colview.el
20342
20343 (autoload 'org-columns-remove-overlays "org-colview" "\
20344 Remove all currently active column overlays.
20345
20346 \(fn)" t nil)
20347
20348 (autoload 'org-columns-get-format-and-top-level "org-colview" "\
20349
20350
20351 \(fn)" nil nil)
20352
20353 (autoload 'org-columns "org-colview" "\
20354 Turn on column view on an org-mode file.
20355 When COLUMNS-FMT-STRING is non-nil, use it as the column format.
20356
20357 \(fn &optional COLUMNS-FMT-STRING)" t nil)
20358
20359 (autoload 'org-columns-compute "org-colview" "\
20360 Sum the values of property PROPERTY hierarchically, for the entire buffer.
20361
20362 \(fn PROPERTY)" t nil)
20363
20364 (autoload 'org-columns-number-to-string "org-colview" "\
20365 Convert a computed column number to a string value, according to FMT.
20366
20367 \(fn N FMT &optional PRINTF)" nil nil)
20368
20369 (autoload 'org-dblock-write:columnview "org-colview" "\
20370 Write the column view table.
20371 PARAMS is a property list of parameters:
20372
20373 :width enforce same column widths with <N> specifiers.
20374 :id the :ID: property of the entry where the columns view
20375 should be built. When the symbol `local', call locally.
20376 When `global' call column view with the cursor at the beginning
20377 of the buffer (usually this means that the whole buffer switches
20378 to column view). When \"file:path/to/file.org\", invoke column
20379 view at the start of that file. Otherwise, the ID is located
20380 using `org-id-find'.
20381 :hlines When t, insert a hline before each item. When a number, insert
20382 a hline before each level <= that number.
20383 :vlines When t, make each column a colgroup to enforce vertical lines.
20384 :maxlevel When set to a number, don't capture headlines below this level.
20385 :skip-empty-rows
20386 When t, skip rows where all specifiers other than ITEM are empty.
20387 :format When non-nil, specify the column view format to use.
20388
20389 \(fn PARAMS)" nil nil)
20390
20391 (autoload 'org-insert-columns-dblock "org-colview" "\
20392 Create a dynamic block capturing a column view table.
20393
20394 \(fn)" t nil)
20395
20396 (autoload 'org-agenda-columns "org-colview" "\
20397 Turn on or update column view in the agenda.
20398
20399 \(fn)" t nil)
20400
20401 ;;;***
20402 \f
20403 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-compat" "org/org-compat.el" (22192 2874
20404 ;;;;;; 471382 391000))
20405 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-compat.el
20406
20407 (autoload 'org-check-version "org-compat" "\
20408 Try very hard to provide sensible version strings.
20409
20410 \(fn)" nil t)
20411
20412 ;;;***
20413 \f
20414 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-macs" "org/org-macs.el" (22150 28228 602072
20415 ;;;;;; 702000))
20416 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-macs.el
20417
20418 (autoload 'org-load-noerror-mustsuffix "org-macs" "\
20419 Load FILE with optional arguments NOERROR and MUSTSUFFIX. Drop the MUSTSUFFIX argument for XEmacs, which doesn't recognize it.
20420
20421 \(fn FILE)" nil t)
20422
20423 ;;;***
20424 \f
20425 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-version" "org/org-version.el" (22086 11930
20426 ;;;;;; 98062 731000))
20427 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-version.el
20428
20429 (autoload 'org-release "org-version" "\
20430 The release version of org-mode.
20431 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20432
20433 \(fn)" nil nil)
20434
20435 (autoload 'org-git-version "org-version" "\
20436 The Git version of org-mode.
20437 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20438
20439 \(fn)" nil nil)
20440
20441 ;;;***
20442 \f
20443 ;;;### (autoloads nil "outline" "outline.el" (22150 28228 666072
20444 ;;;;;; 702000))
20445 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20446 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20447 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20448
20449 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20450 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20451 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20452 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20453
20454 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20455 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20456 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20457 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20458
20459 \\{outline-mode-map}
20460 The commands `outline-hide-subtree', `outline-show-subtree',
20461 `outline-show-children', `outline-hide-entry',
20462 `outline-show-entry', `outline-hide-leaves', and `outline-show-branches'
20463 are used when point is on a heading line.
20464
20465 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20466 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20467 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20468
20469 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20470 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20471
20472 \(fn)" t nil)
20473
20474 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20475 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20476 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Outline minor mode if ARG is
20477 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20478 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20479
20480 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20481
20482 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20483 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
20484
20485 ;;;***
20486 \f
20487 ;;;### (autoloads nil "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el" (22338 59064
20488 ;;;;;; 814791 248000))
20489 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
20490 (push (purecopy '(package 1 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
20491
20492 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
20493 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
20494 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
20495 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
20496 `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started with \"-q\").
20497
20498 Even if the value is nil, you can type \\[package-initialize] to
20499 activate the package system at any time.")
20500
20501 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
20502
20503 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
20504 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
20505 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
20506 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
20507 If `user-init-file' does not mention `(package-initialize)', add
20508 it to the file.
20509 If called as part of loading `user-init-file', set
20510 `package-enable-at-startup' to nil, to prevent accidentally
20511 loading packages twice.
20512 It is not necessary to adjust `load-path' or `require' the
20513 individual packages after calling `package-initialize' -- this is
20514 taken care of by `package-initialize'.
20515
20516 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
20517
20518 (autoload 'package-import-keyring "package" "\
20519 Import keys from FILE.
20520
20521 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
20522
20523 (autoload 'package-refresh-contents "package" "\
20524 Download descriptions of all configured ELPA packages.
20525 For each archive configured in the variable `package-archives',
20526 inform Emacs about the latest versions of all packages it offers,
20527 and make them available for download.
20528 Optional argument ASYNC specifies whether to perform the
20529 downloads in the background.
20530
20531 \(fn &optional ASYNC)" t nil)
20532
20533 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
20534 Install the package PKG.
20535 PKG can be a package-desc or a symbol naming one of the available packages
20536 in an archive in `package-archives'. Interactively, prompt for its name.
20537
20538 If called interactively or if DONT-SELECT nil, add PKG to
20539 `package-selected-packages'.
20540
20541 If PKG is a package-desc and it is already installed, don't try
20542 to install it but still mark it as selected.
20543
20544 \(fn PKG &optional DONT-SELECT)" t nil)
20545
20546 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
20547 Install a package from the current buffer.
20548 The current buffer is assumed to be a single .el or .tar file or
20549 a directory. These must follow the packaging guidelines (see
20550 info node `(elisp)Packaging').
20551
20552 Specially, if current buffer is a directory, the -pkg.el
20553 description file is not mandatory, in which case the information
20554 is derived from the main .el file in the directory.
20555
20556 Downloads and installs required packages as needed.
20557
20558 \(fn)" t nil)
20559
20560 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
20561 Install a package from a file.
20562 The file can either be a tar file, an Emacs Lisp file, or a
20563 directory.
20564
20565 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
20566
20567 (autoload 'package-install-selected-packages "package" "\
20568 Ensure packages in `package-selected-packages' are installed.
20569 If some packages are not installed propose to install them.
20570
20571 \(fn)" t nil)
20572
20573 (autoload 'package-reinstall "package" "\
20574 Reinstall package PKG.
20575 PKG should be either a symbol, the package name, or a package-desc
20576 object.
20577
20578 \(fn PKG)" t nil)
20579
20580 (autoload 'package-autoremove "package" "\
20581 Remove packages that are no more needed.
20582
20583 Packages that are no more needed by other packages in
20584 `package-selected-packages' and their dependencies
20585 will be deleted.
20586
20587 \(fn)" t nil)
20588
20589 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
20590 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
20591
20592 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
20593
20594 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
20595 Display a list of packages.
20596 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
20597 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
20598 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
20599
20600 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
20601
20602 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
20603
20604 ;;;***
20605 \f
20606 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paren" "paren.el" (22150 28228 666072 702000))
20607 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20608
20609 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20610 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20611 See the `show-paren-mode' command
20612 for a description of this minor mode.
20613 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20614 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20615 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20616
20617 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20618
20619 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20620 Toggle visualization of matching parens (Show Paren mode).
20621 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Show Paren mode if ARG is
20622 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20623 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20624
20625 Show Paren mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, any
20626 matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after
20627 `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20628
20629 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20630
20631 ;;;***
20632 \f
20633 ;;;### (autoloads nil "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el" (22226
20634 ;;;;;; 58701 641313 948000))
20635 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20636 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
20637
20638 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20639 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20640 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20641 unknown are returned as nil.
20642
20643 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20644
20645 ;;;***
20646 \f
20647 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (22197 58438
20648 ;;;;;; 503460 447000))
20649 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20650
20651 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20652 Major mode for editing Pascal code.\\<pascal-mode-map>
20653 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20654
20655 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20656 \\[completion-help-at-point] shows all possible completions at this point.
20657
20658 Other useful functions are:
20659
20660 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20661 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20662 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20663 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20664 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20665 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20666 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20667 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20668 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20669
20670 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20671
20672 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
20673 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20674 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
20675 Indentation for case statements.
20676 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
20677 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20678 mark after an end.
20679 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
20680 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20681 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
20682 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20683 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20684 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
20685 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20686 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20687 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
20688 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20689
20690 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
20691 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
20692
20693 \(fn)" t nil)
20694
20695 ;;;***
20696 \f
20697 ;;;### (autoloads nil "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (22150
20698 ;;;;;; 28228 666072 702000))
20699 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
20700
20701 (defvar password-cache t "\
20702 Whether to cache passwords.")
20703
20704 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
20705
20706 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
20707 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
20708 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
20709
20710 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
20711
20712 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
20713 Check if KEY is in the cache.
20714
20715 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
20716
20717 ;;;***
20718 \f
20719 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el" (22195 16710
20720 ;;;;;; 371344 967000))
20721 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
20722
20723 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
20724 Evaluate EXP and attempt to match it against structural patterns.
20725 CASES is a list of elements of the form (PATTERN CODE...).
20726
20727 A structural PATTERN describes a template that identifies a class
20728 of values. For example, the pattern \\=`(,foo ,bar) matches any
20729 two element list, binding its elements to symbols named `foo' and
20730 `bar' -- in much the same way that `cl-destructuring-bind' would.
20731
20732 A significant difference from `cl-destructuring-bind' is that, if
20733 a pattern match fails, the next case is tried until either a
20734 successful match is found or there are no more cases.
20735
20736 Another difference is that pattern elements may be quoted,
20737 meaning they must match exactly: The pattern \\='(foo bar)
20738 matches only against two element lists containing the symbols
20739 `foo' and `bar' in that order. (As a short-hand, atoms always
20740 match themselves, such as numbers or strings, and need not be
20741 quoted.)
20742
20743 Lastly, a pattern can be logical, such as (pred numberp), that
20744 matches any number-like element; or the symbol `_', that matches
20745 anything. Also, when patterns are backquoted, a comma may be
20746 used to introduce logical patterns inside backquoted patterns.
20747
20748 The complete list of standard patterns is as follows:
20749
20750 _ matches anything.
20751 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
20752 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern
20753 the second occurrence becomes an `eq'uality test.
20754 (or PAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
20755 (and PAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
20756 \\='VAL matches if the object is `equal' to VAL.
20757 ATOM is a shorthand for \\='ATOM.
20758 ATOM can be a keyword, an integer, or a string.
20759 (pred FUN) matches if FUN applied to the object returns non-nil.
20760 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
20761 (let PAT EXP) matches if EXP matches PAT.
20762 (app FUN PAT) matches if FUN applied to the object matches PAT.
20763
20764 Additional patterns can be defined using `pcase-defmacro'.
20765
20766 The FUN argument in the `app' pattern may have the following forms:
20767 SYMBOL or (lambda ARGS BODY) in which case it's called with one argument.
20768 (F ARG1 .. ARGn) in which case F gets called with an n+1'th argument
20769 which is the value being matched.
20770 So a FUN of the form SYMBOL is equivalent to (FUN).
20771 FUN can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
20772
20773 See Info node `(elisp) Pattern matching case statement' in the
20774 Emacs Lisp manual for more information and examples.
20775
20776 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20777
20778 (function-put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20779
20780 (autoload 'pcase-exhaustive "pcase" "\
20781 The exhaustive version of `pcase' (which see).
20782
20783 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20784
20785 (function-put 'pcase-exhaustive 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20786
20787 (autoload 'pcase-lambda "pcase" "\
20788 Like `lambda' but allow each argument to be a pattern.
20789 I.e. accepts the usual &optional and &rest keywords, but every
20790 formal argument can be any pattern accepted by `pcase' (a mere
20791 variable name being but a special case of it).
20792
20793 \(fn LAMBDA-LIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
20794
20795 (function-put 'pcase-lambda 'doc-string-elt '2)
20796
20797 (function-put 'pcase-lambda 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
20798
20799 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
20800 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20801 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20802 of the form (PAT EXP).
20803
20804 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20805
20806 (function-put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20807
20808 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
20809 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20810 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20811 of the form (PAT EXP).
20812 The macro is expanded and optimized under the assumption that those
20813 patterns *will* match, so a mismatch may go undetected or may cause
20814 any kind of error.
20815
20816 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20817
20818 (function-put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20819
20820 (autoload 'pcase-dolist "pcase" "\
20821
20822
20823 \(fn SPEC &rest BODY)" nil t)
20824
20825 (function-put 'pcase-dolist 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20826
20827 (autoload 'pcase-defmacro "pcase" "\
20828 Define a new kind of pcase PATTERN, by macro expansion.
20829 Patterns of the form (NAME ...) will be expanded according
20830 to this macro.
20831
20832 \(fn NAME ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20833
20834 (function-put 'pcase-defmacro 'lisp-indent-function '2)
20835
20836 (function-put 'pcase-defmacro 'doc-string-elt '3)
20837
20838 ;;;***
20839 \f
20840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (22150 28228 666072
20841 ;;;;;; 702000))
20842 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20843
20844 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20845 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20846
20847 \(fn)" nil nil)
20848
20849 ;;;***
20850 \f
20851 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (22150 28228 666072
20852 ;;;;;; 702000))
20853 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20854
20855 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20856 Completion for `gzip'.
20857
20858 \(fn)" nil nil)
20859
20860 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20861 Completion for `bzip2'.
20862
20863 \(fn)" nil nil)
20864
20865 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20866 Completion for GNU `make'.
20867
20868 \(fn)" nil nil)
20869
20870 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20871 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20872
20873 \(fn)" nil nil)
20874
20875 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20876
20877 ;;;***
20878 \f
20879 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (22150 28228
20880 ;;;;;; 670072 702000))
20881 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20882
20883 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20884 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20885
20886 \(fn)" nil nil)
20887
20888 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20889 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20890
20891 \(fn)" nil nil)
20892
20893 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20894 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20895
20896 \(fn)" nil nil)
20897
20898 ;;;***
20899 \f
20900 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (22150 28228 670072
20901 ;;;;;; 702000))
20902 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20903
20904 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20905 Completion for the `rpm' command.
20906
20907 \(fn)" nil nil)
20908
20909 ;;;***
20910 \f
20911 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (22150 28228 670072
20912 ;;;;;; 702000))
20913 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20914
20915 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20916 Completion for `cd'.
20917
20918 \(fn)" nil nil)
20919
20920 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20921
20922 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20923 Completion for `rmdir'.
20924
20925 \(fn)" nil nil)
20926
20927 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20928 Completion for `rm'.
20929
20930 \(fn)" nil nil)
20931
20932 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20933 Completion for `xargs'.
20934
20935 \(fn)" nil nil)
20936
20937 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20938
20939 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20940 Completion for `which'.
20941
20942 \(fn)" nil nil)
20943
20944 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20945 Completion for the `chown' command.
20946
20947 \(fn)" nil nil)
20948
20949 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20950 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20951
20952 \(fn)" nil nil)
20953
20954 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20955 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20956
20957 \(fn)" nil nil)
20958
20959 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20960 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20961 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20962
20963 \(fn)" nil nil)
20964
20965 ;;;***
20966 \f
20967 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-x" "pcmpl-x.el" (22150 28228 670072
20968 ;;;;;; 702000))
20969 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-x.el
20970
20971 (autoload 'pcomplete/tlmgr "pcmpl-x" "\
20972 Completion for the `tlmgr' command.
20973
20974 \(fn)" nil nil)
20975
20976 (autoload 'pcomplete/ack "pcmpl-x" "\
20977 Completion for the `ack' command.
20978 Start an argument with `-' to complete short options and `--' for
20979 long options.
20980
20981 \(fn)" nil nil)
20982
20983 (defalias 'pcomplete/ack-grep 'pcomplete/ack)
20984
20985 (autoload 'pcomplete/ag "pcmpl-x" "\
20986 Completion for the `ag' command.
20987
20988 \(fn)" nil nil)
20989
20990 ;;;***
20991 \f
20992 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (22150 28228 674072
20993 ;;;;;; 702000))
20994 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20995
20996 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20997 Support extensible programmable completion.
20998 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20999 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
21000
21001 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
21002
21003 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
21004 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
21005
21006 \(fn)" t nil)
21007
21008 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
21009 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
21010 This will modify the current buffer.
21011
21012 \(fn)" t nil)
21013
21014 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
21015 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
21016
21017 \(fn)" t nil)
21018
21019 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
21020 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
21021 This will modify the current buffer.
21022
21023 \(fn)" t nil)
21024
21025 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
21026 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
21027
21028 \(fn)" t nil)
21029
21030 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
21031 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
21032
21033 \(fn)" t nil)
21034
21035 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
21036 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
21037 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
21038 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
21039 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
21040
21041 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
21042
21043 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
21044 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
21045
21046 \(fn)" nil nil)
21047
21048 ;;;***
21049 \f
21050 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs" "vc/pcvs.el" (22182 4679 527463 499000))
21051 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
21052
21053 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
21054 Run a `cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
21055 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
21056 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21057
21058 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
21059
21060 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
21061
21062 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
21063 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
21064 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
21065 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21066 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21067 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
21068 FLAGS is ignored.
21069
21070 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
21071
21072 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
21073 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
21074 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
21075 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21076 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
21077 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21078 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21079 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
21080
21081 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
21082
21083 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
21084 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
21085 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21086 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
21087 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21088 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21089 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
21090 passed to cvs.
21091
21092 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
21093
21094 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
21095 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
21096 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21097 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
21098 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21099 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21100 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
21101
21102 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
21103
21104 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
21105 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
21106 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
21107
21108 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
21109
21110 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
21111 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
21112 A value of nil means never do it.
21113 `always' means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
21114 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
21115 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
21116
21117 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
21118
21119 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
21120 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
21121 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
21122
21123 ;;;***
21124 \f
21125 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (22150 28229
21126 ;;;;;; 278072 702000))
21127 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
21128
21129 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)) "\
21130 Global menu used by PCL-CVS.")
21131
21132 ;;;***
21133 \f
21134 ;;;### (autoloads nil "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el" (22197
21135 ;;;;;; 58438 503460 447000))
21136 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
21137 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21138 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21139 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21140 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21141 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21142 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21143
21144 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
21145 Major mode for editing Perl code.
21146 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
21147 Tab indents for Perl code.
21148 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
21149 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
21150 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
21151 \\{perl-mode-map}
21152 Variables controlling indentation style:
21153 `perl-tab-always-indent'
21154 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
21155 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
21156 `perl-tab-to-comment'
21157 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
21158 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
21159 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
21160 `perl-nochange'
21161 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
21162 `perl-indent-level'
21163 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
21164 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
21165 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
21166 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
21167 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
21168 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
21169 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
21170 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
21171 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
21172 `perl-brace-offset'
21173 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
21174 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
21175 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
21176 this far to the right of the start of its line.
21177 `perl-label-offset'
21178 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
21179 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
21180 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
21181
21182 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
21183 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
21184 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
21185 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
21186 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
21187 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
21188 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
21189
21190 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
21191
21192 \(fn)" t nil)
21193
21194 ;;;***
21195 \f
21196 ;;;### (autoloads nil "picture" "textmodes/picture.el" (22168 58180
21197 ;;;;;; 311008 971000))
21198 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
21199
21200 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
21201 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
21202 \\<picture-mode-map>
21203 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
21204 afterwards settable by these commands:
21205
21206 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
21207 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
21208 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
21209 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
21210
21211 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
21212 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
21213 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
21214 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
21215
21216 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
21217 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
21218 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
21219 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
21220
21221 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
21222 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
21223 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
21224 with these commands:
21225
21226 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
21227 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
21228 Move to column following last
21229 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
21230 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
21231 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
21232 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
21233 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
21234 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
21235
21236 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
21237
21238 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
21239 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
21240 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
21241 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
21242 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
21243 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
21244
21245 You can manipulate text with these commands:
21246 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
21247 Delete char at point: \\[picture-delete-char]
21248 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
21249 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
21250 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
21251 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
21252
21253 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
21254 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
21255 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
21256 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
21257 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
21258 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
21259 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
21260 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
21261
21262 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
21263 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
21264 by supplying an argument.
21265
21266 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
21267
21268 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
21269 they are not by default assigned to keys.
21270
21271 \(fn)" t nil)
21272
21273 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
21274
21275 ;;;***
21276 \f
21277 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pinentry" "net/pinentry.el" (22218 64587 997919
21278 ;;;;;; 743000))
21279 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/pinentry.el
21280 (push (purecopy '(pinentry 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
21281
21282 (autoload 'pinentry-start "pinentry" "\
21283 Start a Pinentry service.
21284
21285 Once the environment is properly set, subsequent invocations of
21286 the gpg command will interact with Emacs for passphrase input.
21287
21288 If the optional QUIET argument is non-nil, messages at startup
21289 will not be shown.
21290
21291 \(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil)
21292
21293 ;;;***
21294 \f
21295 ;;;### (autoloads nil "plstore" "gnus/plstore.el" (22150 28228 10072
21296 ;;;;;; 702000))
21297 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/plstore.el
21298
21299 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
21300 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
21301
21302 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
21303
21304 (autoload 'plstore-mode "plstore" "\
21305 Major mode for editing PLSTORE files.
21306
21307 \(fn)" t nil)
21308
21309 ;;;***
21310 \f
21311 ;;;### (autoloads nil "po" "textmodes/po.el" (22150 28229 106072
21312 ;;;;;; 702000))
21313 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
21314
21315 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
21316 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
21317 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
21318
21319 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
21320
21321 ;;;***
21322 \f
21323 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pong" "play/pong.el" (22150 28228 682072 702000))
21324 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
21325
21326 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
21327 Play pong and waste time.
21328 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
21329 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
21330
21331 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
21332
21333 \\{pong-mode-map}
21334
21335 \(fn)" t nil)
21336
21337 ;;;***
21338 \f
21339 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pop3" "gnus/pop3.el" (22150 28228 14072 702000))
21340 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pop3.el
21341
21342 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
21343 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
21344 Use streaming commands.
21345
21346 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
21347
21348 ;;;***
21349 \f
21350 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (22150 28227 454072
21351 ;;;;;; 702000))
21352 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
21353
21354 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
21355 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
21356 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
21357 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
21358
21359 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
21360
21361 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
21362 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
21363
21364 \(fn)" nil nil)
21365
21366 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
21367 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
21368 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
21369 can handle, whenever this is possible.
21370 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
21371
21372 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
21373
21374 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
21375 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21376 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
21377
21378 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21379
21380 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
21381 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21382
21383 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21384
21385 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
21386 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
21387 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21388 Ignores leading comment characters.
21389
21390 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21391
21392 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
21393 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
21394 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21395 Ignores leading comment characters.
21396
21397 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21398
21399 ;;;***
21400 \f
21401 ;;;### (autoloads nil "printing" "printing.el" (22338 59064 978791
21402 ;;;;;; 248000))
21403 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
21404 (push (purecopy '(printing 6 9 3)) package--builtin-versions)
21405
21406 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
21407 Activate the printing interface buffer.
21408
21409 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
21410
21411 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
21412
21413 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
21414
21415 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
21416 Preview directory using ghostview.
21417
21418 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21419 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21420 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21421 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21422
21423 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21424 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21425 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21426 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21427 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21428 file name.
21429
21430 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21431
21432 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21433
21434 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21435 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
21436
21437 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21438 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21439 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21440 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21441
21442 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21443 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21444 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21445 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21446 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21447 file name.
21448
21449 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21450
21451 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21452
21453 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
21454 Print directory using PostScript printer.
21455
21456 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21457 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21458 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21459 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21460
21461 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21462 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21463 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21464 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21465 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21466 file name.
21467
21468 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21469
21470 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21471
21472 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
21473 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21474
21475 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21476
21477 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21478 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21479 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21480 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21481
21482 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21483 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21484 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21485 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21486 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21487 file name.
21488
21489 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21490
21491 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21492
21493 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
21494 Preview buffer using ghostview.
21495
21496 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21497 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21498 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21499
21500 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21501 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
21502 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
21503 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21504
21505 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21506
21507 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21508 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
21509
21510 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21511 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21512 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21513
21514 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21515 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21516 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21517 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21518
21519 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21520
21521 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21522 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21523
21524 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21525 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21526 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21527
21528 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21529 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21530 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21531 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21532
21533 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21534
21535 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21536 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21537
21538 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21539
21540 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21541 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21542 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21543
21544 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21545 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21546 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21547 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21548
21549 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21550
21551 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21552 Preview region using ghostview.
21553
21554 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21555
21556 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21557
21558 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21559 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21560
21561 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21562
21563 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21564
21565 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21566 Print region using PostScript printer.
21567
21568 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21569
21570 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21571
21572 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21573 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21574
21575 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21576
21577 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21578
21579 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21580 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21581
21582 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21583
21584 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21585
21586 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21587 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21588
21589 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21590
21591 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21592
21593 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21594 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21595
21596 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21597
21598 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21599
21600 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21601 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21602
21603 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21604
21605 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21606
21607 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21608 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21609 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21610 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21611
21612 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21613 matching.
21614
21615 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21616 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21617
21618 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21619
21620 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21621
21622 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21623 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21624 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21625 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21626
21627 \(fn)" t nil)
21628
21629 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21630 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21631 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21632 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21633
21634 \(fn)" t nil)
21635
21636 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21637 Print directory using text printer.
21638
21639 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21640 matching.
21641
21642 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21643 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21644
21645 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21646
21647 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21648
21649 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21650 Print buffer using text printer.
21651
21652 \(fn)" t nil)
21653
21654 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21655 Print region using text printer.
21656
21657 \(fn)" t nil)
21658
21659 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21660 Print major mode using text printer.
21661
21662 \(fn)" t nil)
21663
21664 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21665 Preview spooled PostScript.
21666
21667 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21668 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21669 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21670
21671 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21672 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21673 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21674
21675 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21676
21677 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21678 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21679
21680 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21681 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21682 instead of sending it to the printer.
21683
21684 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21685 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21686 image in a file with that name.
21687
21688 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21689
21690 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21691 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21692
21693 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21694 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21695 instead of sending it to the printer.
21696
21697 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21698 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21699 image in a file with that name.
21700
21701 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21702
21703 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21704 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21705
21706 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21707 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21708 instead of sending it to the printer.
21709
21710 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21711 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21712 image in a file with that name.
21713
21714 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21715
21716 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21717 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21718
21719 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21720
21721 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21722 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21723
21724 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21725
21726 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21727 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21728
21729 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21730
21731 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21732 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21733
21734 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21735
21736 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21737 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21738
21739 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21740
21741 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21742 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21743
21744 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21745 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21746 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21747 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21748
21749 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21750 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21751 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21752 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21753 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21754 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21755 file name.
21756
21757 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21758
21759 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21760 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21761
21762 \(fn)" t nil)
21763
21764 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21765 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21766
21767 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21768 right.
21769 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21770 bottom.
21771
21772 \(fn)" t nil)
21773
21774 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21775 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21776
21777 \(fn)" t nil)
21778
21779 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21780 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21781
21782 \(fn)" t nil)
21783
21784 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21785 Toggle printing with faces.
21786
21787 \(fn)" t nil)
21788
21789 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21790 Toggle spooling.
21791
21792 \(fn)" t nil)
21793
21794 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21795 Toggle duplex.
21796
21797 \(fn)" t nil)
21798
21799 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21800 Toggle tumble.
21801
21802 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21803 right.
21804 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21805 bottom.
21806
21807 \(fn)" t nil)
21808
21809 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21810 Toggle landscape.
21811
21812 \(fn)" t nil)
21813
21814 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21815 Toggle upside-down.
21816
21817 \(fn)" t nil)
21818
21819 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21820 Toggle line number.
21821
21822 \(fn)" t nil)
21823
21824 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21825 Toggle zebra stripes.
21826
21827 \(fn)" t nil)
21828
21829 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21830 Toggle printing header.
21831
21832 \(fn)" t nil)
21833
21834 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21835 Toggle printing header frame.
21836
21837 \(fn)" t nil)
21838
21839 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21840 Toggle menu lock.
21841
21842 \(fn)" t nil)
21843
21844 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21845 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
21846
21847 \(fn)" t nil)
21848
21849 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21850 Toggle auto mode.
21851
21852 \(fn)" t nil)
21853
21854 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21855 Customization of the `printing' group.
21856
21857 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21858
21859 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21860 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21861
21862 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21863
21864 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21865 Help for the printing package.
21866
21867 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21868
21869 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21870 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21871
21872 \(fn)" t nil)
21873
21874 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21875 Interactively select a text printer.
21876
21877 \(fn)" t nil)
21878
21879 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21880 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21881
21882 \(fn)" t nil)
21883
21884 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21885 Show current ps-print settings.
21886
21887 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21888
21889 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21890 Show current printing settings.
21891
21892 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21893
21894 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21895 Show current lpr settings.
21896
21897 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21898
21899 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21900 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21901
21902 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21903 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21904 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21905 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21906
21907
21908 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21909
21910 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21911 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21912 immediately be done using the current active printer.
21913
21914 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21915 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21916 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21917 PostScript printer, then printing will immediately be done using the new
21918 current active printer.
21919
21920 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21921 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21922 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21923 printer.
21924
21925 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21926 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21927 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21928 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21929 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21930
21931
21932 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21933 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21934
21935 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21936
21937 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21938 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediately
21939 be done using the new current active printer.
21940
21941 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21942 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21943 printer.
21944
21945 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21946 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21947 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21948 instead of sending it to the printer.
21949
21950 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21951 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21952 printer.
21953
21954 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21955
21956
21957 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21958 are both set to t.
21959
21960 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21961
21962 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21963 Fast fire function for text printing.
21964
21965 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21966 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21967 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21968 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21969
21970 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21971 user for a new active text printer.
21972
21973 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21974
21975 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21976
21977 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21978 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21979 printer.
21980
21981 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21982
21983 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21984 are both set to t.
21985
21986 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21987
21988 ;;;***
21989 \f
21990 ;;;### (autoloads nil "proced" "proced.el" (22150 28228 702072 702000))
21991 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
21992
21993 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
21994 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
21995 \\<proced-mode-map>
21996 If invoked with optional ARG, do not select the window displaying
21997 the process information.
21998
21999 This function runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
22000
22001 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in
22002 Proced buffers.
22003
22004 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22005
22006 ;;;***
22007 \f
22008 ;;;### (autoloads nil "profiler" "profiler.el" (22150 28228 702072
22009 ;;;;;; 702000))
22010 ;;; Generated autoloads from profiler.el
22011
22012 (autoload 'profiler-start "profiler" "\
22013 Start/restart profilers.
22014 MODE can be one of `cpu', `mem', or `cpu+mem'.
22015 If MODE is `cpu' or `cpu+mem', time-based profiler will be started.
22016 Also, if MODE is `mem' or `cpu+mem', then memory profiler will be started.
22017
22018 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
22019
22020 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile "profiler" "\
22021 Open profile FILENAME.
22022
22023 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22024
22025 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-window "profiler" "\
22026 Open profile FILENAME.
22027
22028 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22029
22030 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-frame "profiler" "\
22031 Open profile FILENAME.
22032
22033 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22034
22035 ;;;***
22036 \f
22037 ;;;### (autoloads nil "project" "progmodes/project.el" (22315 11204
22038 ;;;;;; 929560 191000))
22039 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/project.el
22040
22041 (autoload 'project-current "project" "\
22042 Return the project instance in DIR or `default-directory'.
22043 When no project found in DIR, and MAYBE-PROMPT is non-nil, ask
22044 the user for a different directory to look in. If that directory
22045 is not a part of a detectable project either, return a
22046 `transient' project instance rooted in it.
22047
22048 \(fn &optional MAYBE-PROMPT DIR)" nil nil)
22049
22050 (autoload 'project-find-regexp "project" "\
22051 Find all matches for REGEXP in the current project's roots.
22052 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can specify the directory
22053 to search in, and the file name pattern to search for.
22054
22055 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
22056
22057 (autoload 'project-or-external-find-regexp "project" "\
22058 Find all matches for REGEXP in the project roots or external roots.
22059 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can specify the file name
22060 pattern to search for.
22061
22062 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
22063
22064 (autoload 'project-find-file "project" "\
22065 Visit a file (with completion) in the current project's roots.
22066 The completion default is the filename at point, if one is
22067 recognized.
22068
22069 \(fn)" t nil)
22070
22071 (autoload 'project-or-external-find-file "project" "\
22072 Visit a file (with completion) in the current project's roots or external roots.
22073 The completion default is the filename at point, if one is
22074 recognized.
22075
22076 \(fn)" t nil)
22077
22078 ;;;***
22079 \f
22080 ;;;### (autoloads nil "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el" (22283 34751
22081 ;;;;;; 181333 844000))
22082 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
22083
22084 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
22085 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
22086
22087 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
22088 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
22089
22090 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
22091
22092 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
22093 `\\[prolog-mode-version]'.
22094
22095 Commands:
22096 \\{prolog-mode-map}
22097
22098 \(fn)" t nil)
22099
22100 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
22101 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
22102 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
22103
22104 \(fn)" t nil)
22105
22106 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
22107 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
22108 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
22109
22110 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22111
22112 ;;;***
22113 \f
22114 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (22150 28228 986072 702000))
22115 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
22116
22117 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
22118 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
22119 The default value is (\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
22120
22121 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
22122
22123 ;;;***
22124 \f
22125 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (22197 58438
22126 ;;;;;; 507460 447000))
22127 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
22128 (push (purecopy '(ps-mode 1 1 9)) package--builtin-versions)
22129
22130 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
22131 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
22132
22133 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
22134
22135 The following variables hold user options, and can
22136 be set through the `customize' command:
22137
22138 `ps-mode-tab'
22139 `ps-mode-paper-size'
22140 `ps-mode-print-function'
22141 `ps-run-prompt'
22142 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
22143 `ps-run-x'
22144 `ps-run-dumb'
22145 `ps-run-init'
22146 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
22147 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
22148
22149 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
22150
22151
22152 \\{ps-mode-map}
22153
22154
22155 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
22156 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
22157 The keymap for this second window is:
22158
22159 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
22160
22161
22162 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
22163 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
22164 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
22165 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
22166 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
22167
22168 \(fn)" t nil)
22169
22170 ;;;***
22171 \f
22172 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (22220 19926 440329
22173 ;;;;;; 271000))
22174 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
22175 (push (purecopy '(ps-print 7 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
22176
22177 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
22178 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
22179 See `ps-paper-type'.")
22180
22181 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
22182
22183 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
22184 Specify the size of paper to format for.
22185 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
22186 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
22187
22188 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
22189
22190 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
22191 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
22192
22193 Valid values are:
22194
22195 nil Do not print colors.
22196
22197 t Print colors.
22198
22199 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
22200 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
22201
22202 Any other value is treated as t.")
22203
22204 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
22205
22206 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
22207 Customization of ps-print group.
22208
22209 \(fn)" t nil)
22210
22211 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
22212 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
22213
22214 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
22215 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
22216 sending it to the printer.
22217
22218 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22219 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22220 image in a file with that name.
22221
22222 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22223
22224 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22225 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
22226 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22227 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22228 so it has a way to determine color values.
22229
22230 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22231
22232 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
22233 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
22234 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
22235
22236 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22237
22238 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22239 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
22240 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22241 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22242 so it has a way to determine color values.
22243
22244 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22245
22246 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
22247 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
22248 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
22249 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
22250
22251 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22252
22253 \(fn)" t nil)
22254
22255 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22256 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
22257 Like the command `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
22258 information in the generated image. This command works only if you are using
22259 a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
22260
22261 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22262
22263 \(fn)" t nil)
22264
22265 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
22266 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
22267 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
22268
22269 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22270
22271 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22272
22273 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22274 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
22275 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22276 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22277 so it has a way to determine color values.
22278
22279 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22280
22281 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22282
22283 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
22284 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
22285
22286 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
22287 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22288 instead of sending it to the printer.
22289
22290 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22291 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22292 image in a file with that name.
22293
22294 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22295
22296 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
22297 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
22298 Done using the current ps-print setup.
22299 Try: pr -t file | awk \\='{printf \"%3d %s
22300 \", length($0), $0}\\=' | sort -r | head
22301
22302 \(fn)" t nil)
22303
22304 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
22305 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
22306 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
22307
22308 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
22309
22310 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
22311 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
22312 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
22313
22314 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
22315
22316 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
22317 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
22318
22319 \(fn)" nil nil)
22320
22321 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
22322 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
22323
22324 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
22325 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
22326
22327 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
22328 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
22329
22330 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
22331
22332 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
22333
22334 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
22335
22336 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
22337 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
22338
22339 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
22340 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
22341
22342 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
22343 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
22344
22345 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
22346
22347 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
22348
22349 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
22350
22351 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
22352 foreground and background colors respectively.
22353
22354 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
22355 bold - use bold font.
22356 italic - use italic font.
22357 underline - put a line under text.
22358 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
22359 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
22360 shadow - text will have a shadow.
22361 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
22362 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
22363
22364 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
22365
22366 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
22367
22368 ;;;***
22369 \f
22370 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pulse" "cedet/pulse.el" (22150 28227 222072
22371 ;;;;;; 702000))
22372 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/pulse.el
22373 (push (purecopy '(pulse 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
22374
22375 (autoload 'pulse-momentary-highlight-one-line "pulse" "\
22376 Highlight the line around POINT, unhighlighting before next command.
22377 Optional argument FACE specifies the face to do the highlighting.
22378
22379 \(fn POINT &optional FACE)" nil nil)
22380
22381 (autoload 'pulse-momentary-highlight-region "pulse" "\
22382 Highlight between START and END, unhighlighting before next command.
22383 Optional argument FACE specifies the face to do the highlighting.
22384
22385 \(fn START END &optional FACE)" nil nil)
22386
22387 ;;;***
22388 \f
22389 ;;;### (autoloads nil "python" "progmodes/python.el" (22304 40885
22390 ;;;;;; 57243 884000))
22391 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
22392 (push (purecopy '(python 0 25 1)) package--builtin-versions)
22393
22394 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.pyw?\\'") 'python-mode))
22395
22396 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python[0-9.]*") 'python-mode))
22397
22398 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
22399 Run an inferior Python process.
22400
22401 Argument CMD defaults to `python-shell-calculate-command' return
22402 value. When called interactively with `prefix-arg', it allows
22403 the user to edit such value and choose whether the interpreter
22404 should be DEDICATED for the current buffer. When numeric prefix
22405 arg is other than 0 or 4 do not SHOW.
22406
22407 For a given buffer and same values of DEDICATED, if a process is
22408 already running for it, it will do nothing. This means that if
22409 the current buffer is using a global process, the user is still
22410 able to switch it to use a dedicated one.
22411
22412 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' after
22413 `comint-mode-hook' is run. (Type \\[describe-mode] in the
22414 process buffer for a list of commands.)
22415
22416 \(fn &optional CMD DEDICATED SHOW)" t nil)
22417
22418 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
22419 Major mode for editing Python files.
22420
22421 \\{python-mode-map}
22422
22423 \(fn)" t nil)
22424
22425 ;;;***
22426 \f
22427 ;;;### (autoloads nil "qp" "gnus/qp.el" (22150 28228 14072 702000))
22428 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
22429
22430 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
22431 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
22432 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
22433 coding-system.
22434
22435 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
22436 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
22437
22438 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
22439 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
22440 them into characters should be done separately.
22441
22442 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
22443
22444 ;;;***
22445 \f
22446 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail" "international/quail.el" (22174 10581
22447 ;;;;;; 673112 520000))
22448 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
22449
22450 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
22451 Return the title of the current Quail package.
22452
22453 \(fn)" nil nil)
22454
22455 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
22456 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
22457 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
22458
22459 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
22460 `quail-activate', which see.
22461
22462 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
22463
22464 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
22465 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
22466 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
22467 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
22468 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
22469 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
22470 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
22471
22472 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
22473 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
22474 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
22475 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
22476 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
22477 shown.
22478 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
22479
22480 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
22481 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
22482 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
22483 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
22484 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
22485 list of candidates.
22486
22487 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
22488 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
22489 command to be called.
22490
22491 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
22492 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
22493 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
22494 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
22495
22496 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
22497 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
22498 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
22499 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
22500 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
22501 to t.
22502
22503 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
22504 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
22505 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
22506 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
22507
22508 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the function `quail-help' (as used by
22509 the command `describe-input-method') should show the user's keyboard
22510 layout visually with translated characters. If KBD-TRANSLATE is
22511 set, it is desirable to also set this flag, unless this package
22512 defines no translations for single character keys.
22513
22514 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
22515 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
22516 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
22517 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
22518 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
22519 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
22520
22521 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
22522 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
22523 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
22524 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
22525 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
22526 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
22527
22528 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
22529 covers Quail translation region.
22530
22531 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
22532 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
22533 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
22534 for it) is inserted.
22535
22536 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
22537 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
22538 vs. corresponding command to be called.
22539
22540 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
22541 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22542 non-Quail commands.
22543
22544 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22545
22546 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22547 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22548
22549 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22550 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22551 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
22552 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22553 you type is correctly handled.
22554
22555 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22556
22557 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22558 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22559
22560 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22561 keyboard type.
22562
22563 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22564
22565 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
22566 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22567 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22568 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22569 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22570 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22571 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22572 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22573 for the translation.
22574 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22575
22576 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22577 it is used to handle KEY.
22578
22579 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22580 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22581 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22582 the following annotation types are supported.
22583
22584 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22585 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22586
22587 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22588 candidate list.
22589
22590 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22591 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22592 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22593 inserted.
22594
22595 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22596 generated for the following translations.
22597
22598 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil t)
22599
22600 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22601 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22602
22603 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22604 which to install MAP.
22605
22606 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22607
22608 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22609
22610 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22611 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22612
22613 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22614 which to install MAP.
22615
22616 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22617
22618 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22619
22620 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22621 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22622 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22623 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22624 a function, or a cons.
22625 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22626 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22627 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22628 for the translation.
22629 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22630 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22631 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22632 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22633 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22634
22635 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22636 it is used to handle KEY.
22637
22638 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22639 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22640 current Quail package.
22641
22642 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22643 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22644
22645 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22646
22647 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22648 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22649
22650 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22651 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22652
22653 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22654
22655 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22656 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22657
22658 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22659
22660 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22661 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22662 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22663 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22664 of the Emacs source tree.
22665
22666 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22667 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22668
22669 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22670 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22671 of each directory.
22672
22673 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22674
22675 ;;;***
22676 \f
22677 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/hangul" "leim/quail/hangul.el" (22150
22678 ;;;;;; 28228 202072 702000))
22679 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/hangul.el
22680
22681 (autoload 'hangul-input-method-activate "quail/hangul" "\
22682 Activate Hangul input method INPUT-METHOD.
22683 FUNC is a function to handle input key.
22684 HELP-TEXT is a text set in `hangul-input-method-help-text'.
22685
22686 \(fn INPUT-METHOD FUNC HELP-TEXT &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
22687
22688 ;;;***
22689 \f
22690 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/uni-input" "leim/quail/uni-input.el"
22691 ;;;;;; (22150 28228 210072 702000))
22692 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/uni-input.el
22693
22694 (autoload 'ucs-input-activate "quail/uni-input" "\
22695 Activate UCS input method.
22696 With ARG, activate UCS input method if and only if ARG is positive.
22697
22698 While this input method is active, the variable
22699 `input-method-function' is bound to the function `ucs-input-method'.
22700
22701 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
22702
22703 ;;;***
22704 \f
22705 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (22197 58438 347460
22706 ;;;;;; 447000))
22707 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22708
22709 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22710 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22711 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22712 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22713
22714 To make use of this do something like:
22715
22716 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22717
22718 in your init file (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22719
22720 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22721 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
22722
22723 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22724 buffer, this default action can be modified via
22725 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22726
22727 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22728
22729 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22730 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22731
22732 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22733
22734 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22735 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22736
22737 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
22738 is decided.
22739
22740 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22741
22742 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22743 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22744
22745 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22746 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
22747 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22748
22749 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22750
22751 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22752 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22753
22754 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22755
22756 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22757 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22758
22759 \(fn)" t nil)
22760
22761 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22762 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22763
22764 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22765
22766 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22767
22768 \(fn)" t nil)
22769
22770 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22771 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22772
22773 \(fn)" t nil)
22774
22775 ;;;***
22776 \f
22777 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rcirc" "net/rcirc.el" (22150 28228 390072
22778 ;;;;;; 702000))
22779 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22780
22781 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22782 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22783
22784 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22785
22786 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22787
22788 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22789
22790 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22791
22792 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22793
22794
22795 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION)" nil nil)
22796
22797 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22798 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22799 See the `rcirc-track-minor-mode' command
22800 for a description of this minor mode.
22801 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22802 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22803 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22804
22805 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22806
22807 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22808 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22809 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
22810 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
22811 if ARG is omitted or nil.
22812
22813 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22814
22815 ;;;***
22816 \f
22817 ;;;### (autoloads nil "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el" (22150
22818 ;;;;;; 28227 454072 702000))
22819 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22820
22821 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22822
22823 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22824 Construct a regexp interactively.
22825 This command makes the current buffer the \"target\" buffer of
22826 the regexp builder. It displays a buffer named \"*RE-Builder*\"
22827 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
22828
22829 As you edit the regexp in the \"*RE-Builder*\" buffer, the
22830 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
22831
22832 \(fn)" t nil)
22833
22834 ;;;***
22835 \f
22836 ;;;### (autoloads nil "recentf" "recentf.el" (22349 29365 690989
22837 ;;;;;; 559000))
22838 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22839
22840 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22841 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22842 See the `recentf-mode' command
22843 for a description of this minor mode.
22844 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22845 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22846 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22847
22848 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22849
22850 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22851 Toggle \"Open Recent\" menu (Recentf mode).
22852 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Recentf mode if ARG is
22853 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22854 Recentf mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22855
22856 When Recentf mode is enabled, a \"Open Recent\" submenu is
22857 displayed in the \"File\" menu, containing a list of files that
22858 were operated on recently.
22859
22860 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22861
22862 ;;;***
22863 \f
22864 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rect" "rect.el" (22311 14139 238375 715000))
22865 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22866
22867 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22868 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22869 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22870 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22871 ends.
22872
22873 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22874 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22875 to be deleted.
22876
22877 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22878
22879 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22880 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22881 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22882
22883 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22884 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22885 deleted.
22886
22887 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22888
22889 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22890 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22891 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22892
22893 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22894
22895 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22896 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22897
22898 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22899 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22900
22901 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22902 deleted.
22903
22904 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22905 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22906 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22907 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22908 even beep.)
22909
22910 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22911
22912 (autoload 'copy-rectangle-as-kill "rect" "\
22913 Copy the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22914
22915 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22916
22917 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22918 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22919
22920 \(fn)" t nil)
22921
22922 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22923 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22924 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22925 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22926 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22927 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22928 and point is at the lower right corner.
22929
22930 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22931
22932 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22933 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22934
22935 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22936 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22937
22938 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22939 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
22940 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
22941
22942 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22943
22944 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22945
22946 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22947 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22948 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22949 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22950 rectangle, all contiguous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22951
22952 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22953 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22954
22955 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22956
22957 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22958 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22959 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22960
22961 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22962
22963 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22964
22965 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22966
22967 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22968 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22969
22970 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22971 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22972 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22973
22974 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22975
22976 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22977 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22978 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22979
22980 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22981 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22982 rectangle which were empty.
22983
22984 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22985
22986 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
22987 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
22988
22989 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
22990 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
22991 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
22992 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
22993
22994 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
22995
22996 (autoload 'rectangle-mark-mode "rect" "\
22997 Toggle the region as rectangular.
22998 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
22999
23000 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23001
23002 ;;;***
23003 \f
23004 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (22150 28229
23005 ;;;;;; 106072 702000))
23006 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
23007
23008 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
23009 Toggle automatic refilling (Refill mode).
23010 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Refill mode if ARG is
23011 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23012 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23013
23014 Refill mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the
23015 current paragraph is refilled as you edit. Self-inserting
23016 characters only cause refilling if they would cause
23017 auto-filling.
23018
23019 For true \"word wrap\" behavior, use `visual-line-mode' instead.
23020
23021 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23022
23023 ;;;***
23024 \f
23025 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (22179 28801
23026 ;;;;;; 466001 468000))
23027 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
23028 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" nil t)
23029 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse")
23030 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" nil t)
23031 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" nil t)
23032
23033 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
23034 Turn on RefTeX mode.
23035
23036 \(fn)" nil nil)
23037
23038 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
23039 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
23040
23041 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
23042 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
23043
23044 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
23045 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
23046 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
23047 \\ref macro.
23048
23049 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
23050 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
23051 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
23052
23053 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
23054 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
23055 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
23056
23057 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
23058 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
23059
23060 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
23061 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
23062
23063 \\{reftex-mode-map}
23064 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
23065 on the menu bar.
23066
23067 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23068
23069 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23070
23071 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
23072 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
23073 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
23074
23075 \(fn)" nil nil)
23076
23077 ;;;***
23078 \f
23079 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (22182
23080 ;;;;;; 44208 583853 279000))
23081 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
23082 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
23083 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
23084 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
23085 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
23086
23087 ;;;***
23088 \f
23089 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el" (22150
23090 ;;;;;; 28227 454072 702000))
23091 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
23092
23093 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
23094 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
23095 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
23096 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
23097 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
23098 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
23099
23100 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
23101 (concat open (mapconcat \\='regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
23102
23103 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
23104 by \\=\\< and \\>.
23105 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
23106 by \\=\\_< and \\_>.
23107
23108 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
23109
23110 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
23111 Return the depth of REGEXP.
23112 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
23113 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
23114
23115 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
23116
23117 ;;;***
23118 \f
23119 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regi" "emacs-lisp/regi.el" (22150 28227 454072
23120 ;;;;;; 702000))
23121 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regi.el
23122 (push (purecopy '(regi 1 8)) package--builtin-versions)
23123
23124 ;;;***
23125 \f
23126 ;;;### (autoloads nil "remember" "textmodes/remember.el" (22150 28229
23127 ;;;;;; 130072 702000))
23128 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
23129 (push (purecopy '(remember 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
23130
23131 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
23132 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
23133 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
23134 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
23135
23136 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
23137
23138 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
23139
23140 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
23141 Call `remember' in another frame.
23142
23143 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
23144
23145 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
23146 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
23147 Most useful for remembering things from other applications.
23148
23149 \(fn)" t nil)
23150
23151 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
23152 Extract diary entries from the region.
23153
23154 \(fn)" nil nil)
23155
23156 (autoload 'remember-notes "remember" "\
23157 Return the notes buffer, creating it if needed, and maybe switch to it.
23158 This buffer is for notes that you want to preserve across Emacs sessions.
23159 The notes are saved in `remember-data-file'.
23160
23161 If a buffer is already visiting that file, just return it.
23162
23163 Otherwise, create the buffer, and rename it to `remember-notes-buffer-name',
23164 unless a buffer of that name already exists. Set the major mode according
23165 to `remember-notes-initial-major-mode', and enable `remember-notes-mode'
23166 minor mode.
23167
23168 Use \\<remember-notes-mode-map>\\[remember-notes-save-and-bury-buffer] to save and bury the notes buffer.
23169
23170 Interactively, or if SWITCH-TO is non-nil, switch to the buffer.
23171 Return the buffer.
23172
23173 Set `initial-buffer-choice' to `remember-notes' to visit your notes buffer
23174 when Emacs starts. Set `remember-notes-buffer-name' to \"*scratch*\"
23175 to turn the *scratch* buffer into your notes buffer.
23176
23177 \(fn &optional SWITCH-TO)" t nil)
23178
23179 ;;;***
23180 \f
23181 ;;;### (autoloads nil "repeat" "repeat.el" (22150 28228 994072 702000))
23182 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
23183 (push (purecopy '(repeat 0 51)) package--builtin-versions)
23184
23185 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
23186 Repeat most recently executed command.
23187 If REPEAT-ARG is non-nil (interactively, with a prefix argument),
23188 supply a prefix argument to that command. Otherwise, give the
23189 command the same prefix argument it was given before, if any.
23190
23191 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
23192 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
23193 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
23194 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
23195
23196 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
23197 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
23198 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
23199
23200 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
23201
23202 ;;;***
23203 \f
23204 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reporter" "mail/reporter.el" (22150 28228
23205 ;;;;;; 234072 702000))
23206 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
23207
23208 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
23209 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
23210
23211 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
23212 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
23213 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
23214 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
23215 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
23216 and point is left after the salutation.
23217
23218 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
23219 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
23220 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
23221 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
23222 left after that text.
23223
23224 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
23225 is non-nil.
23226
23227 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
23228 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
23229 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
23230 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
23231
23232 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
23233
23234 ;;;***
23235 \f
23236 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reposition" "reposition.el" (22150 28228 994072
23237 ;;;;;; 702000))
23238 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
23239
23240 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
23241 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
23242 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
23243 visibility of comments that precede it.
23244 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
23245 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
23246 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
23247 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
23248 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
23249 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
23250 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
23251 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
23252 the comment lines.
23253 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
23254 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
23255 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
23256 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
23257 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
23258
23259 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23260
23261 ;;;***
23262 \f
23263 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reveal" "reveal.el" (22150 28228 994072 702000))
23264 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
23265
23266 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
23267 Toggle uncloaking of invisible text near point (Reveal mode).
23268 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Reveal mode if ARG is
23269 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23270 Reveal mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23271
23272 Reveal mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
23273 reveals invisible text around point.
23274
23275 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23276
23277 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
23278 Non-nil if Global Reveal mode is enabled.
23279 See the `global-reveal-mode' command
23280 for a description of this minor mode.
23281 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23282 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23283 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
23284
23285 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
23286
23287 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
23288 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers (Global Reveal mode).
23289 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
23290
23291 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Reveal mode if ARG is
23292 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23293 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23294
23295 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23296
23297 ;;;***
23298 \f
23299 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el" (22150 28227 454072
23300 ;;;;;; 702000))
23301 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
23302
23303 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
23304 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
23305
23306 \(fn X)" nil nil)
23307
23308 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
23309 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
23310
23311 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
23312
23313 ;;;***
23314 \f
23315 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (22150 28228 394072
23316 ;;;;;; 702000))
23317 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
23318
23319 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
23320 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
23321 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
23322 other arguments for `rlogin'.
23323
23324 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
23325
23326 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
23327 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
23328 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
23329 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
23330
23331 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
23332 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
23333
23334 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
23335 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
23336
23337 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
23338 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
23339 INPUT-ARGS.
23340
23341 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
23342 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
23343 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
23344 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
23345 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
23346
23347 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
23348 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
23349 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
23350 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
23351
23352 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
23353 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
23354 variable.
23355
23356 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23357
23358 ;;;***
23359 \f
23360 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (22250 56969 841825
23361 ;;;;;; 171000))
23362 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
23363
23364 (defvar rmail-file-name (purecopy "~/RMAIL") "\
23365 Name of user's primary mail file.")
23366
23367 (custom-autoload 'rmail-file-name "rmail" t)
23368
23369 (put 'rmail-spool-directory 'standard-value '((cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))))
23370
23371 (defvar rmail-spool-directory (purecopy (cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))) "\
23372 Name of directory used by system mailer for delivering new mail.
23373 Its name should end with a slash.")
23374
23375 (custom-autoload 'rmail-spool-directory "rmail" t)
23376 (custom-initialize-delay 'rmail-spool-directory nil)
23377
23378 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
23379 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
23380 Currently known variants are `emacs' and `mailutils'.
23381
23382 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
23383
23384 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
23385 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
23386 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
23387 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
23388 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
23389 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
23390 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
23391
23392 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
23393 sent by you under different user names.
23394 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
23395
23396 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
23397
23398 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
23399
23400 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
23401
23402 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
23403 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
23404 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
23405 explicitly.")
23406
23407 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
23408
23409 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
23410 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
23411 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
23412 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
23413 which normally happens once for each message,
23414 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
23415 To make a change in this variable take effect
23416 for a message that you have already viewed,
23417 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
23418
23419 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23420
23421 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
23422 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
23423 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
23424 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
23425
23426 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
23427
23428 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
23429 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
23430
23431 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23432
23433 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
23434 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
23435 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
23436
23437 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
23438
23439 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
23440 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
23441 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
23442 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
23443 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
23444 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
23445
23446 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
23447
23448 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
23449 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
23450
23451 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
23452
23453 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
23454 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
23455
23456 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
23457
23458 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
23459 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
23460
23461 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
23462 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
23463
23464 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
23465
23466 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
23467 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
23468
23469 This is set to nil by default.")
23470
23471 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
23472 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
23473 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' and
23474 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' are non-nil.
23475 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
23476 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
23477 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
23478
23479 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
23480 Read and edit incoming mail.
23481 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
23482 file in RMAIL Mode.
23483 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
23484
23485 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
23486 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
23487 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
23488 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
23489
23490 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
23491
23492 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
23493
23494 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
23495 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
23496 All normal editing commands are turned off.
23497 Instead, these commands are available:
23498
23499 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
23500 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
23501 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
23502 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
23503 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
23504 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
23505 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
23506 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
23507 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
23508 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23509 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23510 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
23511 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23512 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23513 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23514 till a deleted message is found.
23515 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23516 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
23517 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
23518 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23519 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23520 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23521 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23522 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23523 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23524 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23525 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23526 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
23527 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
23528 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23529 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23530 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23531 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23532 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23533 (label defaults to last one specified).
23534 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23535 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23536 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23537 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23538 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23539 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23540 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23541 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23542 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23543
23544 \(fn)" t nil)
23545
23546 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23547 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23548
23549 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23550
23551 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23552 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23553
23554 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23555
23556 ;;;***
23557 \f
23558 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (22150 28228
23559 ;;;;;; 246072 702000))
23560 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23561 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
23562
23563 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23564 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
23565 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
23566 case it writes Babyl.
23567
23568 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23569 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
23570 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23571 `rmail-default-file'.
23572
23573 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
23574 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
23575 buffer, updates it accordingly.
23576
23577 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
23578 the header display is currently pruned.
23579
23580 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
23581 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
23582 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
23583 messages after output.
23584
23585 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
23586 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
23587 message (if writing a file directly).
23588
23589 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
23590 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
23591
23592 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23593
23594 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
23595 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
23596 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
23597 i) the header is output as currently seen
23598 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
23599 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
23600
23601 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
23602 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
23603 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
23604
23605 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23606
23607 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23608 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23609 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
23610 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
23611 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
23612 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23613 `rmail-default-body-file'.
23614
23615 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
23616 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
23617 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
23618
23619 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23620
23621 ;;;***
23622 \f
23623 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el" (22150 28228
23624 ;;;;;; 454072 702000))
23625 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23626
23627 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23628 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23629 Return a pattern.
23630
23631 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23632
23633 ;;;***
23634 \f
23635 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el" (22150 28228
23636 ;;;;;; 458072 702000))
23637 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23638
23639 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23640 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23641 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23642 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23643
23644 \(fn)" t nil)
23645
23646 ;;;***
23647 \f
23648 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el" (22150 28228
23649 ;;;;;; 462072 702000))
23650 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23651
23652 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23653 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23654
23655 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23656 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23657 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
23658 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23659 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
23660 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23661 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23662 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
23663 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23664 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
23665
23666 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23667 document. A schema can be specified explicitly using
23668 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23669 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
23670 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23671 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
23672 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23673 to use for finding the schema.
23674
23675 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23676
23677 ;;;***
23678 \f
23679 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (22150 28228 462072
23680 ;;;;;; 702000))
23681 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23682
23683 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
23684
23685 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23686 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
23687 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
23688 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
23689 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
23690 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
23691 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
23692 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
23693 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
23694 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
23695 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
23696 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
23697 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
23698 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
23699 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
23700 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
23701 must be equal.
23702
23703 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23704
23705 ;;;***
23706 \f
23707 ;;;### (autoloads nil "robin" "international/robin.el" (22086 11929
23708 ;;;;;; 882062 731000))
23709 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23710
23711 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23712 Define a robin package.
23713
23714 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23715 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23716 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23717 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
23718
23719 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23720 one replaces the old one.
23721
23722 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil t)
23723
23724 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23725 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23726
23727 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23728 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23729 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23730
23731 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23732
23733 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23734 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23735
23736 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23737
23738 ;;;***
23739 \f
23740 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rot13" "rot13.el" (22150 28228 994072 702000))
23741 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23742
23743 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23744 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23745
23746 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23747
23748 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23749 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23750
23751 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23752
23753 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23754 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23755
23756 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23757
23758 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23759 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23760 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23761
23762 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23763 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23764 in ROT13.
23765
23766 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23767
23768 \(fn)" t nil)
23769
23770 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23771 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23772
23773 \(fn)" t nil)
23774
23775 ;;;***
23776 \f
23777 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rst" "textmodes/rst.el" (22150 28229 146072
23778 ;;;;;; 702000))
23779 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
23780 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
23781
23782 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
23783 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
23784 \\<rst-mode-map>
23785
23786 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
23787 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
23788 highlighting.
23789
23790 \\{rst-mode-map}
23791
23792 \(fn)" t nil)
23793
23794 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
23795 Toggle ReST minor mode.
23796 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ReST minor mode if ARG is
23797 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23798 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23799
23800 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
23801 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
23802 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
23803
23804 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23805
23806 ;;;***
23807 \f
23808 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el" (22324
23809 ;;;;;; 26168 770040 988000))
23810 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
23811 (push (purecopy '(ruby-mode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23812
23813 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
23814 Major mode for editing Ruby code.
23815
23816 \\{ruby-mode-map}
23817
23818 \(fn)" t nil)
23819
23820 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy (concat "\\(?:\\.\\(?:" "rbw?\\|ru\\|rake\\|thor" "\\|jbuilder\\|rabl\\|gemspec\\|podspec" "\\)" "\\|/" "\\(?:Gem\\|Rake\\|Cap\\|Thor" "\\|Puppet\\|Berks" "\\|Vagrant\\|Guard\\|Pod\\)file" "\\)\\'")) 'ruby-mode))
23821
23822 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
23823
23824 ;;;***
23825 \f
23826 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (22150 28228 994072
23827 ;;;;;; 702000))
23828 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23829 (push (purecopy '(ruler-mode 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
23830
23831 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
23832 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
23833 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
23834
23835 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23836 Toggle display of ruler in header line (Ruler mode).
23837 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ruler mode if ARG is positive,
23838 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23839 if ARG is omitted or nil.
23840
23841 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23842
23843 ;;;***
23844 \f
23845 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (22150 28227 454072
23846 ;;;;;; 702000))
23847 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23848
23849 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23850 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23851 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23852 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23853
23854 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23855
23856 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23857 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23858 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23859
23860 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
23861 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
23862 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23863
23864 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23865 notation.
23866
23867 STRING
23868 matches string STRING literally.
23869
23870 CHAR
23871 matches character CHAR literally.
23872
23873 `not-newline', `nonl'
23874 matches any character except a newline.
23875
23876 `anything'
23877 matches any character
23878
23879 `(any SET ...)'
23880 `(in SET ...)'
23881 `(char SET ...)'
23882 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23883 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23884 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23885
23886 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23887 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23888 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23889 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23890
23891 `(not (any SET ...))'
23892 matches any character not in SET ...
23893
23894 `line-start', `bol'
23895 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23896 in the text being matched
23897
23898 `line-end', `eol'
23899 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23900
23901 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23902 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23903 string being matched against.
23904
23905 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23906 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23907 string being matched against.
23908
23909 `buffer-start'
23910 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23911 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23912
23913 `buffer-end'
23914 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23915 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23916
23917 `point'
23918 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23919
23920 `word-start', `bow'
23921 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23922
23923 `word-end', `eow'
23924 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23925
23926 `word-boundary'
23927 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23928 word.
23929
23930 `(not word-boundary)'
23931 `not-word-boundary'
23932 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23933 word.
23934
23935 `symbol-start'
23936 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23937
23938 `symbol-end'
23939 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23940
23941 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23942 matches 0 through 9.
23943
23944 `control', `cntrl'
23945 matches ASCII control characters.
23946
23947 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23948 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23949
23950 `blank'
23951 matches space and tab only.
23952
23953 `graphic', `graph'
23954 matches graphic characters--everything except whitespace, ASCII
23955 and non-ASCII control characters, surrogates, and codepoints
23956 unassigned by Unicode.
23957
23958 `printing', `print'
23959 matches whitespace and graphic characters.
23960
23961 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23962 matches alphabetic characters and digits. (For multibyte characters,
23963 it matches according to Unicode character properties.)
23964
23965 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23966 matches alphabetic characters. (For multibyte characters,
23967 it matches according to Unicode character properties.)
23968
23969 `ascii'
23970 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23971
23972 `nonascii'
23973 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23974
23975 `lower', `lower-case'
23976 matches anything lower-case.
23977
23978 `upper', `upper-case'
23979 matches anything upper-case.
23980
23981 `punctuation', `punct'
23982 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23983 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23984
23985 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23986 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23987
23988 `word', `wordchar'
23989 matches anything that has word syntax.
23990
23991 `not-wordchar'
23992 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23993
23994 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
23995 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23996 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23997 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23998
23999 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
24000 `punctuation' (\\s.)
24001 `word' (\\sw)
24002 `symbol' (\\s_)
24003 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
24004 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
24005 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
24006 `string-quote' (\\s\")
24007 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
24008 `escape' (\\s\\)
24009 `character-quote' (\\s/)
24010 `comment-start' (\\s<)
24011 `comment-end' (\\s>)
24012 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
24013 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
24014
24015 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
24016 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
24017
24018 `(category CATEGORY)'
24019 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
24020 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
24021
24022 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
24023 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
24024 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
24025 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
24026 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
24027 `symbol' (\\c5)
24028 `digit' (\\c6)
24029 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
24030 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
24031 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
24032 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
24033 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
24034 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
24035 `chinese-two-byte' (\\cC)
24036 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
24037 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
24038 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
24039 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
24040 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
24041 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
24042 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
24043 `ascii' (\\ca)
24044 `arabic' (\\cb)
24045 `chinese' (\\cc)
24046 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
24047 `greek' (\\cg)
24048 `korean' (\\ch)
24049 `indian' (\\ci)
24050 `japanese' (\\cj)
24051 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
24052 `latin' (\\cl)
24053 `lao' (\\co)
24054 `tibetan' (\\cq)
24055 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
24056 `thai' (\\ct)
24057 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
24058 `hebrew' (\\cw)
24059 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
24060 `can-break' (\\c|)
24061
24062 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
24063 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
24064
24065 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24066 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24067 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24068 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24069 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
24070
24071 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24072 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24073 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
24074 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
24075
24076 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24077 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24078 like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
24079 group number N.
24080
24081 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24082 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24083 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
24084 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
24085 regular expression.
24086
24087 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
24088 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
24089 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
24090 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
24091 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
24092
24093 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
24094 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
24095
24096 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
24097 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
24098
24099 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
24100 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
24101 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
24102
24103 `(* SEXP ...)'
24104 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
24105 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
24106
24107 `(*? SEXP ...)'
24108 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
24109 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
24110
24111 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
24112 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
24113 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
24114
24115 `(+ SEXP ...)'
24116 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
24117
24118 `(+? SEXP ...)'
24119 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
24120
24121 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
24122 `(optional SEXP ...)'
24123 `(opt SEXP ...)'
24124 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
24125
24126 `(? SEXP ...)'
24127 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
24128
24129 `(?? SEXP ...)'
24130 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
24131
24132 `(repeat N SEXP)'
24133 `(= N SEXP ...)'
24134 matches N occurrences.
24135
24136 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
24137 matches N or more occurrences.
24138
24139 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
24140 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
24141 matches N to M occurrences.
24142
24143 `(backref N)'
24144 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
24145
24146 `(eval FORM)'
24147 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
24148 `regexp-quote' it.
24149
24150 `(regexp REGEXP)'
24151 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
24152
24153 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil t)
24154
24155 ;;;***
24156 \f
24157 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-ntlm" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" (22150 28228
24158 ;;;;;; 394072 702000))
24159 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-ntlm.el
24160 (push (purecopy '(sasl 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
24161
24162 ;;;***
24163 \f
24164 ;;;### (autoloads nil "savehist" "savehist.el" (22150 28228 994072
24165 ;;;;;; 702000))
24166 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
24167 (push (purecopy '(savehist 24)) package--builtin-versions)
24168
24169 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
24170 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
24171 See the `savehist-mode' command
24172 for a description of this minor mode.
24173 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24174 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24175 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
24176
24177 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
24178
24179 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
24180 Toggle saving of minibuffer history (Savehist mode).
24181 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Savehist mode if ARG is
24182 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24183 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24184
24185 When Savehist mode is enabled, minibuffer history is saved
24186 periodically and when exiting Emacs. When Savehist mode is
24187 enabled for the first time in an Emacs session, it loads the
24188 previous minibuffer history from `savehist-file'.
24189
24190 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
24191 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer
24192 histories, which is probably undesirable.
24193
24194 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24195
24196 ;;;***
24197 \f
24198 ;;;### (autoloads nil "saveplace" "saveplace.el" (22224 16978 400323
24199 ;;;;;; 324000))
24200 ;;; Generated autoloads from saveplace.el
24201
24202 (defvar save-place-mode nil "\
24203 Non-nil if Save-Place mode is enabled.
24204 See the `save-place-mode' command
24205 for a description of this minor mode.
24206 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24207 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24208 or call the function `save-place-mode'.")
24209
24210 (custom-autoload 'save-place-mode "saveplace" nil)
24211
24212 (autoload 'save-place-mode "saveplace" "\
24213 Non-nil means automatically save place in each file.
24214 This means when you visit a file, point goes to the last place
24215 where it was when you previously visited the same file.
24216
24217 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24218
24219 (autoload 'save-place-local-mode "saveplace" "\
24220 Toggle whether to save your place in this file between sessions.
24221 If this mode is enabled, point is recorded when you kill the buffer
24222 or exit Emacs. Visiting this file again will go to that position,
24223 even in a later Emacs session.
24224
24225 If called with a prefix arg, the mode is enabled if and only if
24226 the argument is positive.
24227
24228 To save places automatically in all files, put this in your init
24229 file:
24230
24231 \(save-place-mode 1)
24232
24233 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24234
24235 ;;;***
24236 \f
24237 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el" (22150 28228
24238 ;;;;;; 910072 702000))
24239 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
24240
24241 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
24242 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
24243 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
24244
24245 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
24246 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
24247 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
24248 mode line of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
24249 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
24250 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
24251 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
24252 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
24253
24254 Commands:
24255 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24256 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
24257 \\{scheme-mode-map}
24258
24259 \(fn)" t nil)
24260
24261 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
24262 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
24263 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
24264
24265 Commands:
24266 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24267 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
24268 \\{scheme-mode-map}
24269 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
24270 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
24271 that variable's value is a string.
24272
24273 \(fn)" t nil)
24274
24275 ;;;***
24276 \f
24277 ;;;### (autoloads nil "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el" (22150 28228
24278 ;;;;;; 18072 702000))
24279 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
24280
24281 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
24282 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
24283 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
24284
24285 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
24286
24287 \(fn)" t nil)
24288
24289 ;;;***
24290 \f
24291 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el" (22150 28228 994072
24292 ;;;;;; 702000))
24293 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
24294
24295 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
24296 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
24297 See the `scroll-all-mode' command
24298 for a description of this minor mode.
24299 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24300 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24301 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
24302
24303 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
24304
24305 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
24306 Toggle shared scrolling in same-frame windows (Scroll-All mode).
24307 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Scroll-All mode if ARG is
24308 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24309 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24310
24311 When Scroll-All mode is enabled, scrolling commands invoked in
24312 one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
24313
24314 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24315
24316 ;;;***
24317 \f
24318 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el" (22150 28228
24319 ;;;;;; 994072 702000))
24320 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
24321
24322 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
24323 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
24324 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
24325 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
24326 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, keys that normally move
24327 point by line or paragraph will scroll the buffer by the
24328 respective amount of lines instead and point will be kept
24329 vertically fixed relative to window boundaries during scrolling.
24330
24331 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24332
24333 ;;;***
24334 \f
24335 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (22150 28228 394072
24336 ;;;;;; 702000))
24337 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
24338 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
24339 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
24340
24341 ;;;***
24342 \f
24343 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic" "cedet/semantic.el" (22150 28227
24344 ;;;;;; 222072 702000))
24345 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
24346 (push (purecopy '(semantic 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
24347
24348 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
24349 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
24350 The possible elements of this list include the following:
24351
24352 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
24353 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
24354 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
24355 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
24356 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
24357 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
24358 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
24359 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
24360 keybinding for tag names.
24361 `global-cedet-m3-minor-mode' - A mouse 3 context menu.
24362 `global-semantic-idle-local-symbol-highlight-mode' - Highlight references
24363 of the symbol under point.
24364 The following modes are more targeted at people who want to see
24365 some internal information of the semantic parser in action:
24366 `global-semantic-highlight-edits-mode' - Visualize incremental parser by
24367 highlighting not-yet parsed changes.
24368 `global-semantic-show-unmatched-syntax-mode' - Highlight unmatched lexical
24369 syntax tokens.
24370 `global-semantic-show-parser-state-mode' - Display the parser cache state.")
24371
24372 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
24373
24374 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
24375 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
24376 See the `semantic-mode' command
24377 for a description of this minor mode.
24378 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24379 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24380 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
24381
24382 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
24383
24384 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
24385 Toggle parser features (Semantic mode).
24386 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Semantic mode if ARG is
24387 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24388 Semantic mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24389
24390 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
24391 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
24392 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
24393 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
24394 Semantic mode.
24395
24396 \\{semantic-mode-map}
24397
24398 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24399
24400 ;;;***
24401 \f
24402 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/bovine/grammar" "cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el"
24403 ;;;;;; (22150 28227 234072 702000))
24404 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el
24405
24406 (autoload 'bovine-grammar-mode "semantic/bovine/grammar" "\
24407 Major mode for editing Bovine grammars.
24408
24409 \(fn)" t nil)
24410
24411 ;;;***
24412 \f
24413 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/grammar" "cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el"
24414 ;;;;;; (22150 28227 266072 702000))
24415 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el
24416
24417 (autoload 'wisent-grammar-mode "semantic/wisent/grammar" "\
24418 Major mode for editing Wisent grammars.
24419
24420 \(fn)" t nil)
24421
24422 ;;;***
24423 \f
24424 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (22224 36171
24425 ;;;;;; 816467 383000))
24426 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
24427
24428 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
24429 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
24430
24431 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
24432 king@grassland.com
24433 If `parens', they look like:
24434 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
24435 If `angles', they look like:
24436 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
24437
24438 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
24439 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
24440
24441 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
24442
24443 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
24444 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
24445 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
24446 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
24447
24448 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
24449 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
24450 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
24451 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
24452
24453 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
24454
24455 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
24456 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
24457 This is done when the message is initialized,
24458 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
24459
24460 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
24461
24462 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
24463 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
24464 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
24465
24466 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
24467
24468 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and (boundp 'smtpmail-smtp-server) smtpmail-smtp-server) 'smtpmail-send-it 'sendmail-query-once) "\
24469 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
24470 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
24471 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
24472 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
24473 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
24474 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
24475
24476 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
24477
24478 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
24479 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
24480
24481 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
24482
24483 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
24484 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
24485 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
24486 be a Babyl file.")
24487
24488 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
24489
24490 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
24491 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
24492 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
24493 when you first send mail.")
24494
24495 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
24496
24497 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
24498 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
24499 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
24500 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
24501 This file need not actually exist.")
24502
24503 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24504
24505 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
24506 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
24507
24508 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
24509
24510 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
24511 Alist of mail address aliases,
24512 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
24513 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
24514 can specify a different file name.)
24515 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
24516 alias ALIAS MEANING")
24517
24518 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
24519 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
24520 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
24521
24522 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
24523
24524 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
24525 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
24526 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
24527
24528 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
24529
24530 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
24531 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
24532 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
24533 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
24534 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
24535 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
24536 in the cited portion of the message.
24537
24538 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
24539 instead of no action.")
24540
24541 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
24542
24543 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
24544 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
24545 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
24546 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
24547 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
24548
24549 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
24550
24551 (defvar mail-signature t "\
24552 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
24553 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
24554 If a string, that string is inserted.
24555 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
24556 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
24557 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24558 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24559
24560 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
24561
24562 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
24563 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24564
24565 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
24566
24567 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
24568 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
24569 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
24570
24571 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
24572 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
24573
24574 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
24575
24576 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24577 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24578 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
24579 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
24580
24581 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24582
24583 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
24584 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
24585 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
24586
24587 \(fn)" nil nil)
24588
24589 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
24590
24591 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
24592
24593
24594 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
24595
24596 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24597 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24598 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24599
24600 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24601 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24602
24603 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24604 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24605 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24606 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24607 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24608 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24609 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24610 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24611 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24612 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24613 \\[mail-insert-file] insert a text file into the message.
24614 \\[mail-add-attachment] attach to the message a file as binary attachment.
24615 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24616 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24617
24618 \(fn)" t nil)
24619
24620 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24621 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24622 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24623 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24624
24625 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24626
24627 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24628 Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24629 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
24630 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24631 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24632 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24633
24634 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24635 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24636 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24637
24638 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24639 User should not set this variable manually,
24640 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24641 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24642 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24643
24644 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24645 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24646 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24647 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24648
24649 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24650 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24651
24652 \\<mail-mode-map>
24653 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24654
24655 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24656 to move to message header fields:
24657 \\{mail-mode-map}
24658
24659 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24660 when the message is initialized.
24661
24662 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24663 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24664
24665 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24666 is inserted.
24667
24668 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24669 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24670
24671 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24672 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24673 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24674 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24675 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24676 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24677 buffer without erasing the contents.
24678
24679 The second through fifth arguments,
24680 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24681 the initial contents of those header fields.
24682 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24683 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24684 original message being replied to, or else an action
24685 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24686 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24687 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24688 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24689 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24690 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24691
24692 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
24693
24694 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24695 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24696
24697 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24698
24699 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24700 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24701
24702 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24703
24704 ;;;***
24705 \f
24706 ;;;### (autoloads nil "seq" "emacs-lisp/seq.el" (22278 49573 67090
24707 ;;;;;; 835000))
24708 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/seq.el
24709 (push (purecopy '(seq 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
24710
24711 ;;;***
24712 \f
24713 ;;;### (autoloads nil "server" "server.el" (22150 28228 998072 702000))
24714 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24715
24716 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
24717
24718 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
24719
24720 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
24721
24722 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24723 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24724 This starts a server communications subprocess through which client
24725 \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
24726 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the Emacs
24727 distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24728
24729 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24730 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24731
24732 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
24733 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
24734 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
24735
24736 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
24737 \\[server-start].
24738
24739 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
24740
24741 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
24742 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
24743 If server is running, it is first stopped.
24744 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
24745
24746 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24747
24748 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24749 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24750 See the `server-mode' command
24751 for a description of this minor mode.
24752 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24753 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24754 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24755
24756 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24757
24758 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24759 Toggle Server mode.
24760 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Server mode if ARG is
24761 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24762 Server mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24763
24764 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24765 `emacsclient' program. See Info node `Emacs server' and
24766 `server-start' for details.
24767
24768 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24769
24770 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24771 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
24772 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24773
24774 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24775 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24776
24777 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
24778
24779 ;;;***
24780 \f
24781 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ses" "ses.el" (22342 56118 896613 383000))
24782 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24783
24784 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24785 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24786
24787 When you invoke SES in a new buffer, it is divided into cells
24788 that you can enter data into. You can navigate the cells with
24789 the arrow keys and add more cells with the tab key. The contents
24790 of these cells can be numbers, text, or Lisp expressions. (To
24791 enter text, enclose it in double quotes.)
24792
24793 In an expression, you can use cell coordinates to refer to the
24794 contents of another cell. For example, you can sum a range of
24795 cells with `(+ A1 A2 A3)'. There are specialized functions like
24796 `ses+' (addition for ranges with empty cells), `ses-average' (for
24797 performing calculations on cells), and `ses-range' and `ses-select'
24798 \(for extracting ranges of cells).
24799
24800 Each cell also has a print function that controls how it is
24801 displayed.
24802
24803 Each SES buffer is divided into a print area and a data area.
24804 Normally, you can simply use SES to look at and manipulate the print
24805 area, and let SES manage the data area outside the visible region.
24806
24807 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for an example
24808 spreadsheet, and the Info node `(ses)Top.'
24809
24810 In the following, note the separate keymaps for cell editing mode
24811 and print mode specifications. Key definitions:
24812
24813 \\{ses-mode-map}
24814 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible
24815 part):
24816 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24817 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a
24818 formula:
24819 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24820
24821 \(fn)" t nil)
24822
24823 ;;;***
24824 \f
24825 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el" (22150
24826 ;;;;;; 28229 150072 702000))
24827 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24828
24829 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24830 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24831 Makes > match <.
24832 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and \\=' can be electric depending on
24833 `sgml-quick-keys'.
24834
24835 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24836 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24837 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24838
24839 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function \\='upcase)
24840 in your init file.
24841
24842 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24843
24844 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24845 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24846 \\{sgml-mode-map}
24847
24848 \(fn)" t nil)
24849
24850 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24851 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24852 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24853 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24854 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24855 which this is based.
24856
24857 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24858
24859 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24860 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24861 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24862 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24863
24864 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24865 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24866 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24867
24868 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24869 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24870 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24871 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24872
24873 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24874 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24875 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24876 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24877
24878 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24879
24880 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24881 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
24882 To work around that, do:
24883 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" \\='(aset sgml-char-names ?\\=' nil))
24884
24885 \\{html-mode-map}
24886
24887 \(fn)" t nil)
24888
24889 ;;;***
24890 \f
24891 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el" (22291
24892 ;;;;;; 28851 657608 847000))
24893 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24894 (push (purecopy '(sh-script 2 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
24895 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24896
24897 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24898 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24899 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24900 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24901 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24902 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24903
24904 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24905 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24906 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24907 shell-specific features. Shell script files can use the `sh-shell' local
24908 variable to indicate the shell variant to be used for the file.
24909
24910 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24911 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24912 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24913 \\<sh-mode-map>
24914 \\[sh-case] case statement
24915 \\[sh-for] for loop
24916 \\[sh-function] function definition
24917 \\[sh-if] if statement
24918 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24919 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24920 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24921 \\[sh-select] select loop
24922 \\[sh-until] until loop
24923 \\[sh-while] while loop
24924
24925 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24926 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24927 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24928 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24929 would indent to the way it currently is.
24930 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24931 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24932
24933
24934 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24935 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24936 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24937 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24938 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24939
24940 `sh-electric-here-document-mode' controls whether insertion of two
24941 unquoted < insert a here document. You can control this behavior by
24942 modifying `sh-mode-hook'.
24943
24944 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24945 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24946 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24947
24948 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24949 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24950
24951 \(fn)" t nil)
24952
24953 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24954
24955 ;;;***
24956 \f
24957 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el" (22150 28227
24958 ;;;;;; 454072 702000))
24959 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24960
24961 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24962 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24963
24964 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
24965 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
24966 else prints messages listing any shadows.
24967
24968 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24969 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24970 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24971 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24972 the earlier.
24973
24974 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24975
24976 \(\"/usr/share/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/share/emacs/24.3/lisp\")
24977
24978 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24979 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24980 \(require \\='XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24981
24982 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24983 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24984
24985 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24986 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24987 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24988 24.3. A system administrator downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24989 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24990 Unless the system administrator checks for this, the new version of XXX
24991 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24992 Emacs version).
24993
24994 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24995 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24996 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24997 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24998 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24999
25000 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
25001 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
25002
25003 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
25004
25005 ;;;***
25006 \f
25007 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (22150 28229 14072
25008 ;;;;;; 702000))
25009 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
25010
25011 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
25012 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
25013 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
25014 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
25015 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
25016 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
25017 sites in the cluster.
25018
25019 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
25020
25021 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
25022 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
25023 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
25024 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
25025 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
25026
25027 \(fn)" t nil)
25028
25029 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
25030 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
25031 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
25032 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
25033 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
25034 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
25035 `shadow-define-cluster').
25036
25037 \(fn)" t nil)
25038
25039 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
25040 Set up file shadowing.
25041
25042 \(fn)" t nil)
25043
25044 ;;;***
25045 \f
25046 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shell" "shell.el" (22150 28229 14072 702000))
25047 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
25048
25049 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
25050 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
25051 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
25052 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
25053 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
25054 arguments.")
25055
25056 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
25057
25058 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
25059 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
25060 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
25061 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
25062 to change if called with a prefix arg.
25063
25064 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
25065 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
25066 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
25067 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
25068 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
25069 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
25070 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
25071 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
25072 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
25073 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
25074 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
25075
25076 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25077 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25078 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25079 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
25080 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25081 `default-process-coding-system'.
25082
25083 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
25084 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
25085 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
25086 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
25087
25088 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
25089
25090 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25091
25092 ;;;***
25093 \f
25094 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shr" "net/shr.el" (22255 55369 13338 944000))
25095 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/shr.el
25096
25097 (autoload 'shr-render-region "shr" "\
25098 Display the HTML rendering of the region between BEGIN and END.
25099
25100 \(fn BEGIN END &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25101
25102 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
25103 Render the parsed document DOM into the current buffer.
25104 DOM should be a parse tree as generated by
25105 `libxml-parse-html-region' or similar.
25106
25107 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
25108
25109 ;;;***
25110 \f
25111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (22150 28228 18072
25112 ;;;;;; 702000))
25113 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
25114
25115 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
25116
25117
25118 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
25119
25120 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
25121
25122
25123 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25124
25125 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
25126
25127
25128 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25129
25130 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-kill "sieve" "\
25131
25132
25133 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25134
25135 ;;;***
25136 \f
25137 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el" (22150 28228
25138 ;;;;;; 18072 702000))
25139 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
25140
25141 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
25142 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
25143 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
25144 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
25145 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
25146
25147 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
25148
25149 \(fn)" t nil)
25150
25151 ;;;***
25152 \f
25153 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (22197 58438
25154 ;;;;;; 563460 447000))
25155 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
25156
25157 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
25158 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
25159 \\{simula-mode-map}
25160 Variables controlling indentation style:
25161 `simula-tab-always-indent'
25162 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
25163 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
25164 `simula-indent-level'
25165 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
25166 `simula-substatement-offset'
25167 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
25168 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
25169 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
25170 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
25171 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
25172 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
25173 `simula-label-offset' -4711
25174 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
25175 `simula-if-indent' (0 . 0)
25176 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
25177 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
25178 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
25179 `simula-inspect-indent' (0 . 0)
25180 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
25181 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
25182 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
25183 `simula-electric-indent' nil
25184 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
25185 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
25186 `simula-abbrev-keyword' `upcase'
25187 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
25188 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
25189 or nil if they should not be changed.
25190 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' `abbrev-table'
25191 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
25192 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
25193 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
25194
25195 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
25196 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
25197
25198 \(fn)" t nil)
25199
25200 ;;;***
25201 \f
25202 ;;;### (autoloads nil "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (22197 58438 667460
25203 ;;;;;; 447000))
25204 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
25205
25206 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
25207 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
25208
25209 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
25210 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
25211 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
25212 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
25213
25214 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil t)
25215
25216 (function-put 'define-skeleton 'doc-string-elt '2)
25217
25218 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
25219 Insert SKELETON.
25220 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
25221 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
25222 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
25223 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
25224 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
25225
25226 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
25227 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
25228
25229 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
25230
25231 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
25232 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
25233
25234 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
25235 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
25236 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
25237 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
25238
25239 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
25240 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
25241 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
25242 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
25243
25244 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
25245 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
25246 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
25247
25248 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
25249 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
25250
25251 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
25252 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
25253
25254 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode, unless
25255 this is the first/last element of a skeleton and point
25256 is at bol/eol
25257 _ interesting point, interregion here
25258 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
25259 interesting point set by _
25260 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
25261 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
25262 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
25263 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
25264 -NUM delete NUM preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
25265 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
25266 nil skipped
25267
25268 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
25269 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
25270
25271 Note that \\n as the last element of the skeleton only inserts a
25272 newline if not at eol. If you want to unconditionally insert a newline
25273 at the end of the skeleton, use \"\\n\" instead. Likewise with \\n
25274 as the first element when at bol.
25275
25276 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'.
25277 ELEMENT may itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted
25278 repeatedly for different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as
25279 the user enters a non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
25280 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in
25281 such a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
25282 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list
25283 of strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
25284
25285 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
25286 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
25287 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
25288 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
25289 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
25290 available:
25291
25292 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
25293 then: insert previously read string once more
25294 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
25295 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
25296 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
25297
25298 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
25299 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
25300
25301 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
25302
25303 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
25304 Insert the character you type ARG times.
25305
25306 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
25307 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
25308 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
25309 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
25310 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
25311 such as backslash.
25312
25313 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
25314 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and (grave
25315 accent, apostrophe) for the paired ones, and the same character
25316 twice for the others.
25317
25318 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25319
25320 ;;;***
25321 \f
25322 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (22150 28229
25323 ;;;;;; 286072 702000))
25324 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
25325
25326 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
25327 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
25328 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
25329 buffer names.
25330
25331 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
25332
25333 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
25334 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
25335 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
25336 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
25337 if ARG is omitted or nil.
25338 \\{smerge-mode-map}
25339
25340 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25341
25342 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
25343 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
25344 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
25345
25346 \(fn)" t nil)
25347
25348 ;;;***
25349 \f
25350 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el" (22150 28228 18072
25351 ;;;;;; 702000))
25352 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
25353
25354 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
25355 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
25356 A list of images is returned.
25357
25358 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25359
25360 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
25361 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
25362 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
25363
25364 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25365
25366 ;;;***
25367 \f
25368 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el" (22150 28228
25369 ;;;;;; 254072 702000))
25370 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
25371
25372 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
25373
25374
25375 \(fn)" nil nil)
25376
25377 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
25378 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
25379
25380 \(fn)" t nil)
25381
25382 ;;;***
25383 \f
25384 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snake" "play/snake.el" (22150 28228 682072
25385 ;;;;;; 702000))
25386 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
25387
25388 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
25389 Play the Snake game.
25390 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
25391
25392 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
25393
25394 Snake mode keybindings:
25395 \\<snake-mode-map>
25396 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
25397 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
25398 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
25399 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
25400 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
25401 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
25402 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
25403
25404 \(fn)" t nil)
25405
25406 ;;;***
25407 \f
25408 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el" (22150 28228
25409 ;;;;;; 402072 702000))
25410 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
25411
25412 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25413 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
25414 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25415 Tab indents for C code.
25416 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25417 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25418 \\{snmp-mode-map}
25419 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
25420 `snmp-mode-hook'.
25421
25422 \(fn)" t nil)
25423
25424 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25425 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
25426 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25427 Tab indents for C code.
25428 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25429 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25430 \\{snmp-mode-map}
25431 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
25432 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
25433
25434 \(fn)" t nil)
25435
25436 ;;;***
25437 \f
25438 ;;;### (autoloads nil "soap-client" "net/soap-client.el" (22249 52871
25439 ;;;;;; 284284 99000))
25440 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/soap-client.el
25441 (push (purecopy '(soap-client 3 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
25442
25443 ;;;***
25444 \f
25445 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (22284 55604 54845
25446 ;;;;;; 171000))
25447 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
25448
25449 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
25450 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
25451 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
25452 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
25453 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
25454
25455 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
25456
25457 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25458
25459 ;;;***
25460 \f
25461 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (22150 28228
25462 ;;;;;; 682072 702000))
25463 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
25464
25465 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
25466 Play Solitaire.
25467
25468 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
25469 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
25470 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
25471 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
25472 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
25473 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
25474 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
25475 check after each move or undo.)
25476
25477 What is Solitaire?
25478
25479 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
25480 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
25481 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
25482
25483 Le Solitaire
25484 ============
25485
25486 o o o
25487
25488 o o o
25489
25490 o o o o o o o
25491
25492 o o o . o o o
25493
25494 o o o o o o o
25495
25496 o o o
25497
25498 o o o
25499
25500 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
25501 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
25502 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
25503 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
25504
25505 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
25506 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
25507 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
25508 this: o o .
25509
25510 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
25511 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
25512
25513 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
25514
25515 o o o
25516
25517 . o o
25518
25519 o o . o o o o
25520
25521 o . o o o o o
25522
25523 o o o o o o o
25524
25525 o o o
25526
25527 o o o
25528
25529 Pick your favorite shortcuts:
25530
25531 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
25532
25533 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25534
25535 ;;;***
25536 \f
25537 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sort" "sort.el" (22150 28229 18072 702000))
25538 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
25539 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
25540
25541 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
25542 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
25543
25544 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
25545 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
25546 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
25547 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
25548 contiguous.
25549
25550 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
25551 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
25552 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25553 the sort order.
25554
25555 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
25556 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
25557
25558 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
25559 It moves point to the start of the next record.
25560 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
25561 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
25562 is called.
25563
25564 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
25565 It should move point to the end of the record.
25566
25567 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
25568 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
25569 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
25570 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
25571 starts at the beginning of the record.
25572
25573 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
25574 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
25575 same as ENDRECFUN.
25576
25577 PREDICATE, if non-nil, is the predicate function for comparing
25578 keys; it is called with two arguments, the keys to compare, and
25579 should return non-nil if the first key should sort before the
25580 second key. If PREDICATE is nil, comparison is done with `<' if
25581 the keys are numbers, with `compare-buffer-substrings' if the
25582 keys are cons cells (the car and cdr of each cons cell are taken
25583 as start and end positions), and with `string<' otherwise.
25584
25585 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25586
25587 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
25588 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25589 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25590 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25591 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25592 the sort order.
25593
25594 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25595
25596 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
25597 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25598 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25599 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25600 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25601 the sort order.
25602
25603 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25604
25605 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
25606 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25607 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25608 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25609 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25610 the sort order.
25611
25612 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25613 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25614
25615 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25616 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25617 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25618 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25619 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25620 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25621 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25622 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25623 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25624
25625 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25626
25627 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25628 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25629 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25630 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25631 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25632 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25633 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25634 the sort order.
25635
25636 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25637
25638 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25639 Sort the text in the region region lexicographically.
25640 If called interactively, prompt for two regular expressions,
25641 RECORD-REGEXP and KEY-REGEXP.
25642
25643 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units to be sorted.
25644 For example, to sort lines, RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\".
25645
25646 KEY-REGEXP specifies the part of each record (i.e. each match for
25647 RECORD-REGEXP) to be used for sorting.
25648 If it is \"\\\\digit\", use the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\"
25649 match field specified by RECORD-REGEXP.
25650 If it is \"\\\\&\", use the whole record.
25651 Otherwise, KEY-REGEXP should be a regular expression with which
25652 to search within the record. If a match for KEY-REGEXP is not
25653 found within a record, that record is ignored.
25654
25655 With a negative prefix arg, sort in reverse order.
25656
25657 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25658 the sort order.
25659
25660 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25661 starting with the letter \"f\",
25662 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25663
25664 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25665
25666 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25667 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25668 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25669 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25670 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25671 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25672 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25673 the sort order.
25674
25675 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25676 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25677 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25678 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25679 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25680
25681 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25682
25683 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25684 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25685 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25686
25687 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25688
25689 (autoload 'delete-duplicate-lines "sort" "\
25690 Delete all but one copy of any identical lines in the region.
25691 Non-interactively, arguments BEG and END delimit the region.
25692 Normally it searches forwards, keeping the first instance of
25693 each identical line. If REVERSE is non-nil (interactively, with
25694 a C-u prefix), it searches backwards and keeps the last instance of
25695 each repeated line.
25696
25697 Identical lines need not be adjacent, unless the argument
25698 ADJACENT is non-nil (interactively, with a C-u C-u prefix).
25699 This is a more efficient mode of operation, and may be useful
25700 on large regions that have already been sorted.
25701
25702 If the argument KEEP-BLANKS is non-nil (interactively, with a
25703 C-u C-u C-u prefix), it retains repeated blank lines.
25704
25705 Returns the number of deleted lines. Interactively, or if INTERACTIVE
25706 is non-nil, it also prints a message describing the number of deletions.
25707
25708 \(fn BEG END &optional REVERSE ADJACENT KEEP-BLANKS INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
25709
25710 ;;;***
25711 \f
25712 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (22150 28228 22072 702000))
25713 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25714
25715 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25716 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25717 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25718 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25719 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25720 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25721
25722 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25723
25724 ;;;***
25725 \f
25726 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-report" "gnus/spam-report.el" (22150
25727 ;;;;;; 28228 22072 702000))
25728 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25729
25730 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25731 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25732
25733 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25734 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25735 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25736
25737 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25738
25739 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25740 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25741 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25742 server.
25743
25744 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25745
25746 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25747 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25748 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25749
25750 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25751
25752 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25753 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25754 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25755 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25756 Agent is plugged.
25757
25758 \(fn)" t nil)
25759
25760 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25761 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25762 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25763 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25764
25765 \(fn)" t nil)
25766
25767 ;;;***
25768 \f
25769 ;;;### (autoloads nil "speedbar" "speedbar.el" (22189 64323 312321
25770 ;;;;;; 19000))
25771 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25772
25773 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25774
25775 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25776 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25777 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25778 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25779 supported at a time.
25780 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25781 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25782
25783 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25784
25785 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25786 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25787 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25788 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25789
25790 \(fn)" t nil)
25791
25792 ;;;***
25793 \f
25794 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spook" "play/spook.el" (22150 28228 682072
25795 ;;;;;; 702000))
25796 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25797
25798 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25799 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25800
25801 \(fn)" t nil)
25802
25803 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25804 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25805
25806 \(fn)" nil nil)
25807
25808 ;;;***
25809 \f
25810 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (22203 10834 812791
25811 ;;;;;; 123000))
25812 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25813 (push (purecopy '(sql 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
25814
25815 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25816 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25817
25818 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
25819 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25820 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25821 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25822 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25823 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25824 of the current highlighting list.
25825
25826 For example:
25827
25828 (sql-add-product-keywords \\='ms
25829 \\='((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25830
25831 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25832 `_t' as data types.
25833
25834 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25835
25836 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25837 Major mode to edit SQL.
25838
25839 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25840 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25841 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25842
25843 \\{sql-mode-map}
25844 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25845
25846 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25847 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25848 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25849 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25850 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25851 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25852
25853 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25854 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25855
25856 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25857 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL, you
25858 must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your init file:
25859
25860 \(add-hook \\='sql-mode-hook
25861 (lambda ()
25862 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25863
25864 \(fn)" t nil)
25865
25866 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
25867 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
25868
25869 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
25870 their settings.
25871
25872 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
25873 is specified in the connection settings.
25874
25875 \(fn CONNECTION &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25876
25877 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25878 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
25879
25880 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25881 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
25882
25883 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
25884 \\[universal-argument]. To set the buffer name as well, prefix
25885 the call to \\[sql-product-interactive] with
25886 \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument].
25887
25888 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25889
25890 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25891
25892 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25893 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25894
25895 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25896 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25897 `*SQL*'.
25898
25899 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25900 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25901 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25902 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25903
25904 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25905 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25906
25907 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25908 before \\[sql-oracle]. Once session has started,
25909 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25910 buffer.
25911
25912 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25913 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25914 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25915 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25916 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25917 `default-process-coding-system'.
25918
25919 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25920
25921 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25922
25923 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25924 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
25925
25926 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25927 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25928 `*SQL*'.
25929
25930 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25931 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25932 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25933 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25934
25935 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25936 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25937
25938 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25939 before \\[sql-sybase]. Once session has started,
25940 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25941 buffer.
25942
25943 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25944 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25945 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25946 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25947 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25948 `default-process-coding-system'.
25949
25950 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25951
25952 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25953
25954 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25955 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25956
25957 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25958 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25959 `*SQL*'.
25960
25961 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25962 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25963
25964 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25965 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25966
25967 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25968 before \\[sql-informix]. Once session has started,
25969 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25970 buffer.
25971
25972 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25973 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25974 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25975 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25976 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25977 `default-process-coding-system'.
25978
25979 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25980
25981 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25982
25983 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25984 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25985
25986 SQLite is free software.
25987
25988 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25989 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25990 `*SQL*'.
25991
25992 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25993 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25994 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25995 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25996
25997 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25998 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25999
26000 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26001 before \\[sql-sqlite]. Once session has started,
26002 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26003 buffer.
26004
26005 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26006 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26007 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26008 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26009 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26010 `default-process-coding-system'.
26011
26012 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26013
26014 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26015
26016 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
26017 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
26018
26019 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
26020
26021 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26022 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26023 `*SQL*'.
26024
26025 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
26026 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
26027 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26028 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
26029
26030 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26031 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26032
26033 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26034 before \\[sql-mysql]. Once session has started,
26035 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26036 buffer.
26037
26038 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26039 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26040 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26041 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26042 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26043 `default-process-coding-system'.
26044
26045 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26046
26047 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26048
26049 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
26050 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
26051
26052 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26053 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26054 `*SQL*'.
26055
26056 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
26057 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
26058 defaults, if set.
26059
26060 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26061 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26062
26063 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26064 before \\[sql-solid]. Once session has started,
26065 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26066 buffer.
26067
26068 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26069 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26070 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26071 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26072 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26073 `default-process-coding-system'.
26074
26075 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26076
26077 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26078
26079 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
26080 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
26081
26082 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26083 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26084 `*SQL*'.
26085
26086 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
26087 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
26088
26089 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26090 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26091
26092 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26093 before \\[sql-ingres]. Once session has started,
26094 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26095 buffer.
26096
26097 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26098 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26099 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26100 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26101 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26102 `default-process-coding-system'.
26103
26104 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26105
26106 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26107
26108 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
26109 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
26110
26111 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26112 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26113 `*SQL*'.
26114
26115 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
26116 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
26117 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
26118 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
26119
26120 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26121 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26122
26123 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26124 before \\[sql-ms]. Once session has started,
26125 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26126 buffer.
26127
26128 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26129 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26130 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26131 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26132 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26133 `default-process-coding-system'.
26134
26135 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26136
26137 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26138
26139 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
26140 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
26141
26142 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26143 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26144 `*SQL*'.
26145
26146 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
26147 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
26148 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
26149 `sql-postgres-options'.
26150
26151 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26152 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26153
26154 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26155 before \\[sql-postgres]. Once session has started,
26156 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26157 buffer.
26158
26159 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26160 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26161 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26162 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26163 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26164 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
26165 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
26166 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
26167
26168 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
26169 \\='(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
26170
26171 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26172
26173 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26174
26175 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
26176 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
26177
26178 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26179 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26180 `*SQL*'.
26181
26182 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
26183 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
26184 defaults, if set.
26185
26186 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26187 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26188
26189 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26190 before \\[sql-interbase]. Once session has started,
26191 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26192 buffer.
26193
26194 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26195 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26196 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26197 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26198 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26199 `default-process-coding-system'.
26200
26201 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26202
26203 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26204
26205 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
26206 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
26207
26208 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26209 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26210 `*SQL*'.
26211
26212 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
26213 automatic login.
26214
26215 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26216 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26217
26218 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
26219 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
26220 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
26221 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
26222
26223 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26224 before \\[sql-db2]. Once session has started,
26225 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26226 buffer.
26227
26228 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26229 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26230 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26231 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26232 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26233 `default-process-coding-system'.
26234
26235 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26236
26237 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26238
26239 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
26240 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
26241
26242 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26243 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26244 `*SQL*'.
26245
26246 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
26247 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
26248 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26249 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
26250 parameters.
26251
26252 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
26253 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
26254 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
26255 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
26256 an empty password.
26257
26258 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26259 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26260
26261 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26262 before \\[sql-linter]. Once session has started,
26263 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26264 buffer.
26265
26266 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26267
26268 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26269
26270 (autoload 'sql-vertica "sql" "\
26271 Run vsql as an inferior process.
26272
26273 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26274
26275 ;;;***
26276 \f
26277 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode" "cedet/srecode.el" (22150 28227 270072
26278 ;;;;;; 702000))
26279 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode.el
26280 (push (purecopy '(srecode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
26281
26282 ;;;***
26283 \f
26284 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
26285 ;;;;;; (22150 28227 274072 702000))
26286 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
26287
26288 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
26289 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
26290
26291 \(fn)" t nil)
26292
26293 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
26294
26295 ;;;***
26296 \f
26297 ;;;### (autoloads nil "starttls" "gnus/starttls.el" (22150 28228
26298 ;;;;;; 22072 702000))
26299 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/starttls.el
26300
26301 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
26302 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
26303 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
26304 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
26305 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
26306 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
26307 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
26308 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
26309 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
26310 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
26311 with any buffer
26312 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
26313 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
26314 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
26315 GnuTLS requires a port number.
26316
26317 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
26318
26319 ;;;***
26320 \f
26321 ;;;### (autoloads nil "strokes" "strokes.el" (22182 4679 511463 499000))
26322 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
26323
26324 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
26325 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
26326 Works just like `global-set-key', except for strokes. COMMAND is
26327 a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE is a
26328 list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
26329 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
26330
26331 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
26332
26333 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
26334
26335 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
26336 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
26337 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
26338 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
26339 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
26340 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
26341 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
26342
26343 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
26344
26345 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26346 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
26347 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
26348 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
26349 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
26350 then complete the stroke with button 3.
26351 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
26352
26353 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
26354
26355 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
26356 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
26357 This must be bound to a mouse event.
26358
26359 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26360
26361 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26362 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
26363 This must be bound to a mouse event.
26364
26365 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26366
26367 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
26368 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
26369
26370 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
26371
26372 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
26373 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
26374
26375 \(fn)" t nil)
26376
26377 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
26378 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
26379
26380 \(fn)" t nil)
26381
26382 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
26383 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
26384 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes chronologically
26385 by command name.
26386 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
26387
26388 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
26389
26390 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
26391 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
26392 See the `strokes-mode' command
26393 for a description of this minor mode.
26394 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26395 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26396 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
26397
26398 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
26399
26400 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
26401 Toggle Strokes mode, a global minor mode.
26402 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Strokes mode if ARG is
26403 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
26404 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26405
26406 \\<strokes-mode-map>
26407 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
26408 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
26409 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
26410 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
26411
26412 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
26413 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
26414 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
26415 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
26416
26417 \\{strokes-mode-map}
26418
26419 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26420
26421 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
26422 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
26423 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
26424 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
26425
26426 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
26427
26428 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26429 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
26430
26431 \(fn)" t nil)
26432
26433 ;;;***
26434 \f
26435 ;;;### (autoloads nil "studly" "play/studly.el" (22279 37684 392180
26436 ;;;;;; 436000))
26437 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
26438
26439 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
26440 Studlify-case the region.
26441
26442 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
26443
26444 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
26445 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
26446
26447 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
26448
26449 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
26450 Studlify-case the current buffer.
26451
26452 \(fn)" t nil)
26453
26454 ;;;***
26455 \f
26456 ;;;### (autoloads nil "subword" "progmodes/subword.el" (22150 28228
26457 ;;;;;; 930072 702000))
26458 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
26459
26460 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'capitalized-words-mode 'subword-mode "25.1")
26461
26462 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
26463 Toggle subword movement and editing (Subword mode).
26464 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Subword mode if ARG is
26465 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26466 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26467
26468 Subword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
26469 the definition of a word so that word-based commands stop inside
26470 symbols with mixed uppercase and lowercase letters,
26471 e.g. \"GtkWidget\", \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\".
26472
26473 Here we call these mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Each
26474 capitalized (or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is
26475 called a `subword'. Here are some examples:
26476
26477 Nomenclature Subwords
26478 ===========================================================
26479 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
26480 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
26481 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
26482
26483 This mode changes the definition of a word so that word commands
26484 treat nomenclature boundaries as word boundaries.
26485
26486 \\{subword-mode-map}
26487
26488 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26489
26490 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
26491 Non-nil if Global Subword mode is enabled.
26492 See the `global-subword-mode' command
26493 for a description of this minor mode.
26494 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26495 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26496 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
26497
26498 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
26499
26500 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
26501 Toggle Subword mode in all buffers.
26502 With prefix ARG, enable Global Subword mode if ARG is positive;
26503 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
26504 ARG is omitted or nil.
26505
26506 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
26507 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
26508 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
26509
26510 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26511
26512 (autoload 'superword-mode "subword" "\
26513 Toggle superword movement and editing (Superword mode).
26514 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Superword mode if ARG is
26515 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26516 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26517
26518 Superword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
26519 the definition of words such that symbols characters are treated
26520 as parts of words: e.g., in `superword-mode',
26521 \"this_is_a_symbol\" counts as one word.
26522
26523 \\{superword-mode-map}
26524
26525 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26526
26527 (defvar global-superword-mode nil "\
26528 Non-nil if Global Superword mode is enabled.
26529 See the `global-superword-mode' command
26530 for a description of this minor mode.
26531 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26532 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26533 or call the function `global-superword-mode'.")
26534
26535 (custom-autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" nil)
26536
26537 (autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" "\
26538 Toggle Superword mode in all buffers.
26539 With prefix ARG, enable Global Superword mode if ARG is positive;
26540 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
26541 ARG is omitted or nil.
26542
26543 Superword mode is enabled in all buffers where
26544 `(lambda nil (superword-mode 1))' would do it.
26545 See `superword-mode' for more information on Superword mode.
26546
26547 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26548
26549 ;;;***
26550 \f
26551 ;;;### (autoloads nil "supercite" "mail/supercite.el" (22150 28228
26552 ;;;;;; 254072 702000))
26553 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
26554
26555 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
26556 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
26557 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
26558 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
26559 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
26560 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
26561 original message but it does require a few things:
26562
26563 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
26564
26565 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
26566 reply buffer.
26567
26568 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
26569 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
26570 original message.
26571
26572 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
26573
26574 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
26575
26576 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
26577 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
26578 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
26579
26580 \(fn)" nil nil)
26581
26582 ;;;***
26583 \f
26584 ;;;### (autoloads nil "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (22204 31687 849113
26585 ;;;;;; 480000))
26586 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
26587
26588 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
26589
26590 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
26591 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
26592 See the `gpm-mouse-mode' command
26593 for a description of this minor mode.
26594 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26595 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26596 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
26597
26598 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
26599
26600 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
26601 Toggle mouse support in GNU/Linux consoles (GPM Mouse mode).
26602 With a prefix argument ARG, enable GPM Mouse mode if ARG is
26603 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26604 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26605
26606 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
26607 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
26608 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
26609
26610 Note that when `gpm-mouse-mode' is enabled, you cannot use the
26611 mouse to transfer text between Emacs and other programs which use
26612 GPM. This is due to limitations in GPM and the Linux kernel.
26613
26614 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26615
26616 ;;;***
26617 \f
26618 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tabify" "tabify.el" (22150 28229 26072 702000))
26619 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
26620
26621 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
26622 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
26623 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26624 buffer.
26625
26626 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26627 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26628 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26629
26630 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26631
26632 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
26633 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
26634 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
26635 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
26636 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26637 buffer.
26638
26639 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26640 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26641 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26642
26643 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26644
26645 ;;;***
26646 \f
26647 ;;;### (autoloads nil "table" "textmodes/table.el" (22186 51800 574004
26648 ;;;;;; 628000))
26649 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26650
26651 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26652 Insert an editable text table.
26653 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26654 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26655 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26656 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26657 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26658 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26659 delimiting them.
26660
26661 Examples:
26662
26663 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26664
26665 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26666 location of point.
26667
26668 -!-
26669
26670 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
26671 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26672 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26673 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26674 first cell.
26675
26676 +-----+-----+-----+
26677 |-!- | | |
26678 +-----+-----+-----+
26679
26680 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26681
26682 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26683 width, which results as
26684
26685 +--------------+-----+-----+
26686 |-!- | | |
26687 +--------------+-----+-----+
26688
26689 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26690 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26691
26692 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26693 | | |-!- |
26694 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26695
26696 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26697 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26698 width information to `table-insert'.
26699
26700 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26701
26702 instead of
26703
26704 Cell width(s): 5
26705
26706 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26707 work all together.
26708
26709 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26710 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26711
26712 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26713 |-!- | | |
26714 | | | |
26715 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26716
26717 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26718
26719 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26720 |-!- | | |
26721 | | | |
26722 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26723 | | | |
26724 | | | |
26725 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26726
26727 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26728
26729 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26730 | | | |
26731 | | | |
26732 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26733 | | | |
26734 | | | |
26735 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26736 -!-
26737
26738 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26739 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26740 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26741
26742 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26743 | | | |
26744 | | | |
26745 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26746 | | | |
26747 | | | |
26748 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26749 |-!- | | |
26750 | | | |
26751 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26752
26753 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26754 results.
26755
26756 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26757 | | | |
26758 | | | |
26759 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26760 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26761 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26762 | | |expected results.-!- |
26763 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26764 | | | |
26765 | | | |
26766 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26767
26768 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26769
26770 \\{table-cell-map}
26771
26772 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26773
26774 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26775 Insert N table row(s).
26776 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26777 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26778 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26779 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26780
26781 \(fn N)" t nil)
26782
26783 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26784 Insert N table column(s).
26785 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26786 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26787 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26788 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26789
26790 \(fn N)" t nil)
26791
26792 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26793 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26794 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26795
26796 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26797
26798 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26799 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26800 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26801 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26802 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26803 all the table specific features.
26804
26805 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26806
26807 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26808
26809
26810 \(fn)" t nil)
26811
26812 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26813 Recognize all tables within region.
26814 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26815 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26816 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26817 specific features.
26818
26819 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26820
26821 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26822
26823
26824 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26825
26826 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26827 Recognize a table at point.
26828 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26829 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26830 the table specific features.
26831
26832 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26833
26834 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26835
26836
26837 \(fn)" t nil)
26838
26839 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26840 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26841 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26842 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26843 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26844 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26845 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26846
26847 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26848
26849 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26850
26851
26852 \(fn)" t nil)
26853
26854 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26855 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26856 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26857 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26858 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26859 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26860 specified.
26861
26862 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26863
26864 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26865 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26866 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26867 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefore, the cell
26868 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26869 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26870 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26871 table structure.
26872
26873 \(fn N)" t nil)
26874
26875 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26876 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26877 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26878 table's rectangle structure.
26879
26880 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26881
26882 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26883 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26884 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26885 table's rectangle structure.
26886
26887 \(fn N)" t nil)
26888
26889 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26890 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26891 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26892 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26893 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26894
26895 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26896
26897 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26898 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26899 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26900
26901 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26902 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26903 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26904 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26905 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26906 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26907 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26908
26909 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26910 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26911 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26912 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26913 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26914 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26915 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26916
26917 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26918 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26919 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26920 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26921 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26922 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26923 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26924 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26925
26926 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26927
26928 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26929 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26930 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26931 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26932
26933 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26934
26935 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26936 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26937 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26938
26939 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26940
26941 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26942 Split current cell vertically.
26943 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26944
26945 \(fn)" t nil)
26946
26947 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26948 Split current cell horizontally.
26949 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26950
26951 \(fn)" t nil)
26952
26953 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26954 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26955 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26956
26957 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26958
26959 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26960 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26961 WHAT is a symbol `cell', `row' or `column'. JUSTIFY is a symbol
26962 `left', `center', `right', `top', `middle', `bottom' or `none'.
26963
26964 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26965
26966 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26967 Justify cell contents.
26968 JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or `right' for horizontal, or `top',
26969 `middle', `bottom' or `none' for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26970 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26971 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26972
26973 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26974
26975 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26976 Justify cells of a row.
26977 JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or `right' for horizontal,
26978 or `top', `middle', `bottom' or `none' for vertical.
26979
26980 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26981
26982 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26983 Justify cells of a column.
26984 JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or `right' for horizontal,
26985 or `top', `middle', `bottom' or `none' for vertical.
26986
26987 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26988
26989 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26990 Cell width is fixed when this is non-nil.
26991 Normally it should be nil for allowing automatic cell width expansion
26992 that widens a cell when it is necessary. When non-nil, typing in a
26993 cell does not automatically expand the cell width. A word that is too
26994 long to fit in a cell is chopped into multiple lines. The chopped
26995 location is indicated by `table-word-continuation-char'. This
26996 variable's value can be toggled by \\[table-fixed-width-mode] at
26997 run-time.
26998
26999 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27000
27001 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
27002 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
27003 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
27004 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
27005 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
27006 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
27007 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
27008 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
27009 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
27010 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
27011 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
27012
27013 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
27014
27015 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
27016 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
27017 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
27018 structure of the table. It must be either `html', `latex' or `cals'.
27019 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
27020 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
27021 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
27022 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
27023 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
27024 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
27025 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
27026 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
27027 untouched.
27028
27029 References used for this implementation:
27030
27031 HTML:
27032 URL `http://www.w3.org'
27033
27034 LaTeX:
27035 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
27036
27037 CALS (DocBook DTD):
27038 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
27039 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
27040
27041 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
27042
27043 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
27044 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
27045 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
27046 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
27047 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
27048 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
27049 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
27050 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
27051 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
27052 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
27053 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
27054 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
27055 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
27056 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
27057 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
27058 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or
27059 `right' that specifies justification of the inserted string.
27060
27061 Example:
27062
27063 (progn
27064 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
27065 (table-forward-cell 15)
27066 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 \\='center)
27067 (table-forward-cell 16)
27068 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 \\='center)
27069 (table-forward-cell 1)
27070 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 \\='center))
27071
27072 (progn
27073 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
27074 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 \\='right)
27075 (table-forward-cell 1)
27076 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 \\='left))
27077
27078 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27079
27080 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
27081 Delete N row(s) of cells.
27082 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
27083 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
27084 consists from cells of same height.
27085
27086 \(fn N)" t nil)
27087
27088 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
27089 Delete N column(s) of cells.
27090 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
27091 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
27092 column must consists from cells of same width.
27093
27094 \(fn N)" t nil)
27095
27096 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
27097 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
27098 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
27099 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
27100 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
27101 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
27102 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
27103 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
27104 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
27105 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
27106 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
27107 is one of `left', `center' or `right', which specifies the cell
27108 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
27109 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
27110 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
27111
27112
27113 Example 1:
27114
27115 1, 2, 3, 4
27116 5, 6, 7, 8
27117 , 9, 10
27118
27119 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
27120 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
27121 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
27122 specified as 5.
27123
27124 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27125 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
27126 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27127 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
27128 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27129 | | 9 | 10 | |
27130 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27131
27132 Note:
27133
27134 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
27135 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
27136 of each row is optional.
27137
27138
27139 Example 2:
27140
27141 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
27142 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
27143 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
27144 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
27145 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
27146
27147 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
27148 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
27149
27150 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
27151 expression and raw delimiter regular
27152 expression, it parses the specified text
27153 area and extracts cell items from
27154 non-table text and then forms a table out
27155 of them.
27156
27157 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
27158 creates a single cell table. The text in
27159 the specified region is placed in that
27160 cell.-*-
27161
27162 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
27163 like this.
27164
27165 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27166 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
27167 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
27168 | |
27169 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
27170 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
27171 | expression, it parses the specified text |
27172 | area and extracts cell items from |
27173 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
27174 | of them. |
27175 | |
27176 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
27177 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
27178 | the specified region is placed in that |
27179 | cell. |
27180 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27181
27182 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
27183 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
27184 independently.
27185
27186 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27187 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
27188 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
27189 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27190 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
27191 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
27192 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
27193 | |area and extracts cell items from |
27194 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
27195 | |of them. |
27196 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27197 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
27198 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
27199 | |the specified region is placed in that |
27200 | |cell. |
27201 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27202
27203 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
27204 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
27205 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
27206
27207 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
27208
27209 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
27210 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
27211 Remove the frame from a table and deactivate the table. This command
27212 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
27213 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
27214
27215 \(fn)" t nil)
27216
27217 ;;;***
27218 \f
27219 ;;;### (autoloads nil "talk" "talk.el" (22150 28229 26072 702000))
27220 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
27221
27222 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
27223 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
27224
27225 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
27226
27227 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
27228 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
27229
27230 \(fn)" t nil)
27231
27232 ;;;***
27233 \f
27234 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (22150 28229 26072
27235 ;;;;;; 702000))
27236 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
27237
27238 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
27239 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
27240 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
27241 Letters no longer insert themselves.
27242 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
27243 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
27244 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
27245
27246 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
27247 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
27248 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
27249 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
27250
27251 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
27252 \\{tar-mode-map}
27253
27254 \(fn)" t nil)
27255
27256 ;;;***
27257 \f
27258 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcl" "progmodes/tcl.el" (22150 28228 934072
27259 ;;;;;; 702000))
27260 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
27261
27262 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
27263 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
27264 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
27265 Tab indents for Tcl code.
27266 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
27267 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
27268
27269 Variables controlling indentation style:
27270 `tcl-indent-level'
27271 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
27272 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
27273 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
27274
27275 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
27276 documentation for details):
27277 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
27278 Controls action of TAB key.
27279 `tcl-auto-newline'
27280 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
27281 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
27282 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
27283 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
27284 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
27285
27286 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
27287 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
27288 already exist.
27289
27290 \(fn)" t nil)
27291
27292 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
27293 Run inferior Tcl process.
27294 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
27295 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
27296
27297 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
27298
27299 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
27300 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
27301 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
27302
27303 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
27304
27305 ;;;***
27306 \f
27307 ;;;### (autoloads nil "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (22150 28228 406072
27308 ;;;;;; 702000))
27309 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
27310
27311 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
27312 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
27313 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
27314 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
27315
27316 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
27317 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
27318 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
27319 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
27320 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
27321
27322 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
27323
27324 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
27325 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
27326 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
27327 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
27328
27329 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
27330
27331 ;;;***
27332 \f
27333 ;;;### (autoloads nil "term" "term.el" (22305 18655 603719 883000))
27334 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
27335
27336 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
27337 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
27338 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
27339 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
27340 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
27341 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
27342
27343 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
27344
27345 (autoload 'term "term" "\
27346 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
27347 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
27348 commands to use in that buffer.
27349
27350 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
27351
27352 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
27353
27354 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
27355 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
27356
27357 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
27358
27359 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
27360 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
27361 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
27362 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
27363 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
27364 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
27365 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
27366 `serial-process-configure' for details.
27367 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
27368 use in that buffer.
27369 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
27370
27371 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
27372
27373 ;;;***
27374 \f
27375 ;;;### (autoloads nil "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el" (22150
27376 ;;;;;; 28227 458072 702000))
27377 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
27378
27379 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
27380 Start coverage on function under point.
27381
27382 \(fn)" t nil)
27383
27384 ;;;***
27385 \f
27386 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (22189 64323 280321
27387 ;;;;;; 19000))
27388 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
27389 (push (purecopy '(tetris 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
27390
27391 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
27392 Play the Tetris game.
27393 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
27394 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
27395 as to form complete rows.
27396
27397 tetris-mode keybindings:
27398 \\<tetris-mode-map>
27399 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
27400 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
27401 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
27402 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
27403 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
27404 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
27405 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
27406 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
27407
27408 \(fn)" t nil)
27409
27410 ;;;***
27411 \f
27412 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el" (22197 58438
27413 ;;;;;; 727460 447000))
27414 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
27415
27416 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
27417 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
27418
27419 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
27420
27421 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
27422 Directory in which temporary files are written.
27423 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
27424 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
27425 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
27426
27427 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
27428
27429 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
27430 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
27431 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
27432 if it matches the first line of the file,
27433 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
27434
27435 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
27436
27437 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
27438 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
27439 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
27440 if the variable is non-nil.")
27441
27442 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
27443
27444 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
27445 If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
27446
27447 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
27448
27449 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
27450 Command used to run TeX subjob.
27451 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27452 See the documentation of that variable.")
27453
27454 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27455
27456 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
27457 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
27458 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27459 See the documentation of that variable.")
27460
27461 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27462
27463 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
27464 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
27465 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27466 See the documentation of that variable.")
27467
27468 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27469
27470 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
27471 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
27472 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
27473 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
27474 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27475
27476 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
27477
27478 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
27479 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
27480 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
27481 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27482
27483 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
27484
27485 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
27486 User defined LaTeX block names.
27487 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
27488
27489 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
27490
27491 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
27492 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
27493 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27494 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27495
27496 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
27497
27498 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27499 Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27500 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27501 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27502
27503 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27504
27505 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27506 Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
27507 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27508 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
27509
27510 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
27511 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
27512 for example,
27513
27514 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27515 \\='(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
27516
27517 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
27518 use.")
27519
27520 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27521
27522 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
27523 Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
27524 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
27525 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27526 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
27527
27528 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
27529
27530 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
27531
27532 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
27533 Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
27534 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
27535
27536 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
27537
27538 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
27539 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
27540 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
27541 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
27542 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
27543
27544 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
27545
27546 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27547 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27548
27549 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
27550
27551 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27552 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27553
27554 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
27555
27556 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27557 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
27558 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
27559 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
27560 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
27561 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
27562 says which mode to use.
27563
27564 \(fn)" t nil)
27565
27566 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
27567
27568 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
27569
27570 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
27571
27572 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27573 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
27574 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27575 Makes \" insert \\=`\\=` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27576 and \\='\\=' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27577
27578 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
27579 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
27580 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27581 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27582 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27583 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27584 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27585
27586 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27587 mismatched $'s or braces.
27588
27589 Special commands:
27590 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
27591
27592 Mode variables:
27593 tex-run-command
27594 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27595 tex-directory
27596 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
27597 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27598 tex-dvi-print-command
27599 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27600 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27601 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27602 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27603 tex-dvi-view-command
27604 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27605 tex-show-queue-command
27606 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27607 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27608
27609 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27610 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
27611 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27612
27613 \(fn)" t nil)
27614
27615 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27616 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27617 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27618 Makes \" insert \\=`\\=` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27619 and \\='\\=' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27620
27621 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27622 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27623 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27624 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27625 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27626 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27627 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27628
27629 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27630 mismatched $'s or braces.
27631
27632 Special commands:
27633 \\{latex-mode-map}
27634
27635 Mode variables:
27636 latex-run-command
27637 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27638 tex-directory
27639 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27640 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27641 tex-dvi-print-command
27642 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27643 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27644 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27645 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27646 tex-dvi-view-command
27647 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27648 tex-show-queue-command
27649 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27650 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27651
27652 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27653 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27654 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27655
27656 \(fn)" t nil)
27657
27658 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27659 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27660 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27661 Makes \" insert \\=`\\=` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27662 and \\='\\=' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27663
27664 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27665 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27666 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27667 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27668 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27669 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27670 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27671
27672 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27673 mismatched $'s or braces.
27674
27675 Special commands:
27676 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27677
27678 Mode variables:
27679 slitex-run-command
27680 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27681 tex-directory
27682 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27683 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27684 tex-dvi-print-command
27685 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27686 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27687 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27688 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27689 tex-dvi-view-command
27690 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27691 tex-show-queue-command
27692 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27693 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27694
27695 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27696 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27697 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27698 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27699
27700 \(fn)" t nil)
27701
27702 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27703
27704
27705 \(fn)" nil nil)
27706
27707 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27708 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27709
27710 \(fn)" t nil)
27711
27712 ;;;***
27713 \f
27714 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (22197 58438
27715 ;;;;;; 759460 447000))
27716 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27717
27718 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27719 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27720 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27721 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27722
27723 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27724 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27725 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27726
27727 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27728
27729 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27730 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27731 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27732 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27733 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27734
27735 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27736
27737 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27738 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27739 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27740 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27741
27742 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27743 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27744 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27745 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27746
27747 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27748 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27749
27750 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27751
27752 ;;;***
27753 \f
27754 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (22197 58438
27755 ;;;;;; 759460 447000))
27756 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27757
27758 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27759 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27760
27761 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27762
27763 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27764 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27765
27766 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27767
27768 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27769 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27770
27771 It has these extra commands:
27772 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27773
27774 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27775 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27776 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27777 modified version of TeX input format.
27778
27779 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27780 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27781 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27782 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27783
27784 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27785 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27786 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27787 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27788 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27789 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27790 in the Texinfo file.
27791
27792 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27793 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27794 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27795 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27796 move forward past the closing brace.
27797
27798 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27799 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27800
27801 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27802 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27803 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27804
27805 Here are the functions:
27806
27807 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27808 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27809 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27810
27811 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27812 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27813 texinfo-master-menu
27814
27815 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27816
27817 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27818 which menu descriptions are indented.
27819
27820 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27821 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27822 in the region.
27823
27824 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27825 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27826 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27827 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27828
27829 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27830 be the first node in the file.
27831
27832 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27833 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27834
27835 \(fn)" t nil)
27836
27837 ;;;***
27838 \f
27839 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (22150
27840 ;;;;;; 28228 198072 702000))
27841 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27842
27843 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27844 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27845 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27846 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27847
27848 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27849
27850 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27851 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27852
27853 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27854
27855 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27856 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27857
27858 \(fn)" t nil)
27859
27860 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27861
27862
27863 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
27864
27865 ;;;***
27866 \f
27867 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (22225 37858 570976
27868 ;;;;;; 240000))
27869 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27870
27871 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27872 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27873 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27874 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27875 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27876 `line', and `page'.
27877
27878 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27879
27880 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27881 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27882 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27883 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27884 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27885 `line', and `page'.
27886
27887 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
27888 valid THING.
27889
27890 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
27891 positions of the thing found.
27892
27893 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27894
27895 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27896 Return the THING at point.
27897 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27898 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27899 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27900 `line', `number', and `page'.
27901
27902 When the optional argument NO-PROPERTIES is non-nil,
27903 strip text properties from the return value.
27904
27905 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27906 a symbol as a valid THING.
27907
27908 \(fn THING &optional NO-PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
27909
27910 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27911 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
27912
27913 \(fn)" nil nil)
27914
27915 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27916 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
27917
27918 \(fn)" nil nil)
27919
27920 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27921 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
27922
27923 \(fn)" nil nil)
27924
27925 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27926 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
27927
27928 \(fn)" nil nil)
27929
27930 ;;;***
27931 \f
27932 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thumbs" "thumbs.el" (22150 28229 198072 702000))
27933 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27934
27935 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27936 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27937
27938 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
27939
27940 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27941 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27942 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27943 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27944
27945 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27946
27947 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27948 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27949
27950 \(fn)" t nil)
27951
27952 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27953 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27954
27955 \(fn)" t nil)
27956
27957 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27958
27959 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27960 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27961
27962 \(fn)" t nil)
27963
27964 ;;;***
27965 \f
27966 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thunk" "emacs-lisp/thunk.el" (22150 28227
27967 ;;;;;; 458072 702000))
27968 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/thunk.el
27969 (push (purecopy '(thunk 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
27970
27971 ;;;***
27972 \f
27973 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (22150
27974 ;;;;;; 28228 198072 702000))
27975 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27976
27977 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27978 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27979 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27980
27981 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
27982
27983 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
27984 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27985
27986 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27987
27988 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
27989 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27990 The returned string has no composition information.
27991
27992 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27993
27994 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
27995 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27996
27997 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27998
27999 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
28000 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
28001
28002 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
28003
28004 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
28005 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
28006 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
28007 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
28008
28009 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28010
28011 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
28012 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
28013 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
28014 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
28015
28016 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28017
28018 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
28019 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
28020 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
28021
28022 \(fn)" t nil)
28023
28024 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
28025 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
28026 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
28027
28028 \(fn)" t nil)
28029
28030 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
28031
28032
28033 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
28034
28035 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
28036
28037
28038 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
28039
28040 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
28041
28042
28043 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
28044
28045 ;;;***
28046 \f
28047 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el" (22165 43181
28048 ;;;;;; 139854 955000))
28049 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
28050 (push (purecopy '(tildify 4 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
28051
28052 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
28053 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
28054 See variables `tildify-pattern', `tildify-space-string', and
28055 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
28056 parameters.
28057 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
28058 If DONT-ASK is set, or called interactively with prefix argument, user
28059 won't be prompted for confirmation of each substitution.
28060
28061 \(fn BEG END &optional DONT-ASK)" t nil)
28062
28063 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
28064 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
28065 See variables `tildify-pattern', `tildify-space-string', and
28066 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
28067 parameters.
28068 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
28069 If DONT-ASK is set, or called interactively with prefix argument, user
28070 won't be prompted for confirmation of each substitution.
28071
28072 \(fn &optional DONT-ASK)" t nil)
28073
28074 (autoload 'tildify-space "tildify" "\
28075 Convert space before point into a hard space if the context is right.
28076
28077 If
28078 * character before point is a space character,
28079 * character before that has \"w\" character syntax (i.e. it's a word
28080 constituent),
28081 * `tildify-space-pattern' matches when `looking-back' (no more than 10
28082 characters) from before the space character, and
28083 * all predicates in `tildify-space-predicates' return non-nil,
28084 replace the space character with value of `tildify-space-string' and
28085 return t.
28086
28087 Otherwise, if
28088 * `tildify-double-space-undos' variable is non-nil,
28089 * character before point is a space character, and
28090 * text before that is a hard space as defined by
28091 `tildify-space-string' variable,
28092 remove the hard space and leave only the space character.
28093
28094 This function is meant to be used as a `post-self-insert-hook'.
28095
28096 \(fn)" t nil)
28097
28098 (autoload 'tildify-mode "tildify" "\
28099 Adds electric behavior to space character.
28100
28101 When space is inserted into a buffer in a position where hard space is required
28102 instead (determined by `tildify-space-pattern' and `tildify-space-predicates'),
28103 that space character is replaced by a hard space specified by
28104 `tildify-space-string'. Converting of the space is done by `tildify-space'.
28105
28106 When `tildify-mode' is enabled, if `tildify-string-alist' specifies a hard space
28107 representation for current major mode, the `tildify-space-string' buffer-local
28108 variable will be set to the representation.
28109
28110 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28111
28112 ;;;***
28113 \f
28114 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time" "time.el" (22311 14139 302375 715000))
28115 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
28116
28117 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
28118 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
28119
28120 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
28121 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
28122
28123 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
28124 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
28125 This display updates automatically every minute.
28126 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
28127 are displayed as well.
28128 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
28129
28130 \(fn)" t nil)
28131
28132 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
28133 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
28134 See the `display-time-mode' command
28135 for a description of this minor mode.
28136 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28137 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28138 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
28139
28140 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
28141
28142 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
28143 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
28144 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Time mode if ARG is
28145 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28146 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
28147
28148 When Display Time mode is enabled, it updates every minute (you
28149 can control the number of seconds between updates by customizing
28150 `display-time-interval'). If `display-time-day-and-date' is
28151 non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well. This
28152 runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
28153
28154 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28155
28156 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
28157 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
28158 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
28159 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
28160
28161 \(fn)" t nil)
28162
28163 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
28164 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
28165 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
28166 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
28167
28168 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
28169
28170 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
28171 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
28172
28173 \(fn)" t nil)
28174
28175 ;;;***
28176 \f
28177 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (22150
28178 ;;;;;; 28227 82072 702000))
28179 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
28180
28181 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
28182 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
28183 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
28184
28185 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28186 (if (or (featurep 'emacs)
28187 (and (fboundp 'float-time)
28188 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time))))
28189 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
28190 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
28191
28192 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
28193 Convert SECONDS to a time value.
28194
28195 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
28196
28197 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
28198 Convert DAYS into a time value.
28199
28200 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
28201
28202 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
28203 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
28204 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
28205
28206 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28207
28208 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
28209 (autoload 'time-add "time-date")
28210 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date")
28211 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date")
28212
28213 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
28214 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
28215 DATE should be a date-time string.
28216
28217 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28218
28219 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
28220 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
28221 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
28222
28223 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
28224
28225 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
28226 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
28227
28228 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
28229
28230 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
28231 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
28232
28233 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28234
28235 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
28236 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
28237 TIME should be a time value.
28238 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
28239
28240 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28241
28242 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
28243 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
28244 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
28245
28246 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28247
28248 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
28249 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
28250 The valid format specifiers are:
28251 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
28252 %d is the number of days.
28253 %h is the number of hours.
28254 %m is the number of minutes.
28255 %s is the number of seconds.
28256 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
28257 %% is a literal \"%\".
28258
28259 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
28260 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
28261
28262 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
28263 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
28264 return something of the form \"001 year\".
28265
28266 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
28267 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
28268 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
28269
28270 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
28271
28272 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
28273
28274 (autoload 'seconds-to-string "time-date" "\
28275 Convert the time interval in seconds to a short string.
28276
28277 \(fn DELAY)" nil nil)
28278
28279 ;;;***
28280 \f
28281 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-stamp" "time-stamp.el" (22212 25823 511089
28282 ;;;;;; 159000))
28283 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
28284 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28285 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
28286 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
28287 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28288 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28289 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
28290 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
28291 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28292
28293 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
28294 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
28295 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
28296 every time you save the file. Add this line to your init file:
28297 (add-hook \\='before-save-hook \\='time-stamp)
28298 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
28299 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
28300 look like one of the following:
28301 Time-stamp: <>
28302 Time-stamp: \" \"
28303 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
28304 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
28305 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
28306 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
28307 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
28308 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
28309 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
28310 the template.
28311
28312 \(fn)" t nil)
28313
28314 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
28315 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
28316 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
28317
28318 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28319
28320 ;;;***
28321 \f
28322 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el" (22150
28323 ;;;;;; 28227 82072 702000))
28324 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
28325 (push (purecopy '(timeclock 2 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
28326
28327 (defvar timeclock-mode-line-display nil "\
28328 Non-nil if Timeclock-Mode-Line-Display mode is enabled.
28329 See the `timeclock-mode-line-display' command
28330 for a description of this minor mode.
28331 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28332 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28333 or call the function `timeclock-mode-line-display'.")
28334
28335 (custom-autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" nil)
28336
28337 (autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" "\
28338 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the mode line.
28339 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
28340 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the mode line
28341 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
28342 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
28343 updating. With prefix ARG, turn mode line display on if and only
28344 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock mode line
28345 display (non-nil means on).
28346
28347 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28348
28349 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
28350 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
28351 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
28352 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
28353 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
28354 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
28355 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
28356 this function is called within a day.
28357
28358 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
28359 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
28360 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
28361 discover the name of the project.
28362
28363 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
28364
28365 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
28366 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
28367 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
28368 begun during the last time segment.
28369
28370 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
28371 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
28372 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
28373 discover the reason.
28374
28375 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
28376
28377 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
28378 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
28379 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
28380 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
28381 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
28382
28383 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28384
28385 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
28386 Change to working on a different project.
28387 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
28388 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
28389 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
28390 working on.
28391
28392 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
28393
28394 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
28395 Ask the user whether to clock out.
28396 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
28397
28398 \(fn)" nil nil)
28399
28400 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
28401 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
28402 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
28403
28404 \(fn)" t nil)
28405
28406 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
28407 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
28408 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
28409 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
28410 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
28411 \"relative to today\".
28412
28413 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28414
28415 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
28416 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
28417 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
28418 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
28419
28420 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
28421
28422 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
28423 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
28424 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
28425 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
28426 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
28427 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
28428
28429 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28430
28431 ;;;***
28432 \f
28433 ;;;### (autoloads nil "titdic-cnv" "international/titdic-cnv.el"
28434 ;;;;;; (22150 28228 134072 702000))
28435 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
28436
28437 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28438 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
28439 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
28440 the generated Quail package is saved.
28441
28442 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
28443
28444 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28445 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
28446 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
28447 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
28448 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
28449 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
28450 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
28451
28452 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
28453
28454 ;;;***
28455 \f
28456 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tmm" "tmm.el" (22295 25908 202516 451000))
28457 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
28458 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
28459 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
28460
28461 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
28462 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28463 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28464 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
28465 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
28466
28467 Note that \\[menu-bar-open] by default drops down TTY menus; if you want it
28468 to invoke `tmm-menubar' instead, customize the variable
28469 `tty-menu-open-use-tmm' to a non-nil value.
28470
28471 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
28472
28473 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
28474 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28475 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
28476 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
28477 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28478
28479 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
28480
28481 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
28482 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
28483 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
28484 in the menu in two ways:
28485 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
28486 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
28487 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
28488
28489 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
28490 keymap or an alist of alists.
28491 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
28492 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
28493
28494 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
28495
28496 ;;;***
28497 \f
28498 ;;;### (autoloads nil "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (22315
28499 ;;;;;; 11204 757560 191000))
28500 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
28501
28502 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
28503 Visit a todo file and display one of its categories.
28504
28505 When invoked in Todo mode, Todo Archive mode or Todo Filtered
28506 Items mode, or when invoked anywhere else with a prefix argument,
28507 prompt for which todo file to visit. When invoked outside of a
28508 Todo mode buffer without a prefix argument, visit
28509 `todo-default-todo-file'. Subsequent invocations from outside of
28510 Todo mode revisit this file or, with option
28511 `todo-show-current-file' non-nil (the default), whichever todo
28512 file was last visited.
28513
28514 If you call this command before you have created any todo file in
28515 the current format, and you have an todo file in old format, it
28516 will ask you whether to convert that file and show it.
28517 Otherwise, calling this command before any todo file exists
28518 prompts for a file name and an initial category (defaulting to
28519 `todo-initial-file' and `todo-initial-category'), creates both of
28520 these, visits the file and displays the category, and if option
28521 `todo-add-item-if-new-category' is non-nil (the default), prompts
28522 for the first item.
28523
28524 The first invocation of this command on an existing todo file
28525 interacts with the option `todo-show-first': if its value is
28526 `first' (the default), show the first category in the file; if
28527 its value is `table', show the table of categories in the file;
28528 if its value is one of `top', `diary' or `regexp', show the
28529 corresponding saved top priorities, diary items, or regexp items
28530 file, if any. Subsequent invocations always show the file's
28531 current (i.e., last displayed) category.
28532
28533 In Todo mode just the category's unfinished todo items are shown
28534 by default. The done items are hidden, but typing
28535 `\\[todo-toggle-view-done-items]' displays them below the todo
28536 items. With non-nil user option `todo-show-with-done' both todo
28537 and done items are always shown on visiting a category.
28538
28539 \(fn &optional SOLICIT-FILE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
28540
28541 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
28542 Major mode for displaying, navigating and editing todo lists.
28543
28544 \\{todo-mode-map}
28545
28546 \(fn)" t nil)
28547
28548 (autoload 'todo-archive-mode "todo-mode" "\
28549 Major mode for archived todo categories.
28550
28551 \\{todo-archive-mode-map}
28552
28553 \(fn)" t nil)
28554
28555 (autoload 'todo-filtered-items-mode "todo-mode" "\
28556 Mode for displaying and reprioritizing top priority Todo.
28557
28558 \\{todo-filtered-items-mode-map}
28559
28560 \(fn)" t nil)
28561
28562 ;;;***
28563 \f
28564 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (22150 28229 202072
28565 ;;;;;; 702000))
28566 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
28567
28568 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
28569 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
28570 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
28571
28572 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28573
28574 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
28575 Add an item to the tool bar.
28576 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28577 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28578 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28579 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28580
28581 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28582 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28583 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28584 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28585
28586 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28587 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
28588
28589 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28590
28591 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
28592 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
28593 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28594 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28595 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28596 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28597
28598 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28599 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28600 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28601 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28602
28603 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28604
28605 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28606 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
28607 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
28608 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28609 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28610 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28611 properties to add to the binding.
28612
28613 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
28614
28615 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28616 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
28617
28618 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28619
28620 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28621 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
28622 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28623 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28624 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28625 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28626 properties to add to the binding.
28627
28628 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28629 holds a keymap.
28630
28631 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28632
28633 ;;;***
28634 \f
28635 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (22150 28227 458072
28636 ;;;;;; 702000))
28637 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28638
28639 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
28640 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28641 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28642 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28643 to a tcp server on another machine.
28644
28645 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28646
28647 ;;;***
28648 \f
28649 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (22150 28227
28650 ;;;;;; 458072 702000))
28651 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28652
28653 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
28654 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28655
28656 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
28657
28658 (autoload 'trace-values "trace" "\
28659 Helper function to get internal values.
28660 You can call this function to add internal values in the trace buffer.
28661
28662 \(fn &rest VALUES)" nil nil)
28663
28664 (autoload 'trace-function-foreground "trace" "\
28665 Trace calls to function FUNCTION.
28666 With a prefix argument, also prompt for the trace buffer (default
28667 `trace-buffer'), and a Lisp expression CONTEXT.
28668
28669 Tracing a function causes every call to that function to insert
28670 into BUFFER Lisp-style trace messages that display the function's
28671 arguments and return values. It also evaluates CONTEXT, if that is
28672 non-nil, and inserts its value too. For example, you can use this
28673 to track the current buffer, or position of point.
28674
28675 This function creates BUFFER if it does not exist. This buffer will
28676 popup whenever FUNCTION is called. Do not use this function to trace
28677 functions that switch buffers, or do any other display-oriented
28678 stuff - use `trace-function-background' instead.
28679
28680 To stop tracing a function, use `untrace-function' or `untrace-all'.
28681
28682 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28683
28684 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28685 Trace calls to function FUNCTION, quietly.
28686 This is like `trace-function-foreground', but without popping up
28687 the output buffer or changing the window configuration.
28688
28689 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28690
28691 (defalias 'trace-function 'trace-function-foreground)
28692
28693 ;;;***
28694 \f
28695 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (22272 64438 268671
28696 ;;;;;; 103000))
28697 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28698
28699 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
28700 Whether Tramp is enabled.
28701 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
28702
28703 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
28704
28705 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28706 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28707
28708 It can have the following values:
28709
28710 `ftp' -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28711 `sep' -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs.")
28712
28713 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28714
28715 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\(\\[.*\\]\\|[^/|:]\\{2,\\}[^/|]*\\):" "\\`/[^/|:][^/|]*:") "\
28716 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28717 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28718 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28719
28720 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28721
28722 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28723 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28724 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28725 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28726
28727 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28728 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28729 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28730 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28731 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28732 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28733 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28734 files which are not really Tramp files.
28735
28736 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28737 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28738 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28739 updated after changing this variable.
28740
28741 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28742
28743 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'" "\\`/[^/]*\\'") "\
28744 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28745 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
28746 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28747
28748 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28749
28750 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'" "\
28751 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28752 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28753 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28754
28755 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28756 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28757 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28758
28759 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28760 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28761 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28762 updated after changing this variable.
28763
28764 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28765
28766 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28767 Alist of completion handler functions.
28768 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations
28769 not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file name handler
28770 functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
28771
28772 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28773 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28774 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28775 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28776
28777 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28778 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28779 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28780
28781 (defun tramp-autoload-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28782 Load Tramp file name handler, and perform OPERATION." (let ((default-directory "/")) (load "tramp" nil t)) (apply operation args))
28783
28784 (defun tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers nil "\
28785 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist' during autoload." (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t))
28786
28787 (tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers)
28788
28789 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28790
28791
28792 \(fn)" nil nil)
28793
28794 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28795 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28796
28797 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28798
28799 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28800 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28801
28802 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28803
28804 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28805 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28806
28807 \(fn)" t nil)
28808
28809 ;;;***
28810 \f
28811 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el" (22150 28228
28812 ;;;;;; 410072 702000))
28813 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28814
28815 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28816
28817
28818 \(fn)" nil nil)
28819
28820 ;;;***
28821 \f
28822 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trampver" "net/trampver.el" (22150 28228 442072
28823 ;;;;;; 702000))
28824 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/trampver.el
28825 (push (purecopy '(tramp 2 2 13 25 1)) package--builtin-versions)
28826
28827 ;;;***
28828 \f
28829 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (22150 28229 206072
28830 ;;;;;; 702000))
28831 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28832
28833 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28834 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28835 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28836 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28837 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28838 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28839 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28840 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28841
28842 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28843 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28844 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28845
28846 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28847 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28848 resumed later.
28849
28850 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28851
28852 ;;;***
28853 \f
28854 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el" (22086 11929
28855 ;;;;;; 906062 731000))
28856 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28857
28858 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28859
28860
28861 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28862
28863 ;;;***
28864 \f
28865 ;;;### (autoloads nil "two-column" "textmodes/two-column.el" (22150
28866 ;;;;;; 28229 198072 702000))
28867 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28868 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28869 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28870 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28871
28872 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28873 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28874 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28875 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28876 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28877 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28878 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28879
28880 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28881
28882 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28883 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28884 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28885 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28886
28887 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28888
28889 \(fn)" t nil)
28890
28891 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28892 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28893 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28894 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28895 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28896 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28897 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28898
28899 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28900 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28901
28902 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28903 \\___/\\
28904 / \\
28905 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28906
28907 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28908
28909 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28910
28911 ;;;***
28912 \f
28913 ;;;### (autoloads nil "type-break" "type-break.el" (22189 64323 316321
28914 ;;;;;; 19000))
28915 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28916
28917 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28918 Non-nil if Type-Break mode is enabled.
28919 See the `type-break-mode' command
28920 for a description of this minor mode.
28921 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28922 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28923 or call the function `type-break-mode'.")
28924
28925 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28926
28927 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28928 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28929 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28930
28931 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28932 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28933 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28934 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28935 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28936 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28937 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28938
28939 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28940 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28941
28942 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28943 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28944 reset the keystroke counter.
28945
28946 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28947 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28948 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28949 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28950
28951 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28952 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28953 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28954 `type-break-schedule' command.
28955
28956 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28957 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28958 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28959 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28960 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28961 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28962 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28963 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28964 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28965
28966 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28967 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28968 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28969 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28970 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28971
28972 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28973 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28974 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28975 approximate good values for this.
28976
28977 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28978 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28979
28980 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28981 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28982 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28983 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28984 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28985 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28986
28987 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28988 a typing break occur. They include:
28989
28990 `type-break-query-mode'
28991 `type-break-query-function'
28992 `type-break-query-interval'
28993
28994 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28995
28996 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28997 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28998 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28999 problems.
29000
29001 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29002
29003 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
29004 Take a typing break.
29005
29006 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
29007 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
29008
29009 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
29010 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
29011
29012 \(fn)" t nil)
29013
29014 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
29015 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
29016 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
29017 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
29018
29019 \(fn)" t nil)
29020
29021 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
29022 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
29023
29024 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
29025 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
29026 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
29027 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
29028 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
29029 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
29030 average typing speed.)
29031
29032 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
29033 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
29034 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
29035 the computed maximum threshold.
29036
29037 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
29038 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
29039 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
29040 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
29041 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
29042
29043 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
29044
29045 ;;;***
29046 \f
29047 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uce" "mail/uce.el" (22150 28228 258072 702000))
29048 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
29049
29050 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
29051 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
29052 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
29053 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
29054 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
29055
29056 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
29057
29058 ;;;***
29059 \f
29060 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ucs-normalize" "international/ucs-normalize.el"
29061 ;;;;;; (22150 28228 134072 702000))
29062 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
29063
29064 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29065 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
29066
29067 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29068
29069 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29070 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
29071
29072 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29073
29074 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29075 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
29076
29077 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29078
29079 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29080 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
29081
29082 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29083
29084 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29085 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
29086
29087 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29088
29089 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29090 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
29091
29092 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29093
29094 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29095 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
29096
29097 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29098
29099 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29100 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
29101
29102 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29103
29104 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29105 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29106
29107 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29108
29109 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29110 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29111
29112 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29113
29114 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29115 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29116
29117 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29118
29119 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29120 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29121
29122 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29123
29124 ;;;***
29125 \f
29126 ;;;### (autoloads nil "underline" "textmodes/underline.el" (22150
29127 ;;;;;; 28229 198072 702000))
29128 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
29129
29130 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
29131 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
29132 Works by overstriking underscores.
29133 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
29134 which specify the range to operate on.
29135
29136 \(fn START END)" t nil)
29137
29138 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
29139 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
29140 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
29141 which specify the range to operate on.
29142
29143 \(fn START END)" t nil)
29144
29145 ;;;***
29146 \f
29147 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el" (22150 28228 258072
29148 ;;;;;; 702000))
29149 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
29150
29151 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
29152 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to mbox format.
29153 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
29154 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
29155 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
29156 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
29157
29158 \(fn)" nil nil)
29159
29160 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
29161 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to mbox format file TO-FILE.
29162 The variable `unrmail-mbox-format' controls which mbox format to use.
29163
29164 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
29165
29166 ;;;***
29167 \f
29168 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (22150 28227
29169 ;;;;;; 458072 702000))
29170 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
29171
29172 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
29173 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
29174 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
29175 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
29176
29177 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
29178
29179 ;;;***
29180 \f
29181 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url" "url/url.el" (22311 14139 302375 715000))
29182 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
29183
29184 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
29185 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29186 URL is either a string or a parsed URL. If it is a string
29187 containing characters that are not valid in a URI, those
29188 characters are percent-encoded; see `url-encode-url'.
29189
29190 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
29191 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
29192 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
29193 STATUS is a plist representing what happened during the request,
29194 with most recent events first, or an empty list if no events have
29195 occurred. Each pair is one of:
29196
29197 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
29198 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
29199 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
29200
29201 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
29202 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
29203 the callback is not called).
29204
29205 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
29206 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
29207 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
29208 take effect.
29209
29210 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
29211 If INHIBIT-COOKIES, cookies will neither be stored nor sent to
29212 the server.
29213 If URL is a multibyte string, it will be encoded as utf-8 and
29214 URL-encoded before it's used.
29215
29216 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29217
29218 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
29219 Retrieve URL synchronously.
29220 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
29221 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
29222 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
29223 If SILENT is non-nil, don't display progress reports and similar messages.
29224 If INHIBIT-COOKIES is non-nil, cookies will neither be stored nor sent
29225 to the server.
29226
29227 \(fn URL &optional SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29228
29229 ;;;***
29230 \f
29231 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (22150 28229 210072
29232 ;;;;;; 702000))
29233 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
29234
29235 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
29236 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
29237 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
29238
29239 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
29240 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
29241 `url-generic-parse-url'
29242 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
29243 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol `any' to
29244 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
29245 realm
29246 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
29247 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol `any'
29248 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting `any'
29249 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
29250 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
29251 what type of auth to use
29252 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
29253 if one cannot be found in the cache
29254
29255 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
29256
29257 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
29258 Register an HTTP authentication method.
29259
29260 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
29261 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
29262 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
29263 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
29264 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
29265 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
29266 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
29267 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
29268
29269 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
29270
29271 ;;;***
29272 \f
29273 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (22150 28229
29274 ;;;;;; 210072 702000))
29275 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
29276
29277 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
29278 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
29279
29280 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
29281
29282 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
29283 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
29284 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
29285
29286 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29287
29288 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
29289 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
29290
29291 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
29292
29293 ;;;***
29294 \f
29295 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (22150 28229 210072
29296 ;;;;;; 702000))
29297 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
29298
29299 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
29300
29301
29302 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29303
29304 ;;;***
29305 \f
29306 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-dav" "url/url-dav.el" (22150 28229 214072
29307 ;;;;;; 702000))
29308 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
29309
29310 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
29311 Return WebDAV protocol version supported by URL.
29312 Returns nil if WebDAV is not supported.
29313
29314 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29315
29316 (autoload 'url-dav-request "url-dav" "\
29317 Perform WebDAV operation METHOD on URL. Return the parsed responses.
29318 Automatically creates an XML request body if TAG is non-nil.
29319 BODY is the XML document fragment to be enclosed by <TAG></TAG>.
29320
29321 DEPTH is how deep the request should propagate. Default is 0, meaning
29322 it should apply only to URL. A negative number means to use
29323 `Infinity' for the depth. Not all WebDAV servers support this depth
29324 though.
29325
29326 HEADERS is an assoc list of extra headers to send in the request.
29327
29328 NAMESPACES is an assoc list of (NAMESPACE . EXPANSION), and these are
29329 added to the <TAG> element. The DAV=DAV: namespace is automatically
29330 added to this list, so most requests can just pass in nil.
29331
29332 \(fn URL METHOD TAG BODY &optional DEPTH HEADERS NAMESPACES)" nil nil)
29333
29334 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
29335
29336
29337 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29338
29339 ;;;***
29340 \f
29341 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (22150 28229 214072
29342 ;;;;;; 702000))
29343 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
29344
29345 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
29346 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
29347
29348 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
29349
29350 ;;;***
29351 \f
29352 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-gw" "url/url-gw.el" (22150 28229 218072
29353 ;;;;;; 702000))
29354 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
29355
29356 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
29357 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
29358
29359 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
29360
29361 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
29362 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
29363 Args per `open-network-stream'.
29364 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
29365 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
29366
29367 Optional arg GATEWAY-METHOD specifies the gateway to be used,
29368 overriding the value of `url-gateway-method'.
29369
29370 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &optional GATEWAY-METHOD)" nil nil)
29371
29372 ;;;***
29373 \f
29374 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (22150
29375 ;;;;;; 28229 218072 702000))
29376 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
29377
29378 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
29379 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
29380 See the `url-handler-mode' command
29381 for a description of this minor mode.
29382 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29383 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
29384 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
29385
29386 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
29387
29388 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
29389 Toggle using `url' library for URL filenames (URL Handler mode).
29390 With a prefix argument ARG, enable URL Handler mode if ARG is
29391 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
29392 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
29393
29394 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29395
29396 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
29397 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
29398 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
29399 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
29400
29401 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29402
29403 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
29404 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
29405 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
29406 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
29407 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
29408 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
29409 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
29410 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
29411 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
29412 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
29413
29414 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
29415
29416 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
29417 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
29418 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
29419 accessible.
29420
29421 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
29422
29423 (autoload 'url-insert-buffer-contents "url-handlers" "\
29424 Insert the contents of BUFFER into current buffer.
29425 This is like `url-insert', but also decodes the current buffer as
29426 if it had been inserted from a file named URL.
29427
29428 \(fn BUFFER URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
29429
29430 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
29431
29432
29433 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
29434
29435 ;;;***
29436 \f
29437 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (22229 34898 908051
29438 ;;;;;; 395000))
29439 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
29440 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
29441
29442 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
29443 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
29444 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
29445 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
29446 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
29447
29448 ;;;***
29449 \f
29450 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (22150 28229 222072
29451 ;;;;;; 702000))
29452 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
29453
29454 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
29455
29456
29457 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29458
29459 ;;;***
29460 \f
29461 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (22150 28229 222072
29462 ;;;;;; 702000))
29463 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
29464
29465 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
29466 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
29467 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
29468 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
29469 `url-generic-parse-url'.
29470
29471 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29472
29473 ;;;***
29474 \f
29475 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el" (22150 28229
29476 ;;;;;; 222072 702000))
29477 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
29478
29479 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
29480
29481
29482 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29483
29484 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
29485 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
29486
29487 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29488
29489 ;;;***
29490 \f
29491 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (22150 28229 222072
29492 ;;;;;; 702000))
29493 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
29494
29495 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
29496 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
29497
29498 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29499
29500 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
29501 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
29502
29503 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29504
29505 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
29506
29507
29508 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29509
29510 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29511
29512 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29513
29514 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29515
29516 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
29517 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
29518
29519 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29520
29521 ;;;***
29522 \f
29523 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-news" "url/url-news.el" (22150 28229 222072
29524 ;;;;;; 702000))
29525 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
29526
29527 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
29528
29529
29530 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29531
29532 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
29533
29534
29535 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29536
29537 ;;;***
29538 \f
29539 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el" (22150 28229 222072
29540 ;;;;;; 702000))
29541 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
29542
29543 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
29544
29545
29546 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29547
29548 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
29549
29550
29551 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
29552
29553 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
29554
29555
29556 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29557
29558 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
29559
29560
29561 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29562
29563 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
29564
29565
29566 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
29567
29568 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
29569
29570
29571 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
29572
29573 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
29574
29575
29576 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
29577
29578 ;;;***
29579 \f
29580 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-parse" "url/url-parse.el" (22150 28229
29581 ;;;;;; 222072 702000))
29582 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
29583
29584 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
29585 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
29586
29587 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
29588
29589 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
29590 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
29591 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
29592
29593 TYPE is the URI scheme (string or nil).
29594 USER is the user name (string or nil).
29595 PASSWORD is the password (string [deprecated] or nil).
29596 HOST is the host (a registered name, IP literal in square
29597 brackets, or IPv4 address in dotted-decimal form).
29598 PORTSPEC is the specified port (a number), or nil.
29599 FILENAME is the path AND the query component of the URI.
29600 TARGET is the fragment identifier component (used to refer to a
29601 subordinate resource, e.g. a part of a webpage).
29602 ATTRIBUTES is nil; this slot originally stored the attribute and
29603 value alists for IMAP URIs, but this feature was removed
29604 since it conflicts with RFC 3986.
29605 FULLNESS is non-nil if the hierarchical sequence component of
29606 the URL starts with two slashes, \"//\".
29607
29608 The parser follows RFC 3986, except that it also tries to handle
29609 URIs that are not fully specified (e.g. lacking TYPE), and it
29610 does not check for or perform %-encoding.
29611
29612 Here is an example. The URL
29613
29614 foo://bob:pass@example.com:42/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal#nose
29615
29616 parses to
29617
29618 TYPE = \"foo\"
29619 USER = \"bob\"
29620 PASSWORD = \"pass\"
29621 HOST = \"example.com\"
29622 PORTSPEC = 42
29623 FILENAME = \"/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal\"
29624 TARGET = \"nose\"
29625 ATTRIBUTES = nil
29626 FULLNESS = t
29627
29628 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29629
29630 ;;;***
29631 \f
29632 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el" (22150 28229
29633 ;;;;;; 222072 702000))
29634 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29635
29636 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29637 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29638
29639 \(fn)" t nil)
29640
29641 ;;;***
29642 \f
29643 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el" (22150 28229
29644 ;;;;;; 226072 702000))
29645 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
29646
29647 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
29648 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29649 This is like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments),
29650 but with limits on the degree of parallelism. The variable
29651 `url-queue-parallel-processes' sets the number of concurrent processes.
29652 The variable `url-queue-timeout' sets a timeout.
29653
29654 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29655
29656 ;;;***
29657 \f
29658 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-tramp" "url/url-tramp.el" (22165 43181
29659 ;;;;;; 143854 955000))
29660 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-tramp.el
29661
29662 (defvar url-tramp-protocols '("ftp" "ssh" "scp" "rsync" "telnet") "\
29663 List of URL protocols for which the work is handled by Tramp.
29664 They must also be covered by `url-handler-regexp'.")
29665
29666 (custom-autoload 'url-tramp-protocols "url-tramp" t)
29667
29668 (autoload 'url-tramp-file-handler "url-tramp" "\
29669 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
29670 OPERATION is what needs to be done. ARGS are the arguments that
29671 would have been passed to OPERATION.
29672
29673 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29674
29675 ;;;***
29676 \f
29677 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (22150 28229 234072
29678 ;;;;;; 702000))
29679 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29680
29681 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29682 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29683 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29684
29685 If t, all messages will be logged.
29686 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29687 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29688
29689 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29690
29691 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29692
29693
29694 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29695
29696 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29697
29698
29699 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29700
29701 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29702 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29703 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29704 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29705 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29706 & ==> &amp;
29707 < ==> &lt;
29708 > ==> &gt;
29709 \" ==> &quot;
29710
29711 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29712
29713 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29714 Return a \"normalized\" version of URL.
29715 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29716
29717 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29718
29719 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29720 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29721 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29722
29723 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29724
29725 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29726 Return a date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29727
29728 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29729
29730 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29731 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29732
29733 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29734
29735 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29736 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29737
29738 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29739
29740 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29741
29742
29743 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29744
29745 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29746
29747
29748 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29749
29750 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
29751
29752 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29753 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29754
29755 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29756
29757 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29758 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29759
29760 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29761
29762 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29763
29764
29765 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29766
29767 (autoload 'url-build-query-string "url-util" "\
29768 Build a query-string.
29769
29770 Given a QUERY in the form:
29771 ((key1 val1)
29772 (key2 val2)
29773 (key3 val1 val2)
29774 (key4)
29775 (key5 \"\"))
29776
29777 \(This is the same format as produced by `url-parse-query-string')
29778
29779 This will return a string
29780 \"key1=val1&key2=val2&key3=val1&key3=val2&key4&key5\". Keys may
29781 be strings or symbols; if they are symbols, the symbol name will
29782 be used.
29783
29784 When SEMICOLONS is given, the separator will be \";\".
29785
29786 When KEEP-EMPTY is given, empty values will show as \"key=\"
29787 instead of just \"key\" as in the example above.
29788
29789 \(fn QUERY &optional SEMICOLONS KEEP-EMPTY)" nil nil)
29790
29791 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29792 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29793 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29794 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29795 forbidden in URL encoding.
29796
29797 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29798
29799 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29800 URI-encode STRING and return the result.
29801 If STRING is multibyte, it is first converted to a utf-8 byte
29802 string. Each byte corresponding to an allowed character is left
29803 as-is, while all other bytes are converted to a three-character
29804 string: \"%\" followed by two upper-case hex digits.
29805
29806 The allowed characters are specified by ALLOWED-CHARS. If this
29807 argument is nil, the list `url-unreserved-chars' determines the
29808 allowed characters. Otherwise, ALLOWED-CHARS should be a vector
29809 whose Nth element is non-nil if character N is allowed.
29810
29811 \(fn STRING &optional ALLOWED-CHARS)" nil nil)
29812
29813 (autoload 'url-encode-url "url-util" "\
29814 Return a properly URI-encoded version of URL.
29815 This function also performs URI normalization, e.g. converting
29816 the scheme to lowercase if it is uppercase. Apart from
29817 normalization, if URL is already URI-encoded, this function
29818 should return it unchanged.
29819
29820 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29821
29822 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29823 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29824 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29825 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29826
29827 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29828
29829 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29830 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29831 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29832
29833 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29834
29835 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29836 View the current document's URL.
29837 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29838 the minibuffer.
29839
29840 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29841
29842 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29843
29844 ;;;***
29845 \f
29846 ;;;### (autoloads nil "userlock" "userlock.el" (22150 28229 234072
29847 ;;;;;; 702000))
29848 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29849
29850 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29851 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29852 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29853 do (signal \\='file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29854 to refrain from editing the file
29855 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29856 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29857 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29858 in any way you like.
29859
29860 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29861
29862 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29863 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29864 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29865 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal \\='file-supersession (file)),
29866 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29867
29868 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29869 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29870
29871 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
29872
29873 ;;;***
29874 \f
29875 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (22150 28228
29876 ;;;;;; 134072 702000))
29877 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29878
29879 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29880
29881
29882 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29883
29884 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29885
29886
29887 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29888
29889 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29890
29891
29892 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29893
29894 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29895
29896
29897 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29898
29899 ;;;***
29900 \f
29901 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf7" "gnus/utf7.el" (22150 28228 26072 702000))
29902 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/utf7.el
29903
29904 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
29905 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
29906
29907 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
29908
29909 ;;;***
29910 \f
29911 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el" (22150 28228
29912 ;;;;;; 258072 702000))
29913 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29914
29915 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29916 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29917 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29918 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29919
29920 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29921
29922 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29923 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29924 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29925
29926 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29927
29928 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29929 Uudecode region between START and END.
29930 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29931
29932 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29933
29934 ;;;***
29935 \f
29936 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc" "vc/vc.el" (22341 35254 403552 371000))
29937 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
29938
29939 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29940 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29941 See `run-hooks'.")
29942
29943 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29944
29945 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29946 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29947 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29948
29949 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29950
29951 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29952 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29953 See `run-hooks'.")
29954
29955 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29956
29957 (autoload 'vc-responsible-backend "vc" "\
29958 Return the name of a backend system that is responsible for FILE.
29959
29960 If FILE is already registered, return the
29961 backend of FILE. If FILE is not registered, then the
29962 first backend in `vc-handled-backends' that declares itself
29963 responsible for FILE is returned.
29964
29965 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29966
29967 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29968 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29969 This requires that all files in the current VC fileset be in the
29970 same state. If not, signal an error.
29971
29972 For merging-based version control systems:
29973 If every file in the VC fileset is not registered for version
29974 control, register the fileset (but don't commit).
29975 If every work file in the VC fileset is added or changed, pop
29976 up a *vc-log* buffer to commit the fileset.
29977 For a centralized version control system, if any work file in
29978 the VC fileset is out of date, offer to update the fileset.
29979
29980 For old-style locking-based version control systems, like RCS:
29981 If every file is not registered, register the file(s).
29982 If every file is registered and unlocked, check out (lock)
29983 the file(s) for editing.
29984 If every file is locked by you and has changes, pop up a
29985 *vc-log* buffer to check in the changes. Leave a
29986 read-only copy of each changed file after checking in.
29987 If every file is locked by you and unchanged, unlock them.
29988 If every file is locked by someone else, offer to steal the lock.
29989
29990 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29991
29992 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29993 Register into a version control system.
29994 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
29995 Otherwise register the current file.
29996 If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29997
29998 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29999 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
30000 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
30001 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
30002 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
30003 first backend that could register the file is used.
30004
30005 \(fn &optional VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
30006
30007 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
30008 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
30009
30010 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
30011
30012 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
30013 Display diffs between file revisions.
30014 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
30015 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
30016 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
30017
30018 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
30019 saving the buffer.
30020
30021 \(fn &optional HISTORIC NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
30022
30023 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
30024 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
30025 repository history using ediff.
30026
30027 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
30028
30029 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
30030 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
30031 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
30032 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
30033 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
30034
30035 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
30036 saving the buffer.
30037
30038 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
30039
30040 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
30041 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
30042 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
30043 fileset with the working revision.
30044 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
30045 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
30046
30047 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
30048 saving the buffer.
30049
30050 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
30051
30052 (autoload 'vc-root-dir "vc" "\
30053 Return the root directory for the current VC tree.
30054 Return nil if the root directory cannot be identified.
30055
30056 \(fn)" nil nil)
30057
30058 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
30059 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
30060 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
30061 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
30062
30063 \(fn REV)" t nil)
30064
30065 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
30066 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
30067 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
30068 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
30069
30070 \(fn)" t nil)
30071
30072 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
30073 Perform a version control merge operation.
30074 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
30075 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"merge\"
30076 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
30077 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
30078
30079 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
30080 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
30081 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
30082 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
30083 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
30084 changes from the current branch.
30085
30086 \(fn)" t nil)
30087
30088 (autoload 'vc-message-unresolved-conflicts "vc" "\
30089 Display a message indicating unresolved conflicts in FILENAME.
30090
30091 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
30092
30093 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
30094
30095 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
30096 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
30097 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
30098 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
30099 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
30100 checked out in that new branch.
30101
30102 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
30103
30104 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
30105 For each file in or below DIR, retrieve their tagged version NAME.
30106 NAME can name a branch, in which case this command will switch to the
30107 named branch in the directory DIR.
30108 Interactively, prompt for DIR only for VCS that works at file level;
30109 otherwise use the default directory of the current buffer.
30110 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions of the current branch.
30111 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
30112 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
30113 allowed and simply skipped).
30114
30115 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
30116
30117 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
30118 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
30119 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
30120 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
30121 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
30122
30123 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
30124 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
30125
30126 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
30127
30128 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
30129 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
30130 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
30131 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
30132 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
30133
30134 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
30135
30136 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
30137 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
30138 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
30139
30140 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
30141
30142 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
30143 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
30144 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
30145
30146 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
30147
30148 (autoload 'vc-region-history "vc" "\
30149 Show the history of the region FROM..TO.
30150
30151 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30152
30153 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
30154 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
30155 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
30156 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
30157
30158 \(fn)" t nil)
30159
30160 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
30161
30162 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
30163 Update the current fileset or branch.
30164 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
30165 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"pull\"
30166 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
30167 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt for the VCS
30168 command to run.
30169
30170 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
30171 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
30172 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
30173 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
30174 tip revision are merged into the working file.
30175
30176 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30177
30178 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
30179
30180 (autoload 'vc-push "vc" "\
30181 Push the current branch.
30182 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
30183 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"push\"
30184 operation on the current branch, prompting for the precise command
30185 if required. Optional prefix ARG non-nil forces a prompt for the
30186 VCS command to run.
30187
30188 On a non-distributed version control system, this signals an error.
30189 It also signals an error in a Bazaar bound branch.
30190
30191 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30192
30193 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
30194 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
30195 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
30196 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
30197 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
30198 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
30199 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
30200
30201 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
30202
30203 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
30204 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
30205 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
30206 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
30207 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
30208 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
30209 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
30210 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
30211 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
30212
30213 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
30214
30215 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
30216 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
30217 If called interactively, read FILE, defaulting to the current
30218 buffer's file name if it's under version control.
30219
30220 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30221
30222 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
30223 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
30224 If called interactively, read OLD and NEW, defaulting OLD to the
30225 current buffer's file name if it's under version control.
30226
30227 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
30228
30229 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
30230 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
30231 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
30232 directory.
30233
30234 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
30235
30236 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
30237 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
30238 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
30239
30240 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
30241 log entries should be gathered.
30242
30243 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
30244
30245 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
30246 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
30247
30248 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
30249
30250 ;;;***
30251 \f
30252 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el" (22271 43574
30253 ;;;;;; 247751 139000))
30254 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
30255
30256 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
30257 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
30258
30259 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
30260 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
30261 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
30262 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
30263 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
30264 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
30265
30266 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
30267 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
30268 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
30269 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
30270 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
30271 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
30272 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
30273 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
30274
30275 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
30276
30277 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
30278
30279 Customization variables:
30280
30281 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
30282 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
30283 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
30284 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
30285 `vc-annotate-background-mode' specifies whether the color map
30286 should be applied to the background or to the foreground.
30287
30288 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
30289
30290 ;;;***
30291 \f
30292 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (22150 28229 290072
30293 ;;;;;; 702000))
30294 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
30295
30296 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
30297 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
30298
30299 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format") "\
30300 Name of the format file in a .bzr directory.")
30301 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
30302 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
30303 (progn
30304 (load "vc-bzr" nil t)
30305 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
30306
30307 ;;;***
30308 \f
30309 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (22341 35254 355552
30310 ;;;;;; 371000))
30311 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
30312 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
30313 "Return non-nil if file F is registered with CVS."
30314 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
30315 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
30316 (load "vc-cvs" nil t)
30317 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
30318
30319 ;;;***
30320 \f
30321 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (22150 28229 294072
30322 ;;;;;; 702000))
30323 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
30324
30325 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
30326 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
30327 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
30328 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
30329 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
30330
30331 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
30332 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
30333 The file lines appear later.
30334
30335 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
30336 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
30337
30338 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
30339
30340 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
30341
30342 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
30343
30344 ;;;***
30345 \f
30346 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el" (22150
30347 ;;;;;; 28229 294072 702000))
30348 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
30349
30350 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
30351 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
30352 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
30353 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
30354 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
30355 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
30356 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
30357 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
30358 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
30359 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
30360 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
30361 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
30362 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
30363 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
30364 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
30365
30366 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
30367
30368 ;;;***
30369 \f
30370 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (22305 18655 607719
30371 ;;;;;; 883000))
30372 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
30373 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
30374 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
30375 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
30376 (progn
30377 (load "vc-git" nil t)
30378 (vc-git-registered file))))
30379
30380 ;;;***
30381 \f
30382 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (22188 43494 205543 203000))
30383 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
30384 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
30385 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
30386 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
30387 (progn
30388 (load "vc-hg" nil t)
30389 (vc-hg-registered file))))
30390
30391 ;;;***
30392 \f
30393 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (22188 43494 205543
30394 ;;;;;; 203000))
30395 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
30396
30397 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN" "\
30398 Name of the monotone directory.")
30399
30400 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format") "\
30401 Name of the monotone directory's format file.")
30402 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
30403 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
30404 (progn
30405 (load "vc-mtn" nil t)
30406 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
30407
30408 ;;;***
30409 \f
30410 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el" (22150 28229 302072
30411 ;;;;;; 702000))
30412 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
30413
30414 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
30415 Where to look for RCS master files.
30416 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30417
30418 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
30419
30420 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
30421
30422 ;;;***
30423 \f
30424 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el" (22150 28229 302072
30425 ;;;;;; 702000))
30426 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
30427
30428 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
30429 Where to look for SCCS master files.
30430 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30431
30432 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
30433
30434 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
30435
30436 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (_dirname basename) "\
30437 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
30438 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
30439 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
30440
30441 ;;;***
30442 \f
30443 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-src" "vc/vc-src.el" (22150 28229 302072
30444 ;;;;;; 702000))
30445 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-src.el
30446
30447 (defvar vc-src-master-templates (purecopy '("%s.src/%s,v")) "\
30448 Where to look for SRC master files.
30449 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30450
30451 (custom-autoload 'vc-src-master-templates "vc-src" t)
30452
30453 (defun vc-src-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'src f))
30454
30455 ;;;***
30456 \f
30457 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (22150 28229 302072
30458 ;;;;;; 702000))
30459 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
30460 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
30461 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
30462 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
30463 "_svn")
30464 (t ".svn"))))
30465 (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
30466 (load "vc-svn" nil t)
30467 (vc-svn-registered f))))
30468
30469 ;;;***
30470 \f
30471 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el" (22197
30472 ;;;;;; 58438 563460 447000))
30473 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
30474 (push (purecopy '(vera-mode 2 28)) package--builtin-versions)
30475 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
30476
30477 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
30478 Major mode for editing Vera code.
30479
30480 Usage:
30481 ------
30482
30483 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
30484 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
30485 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
30486 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
30487
30488 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
30489 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
30490 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
30491 completions.
30492
30493 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
30494 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
30495
30496 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
30497 uncomments a region if already commented out.
30498
30499 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
30500 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
30501 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
30502
30503 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
30504
30505
30506 Maintenance:
30507 ------------
30508
30509 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
30510 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30511
30512 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
30513
30514 Official distribution is at
30515 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
30516
30517
30518 The Vera Mode Maintainer
30519 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
30520
30521 Key bindings:
30522 -------------
30523
30524 \\{vera-mode-map}
30525
30526 \(fn)" t nil)
30527
30528 ;;;***
30529 \f
30530 ;;;### (autoloads nil "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
30531 ;;;;;; (22197 58438 615460 447000))
30532 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
30533
30534 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
30535 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
30536 \\<verilog-mode-map>
30537 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
30538 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
30539
30540 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
30541
30542 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
30543 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
30544
30545 Supports highlighting.
30546
30547 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
30548 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
30549
30550 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
30551
30552 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
30553 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
30554 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
30555 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
30556 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
30557 on the left side of your screen.
30558 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
30559 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
30560 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
30561 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
30562 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
30563 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
30564 function keyword.
30565 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
30566 Indentation of \\=`ifdef/\\=`endif blocks.
30567 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
30568 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
30569 if (a)
30570 begin
30571 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
30572 Indentation for case statements.
30573 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
30574 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
30575 mark after an end.
30576 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
30577 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
30578 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
30579 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
30580 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
30581 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
30582 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
30583 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
30584 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
30585 if (a)
30586 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
30587 otherwise you get:
30588 if (a)
30589 begin
30590 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
30591 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
30592 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
30593 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
30594 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
30595 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
30596 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
30597 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
30598 comments in tight quarters.
30599 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default `declarations')
30600 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
30601
30602 Variables controlling other actions:
30603
30604 `verilog-linter' (default `surelint')
30605 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
30606 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
30607
30608 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
30609
30610 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
30611
30612 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
30613 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
30614 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
30615
30616 Some other functions are:
30617
30618 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
30619 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
30620 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
30621 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
30622 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
30623
30624 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
30625 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
30626 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
30627 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
30628
30629 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
30630 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
30631 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
30632 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30633 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
30634 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
30635 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
30636 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
30637 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
30638 \\[verilog-sk-ovm-class] Insert an OVM Class block.
30639 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-object] Insert an UVM Object block.
30640 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-component] Insert an UVM Component block.
30641 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
30642 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
30643 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
30644 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
30645 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30646 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30647 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30648 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
30649 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
30650 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
30651 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
30652 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
30653 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
30654 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
30655 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
30656 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
30657 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
30658 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
30659 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
30660
30661 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
30662 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
30663
30664 \\{verilog-mode-map}
30665
30666 \(fn)" t nil)
30667
30668 ;;;***
30669 \f
30670 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el" (22292
30671 ;;;;;; 49734 746738 351000))
30672 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
30673
30674 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
30675 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
30676
30677 Usage:
30678 ------
30679
30680 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
30681 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
30682 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
30683 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
30684 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
30685 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
30686 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
30687 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
30688 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the mode line.
30689
30690 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
30691 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
30692 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
30693 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
30694
30695 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
30696 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
30697 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
30698 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
30699 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
30700
30701 Template styles can be customized in customization group
30702 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
30703
30704
30705 HEADER INSERTION:
30706 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
30707 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
30708 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
30709
30710
30711 STUTTERING:
30712 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
30713 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
30714 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
30715 the mode line. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
30716
30717 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
30718 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
30719 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
30720 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
30721 == --> \" == \" \\='\\=' --> \\\"
30722
30723
30724 WORD COMPLETION:
30725 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
30726 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
30727 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
30728 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
30729
30730 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
30731 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
30732 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
30733 (e.g., type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
30734 beginning with \"std\").
30735
30736 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
30737 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
30738 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
30739 stop.
30740
30741
30742 COMMENTS:
30743 `--' puts a single comment.
30744 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
30745 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
30746 with a comment in between.
30747 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
30748 out following lines.
30749 `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out,
30750 uncomments a region if already commented out. Option
30751 `comment-style' defines where the comment characters
30752 should be placed (beginning of line, indent, etc.).
30753
30754 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
30755 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
30756 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
30757 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
30758 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
30759 non-nil.
30760
30761 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
30762 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
30763 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
30764 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
30765 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
30766 multi-line comments.
30767
30768
30769 INDENTATION:
30770 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
30771 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
30772 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30773 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). If a region is active, `TAB' indents
30774 the entire region.
30775
30776 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30777 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
30778 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30779 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30780
30781 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30782 tabs. `\\[tabify]' and `\\[untabify]' allow the conversion of spaces to
30783 tabs and vice versa.
30784
30785 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
30786 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows you to use faster but simpler indentation.
30787
30788 Option `vhdl-indent-comment-like-next-code-line' controls whether
30789 comment lines are indented like the preceding or like the following code
30790 line.
30791
30792
30793 ALIGNMENT:
30794 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30795 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30796 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30797 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30798 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30799 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
30800 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30801 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30802
30803 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30804 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30805 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30806 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30807 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30808 is non-nil.
30809
30810 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30811 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30812 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30813
30814 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30815 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30816
30817
30818 CODE FILLING:
30819 Code filling allows you to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30820 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30821 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30822 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30823 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30824 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30825
30826
30827 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30828 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30829 buffer respectively. This includes indentation, alignment, and case
30830 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30831 command:
30832
30833 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30834
30835
30836 PORT TRANSLATION:
30837 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30838 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30839 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30840 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30841 internal signal initializations (menu).
30842
30843 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30844 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30845 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30846
30847 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30848 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30849 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30850 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30851 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30852 in subsequent paste operations.)
30853
30854 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30855 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30856 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30857
30858
30859 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30860 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30861 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30862 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30863 association list with formals).
30864
30865
30866 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30867 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30868 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30869 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30870 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30871 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30872 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30873 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30874 `vhdl-testbench'.
30875
30876
30877 KEY BINDINGS:
30878 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30879
30880
30881 VHDL MENU:
30882 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30883
30884
30885 FILE BROWSER:
30886 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30887 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30888 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30889
30890 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30891 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30892
30893
30894 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30895 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30896 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30897 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30898
30899 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30900 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30901 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30902
30903 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30904 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30905 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30906 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30907
30908 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30909 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30910 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30911 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30912 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30913
30914 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30915 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30916 required by secondary units.
30917
30918
30919 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30920 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-m C-n' creates a skeleton
30921 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30922 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30923 (`C-c C-m C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30924 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30925 and ports (`C-c C-m C-w') following these rules:
30926 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30927 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30928 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30929 inputs to this component -> input port created
30930 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30931 outputs from this component -> output port created
30932 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30933 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30934
30935 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30936 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30937 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30938 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30939 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30940
30941 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30942 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30943
30944 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30945 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30946 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-m M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30947 component instantiation is also supported (option
30948 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30949
30950 Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30951 the menu (`C-c C-m C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30952 the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30953 configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30954 component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30955 `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30956 (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30957 subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30958 (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30959 can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30960 generating the configuration.
30961
30962 Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30963 declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30964 configurations in speedbar.
30965
30966 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30967
30968
30969 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30970 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30971 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30972 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30973 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30974 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30975 information. New compilers can be added.
30976
30977 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30978 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30979
30980
30981 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30982 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30983 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30984 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30985 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30986
30987 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30988 command:
30989
30990 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30991 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30992 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30993
30994 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30995 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30996 library directory if not existent. These target names can be customized
30997 by option `vhdl-makefile-default-targets'. The Makefile also includes a
30998 target for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation
30999 of this unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example:
31000 compilation of a design specified by a configuration). User specific
31001 parts can be inserted into a Makefile with option
31002 `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
31003
31004 Limitations:
31005 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
31006 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
31007 not (yet) supported.
31008 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
31009 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
31010 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
31011
31012
31013 PROJECTS:
31014 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
31015 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
31016 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
31017 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
31018 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
31019 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
31020 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
31021 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
31022
31023 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
31024 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
31025 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
31026 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
31027 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
31028 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
31029 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
31030 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
31031 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
31032 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
31033 `vhdl-project-alist'.
31034
31035
31036 SPECIAL MENUES:
31037 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
31038 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
31039 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
31040 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
31041 larger than 256000). Also, a source file menu can be
31042 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
31043 current directory for VHDL source files.
31044
31045
31046 VHDL STANDARDS:
31047 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
31048 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93(02)/'08, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
31049
31050
31051 KEYWORD CASE:
31052 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
31053 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
31054 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
31055 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
31056 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
31057 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
31058 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
31059 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
31060
31061
31062 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
31063 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
31064 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
31065 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
31066 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
31067 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
31068 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
31069
31070 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
31071 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
31072 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
31073 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
31074 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
31075 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
31076
31077 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
31078 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
31079 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows you to
31080 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
31081 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
31082 visually.
31083
31084 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
31085 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
31086 highlighted if written in lower case.
31087
31088 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
31089 highlighted using a different background color if option
31090 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
31091
31092 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
31093 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`\\[customize-group]'). For
31094 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
31095 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
31096 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
31097
31098
31099 USER MODELS:
31100 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
31101 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
31102 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
31103
31104
31105 HIDE/SHOW:
31106 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
31107 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
31108 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
31109 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
31110 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
31111
31112
31113 CODE UPDATING:
31114 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
31115 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
31116 Limitations:
31117 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
31118 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
31119 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
31120 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
31121 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
31122 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
31123 (used to obtain the port names).
31124 Use option `vhdl-array-index-record-field-in-sensitivity-list' to
31125 specify whether to include array indices and record fields in
31126 sensitivity lists.
31127
31128
31129 CODE FIXING:
31130 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
31131 (e.g., if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
31132
31133
31134 PRINTING:
31135 PostScript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
31136 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
31137 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
31138 PostScript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
31139 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
31140 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
31141 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
31142 printers.
31143
31144
31145 OPTIONS:
31146 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
31147 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
31148 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
31149 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
31150 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
31151
31152 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
31153 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `\\[customize-option]'
31154 (`\\[customize-group]' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
31155 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
31156 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
31157 INSTALL file).
31158
31159 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
31160 what other useful user options there are (`\\[vhdl-customize]' or menu)!
31161
31162
31163 FILE EXTENSIONS:
31164 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
31165 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
31166 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
31167
31168 (push \\='(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\\\='\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist)
31169
31170
31171 HINTS:
31172 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
31173 a VHDL file first, use the command:
31174
31175 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
31176
31177 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
31178
31179 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
31180
31181
31182 RELEASE NOTES:
31183 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
31184
31185
31186 Maintenance:
31187 ------------
31188
31189 To submit a bug report, enter `\\[vhdl-submit-bug-report]' within VHDL Mode.
31190 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
31191
31192 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
31193
31194 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
31195 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
31196 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
31197 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
31198
31199 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
31200 http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
31201 where the latest version can be found.
31202
31203
31204 Known problems:
31205 ---------------
31206
31207 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
31208 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
31209 - Indentation incorrect for new 'postponed' VHDL keyword.
31210 - Indentation incorrect for 'protected body' construct.
31211
31212
31213 The VHDL Mode Authors
31214 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
31215
31216 Key bindings:
31217 -------------
31218
31219 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
31220
31221 \(fn)" t nil)
31222
31223 ;;;***
31224 \f
31225 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viet-util" "language/viet-util.el" (22150
31226 ;;;;;; 28228 198072 702000))
31227 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
31228
31229 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
31230 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
31231
31232 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
31233
31234 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
31235 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
31236 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
31237 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
31238
31239 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
31240
31241 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
31242 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
31243
31244 \(fn)" t nil)
31245
31246 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
31247 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
31248 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
31249 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
31250
31251 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
31252
31253 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
31254 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
31255
31256 \(fn)" t nil)
31257
31258 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
31259
31260
31261 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
31262
31263 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
31264
31265
31266 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
31267
31268 ;;;***
31269 \f
31270 ;;;### (autoloads nil "view" "view.el" (22150 28229 322072 702000))
31271 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
31272
31273 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
31274 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
31275 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
31276
31277 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
31278
31279 (defvar view-mode nil "\
31280 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
31281 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
31282 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
31283
31284 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
31285
31286 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
31287 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
31288
31289 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
31290
31291 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
31292 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
31293 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
31294 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
31295 moving around in the buffer.
31296 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31297 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31298
31299 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31300
31301 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
31302
31303 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
31304 View FILE in View mode in another window.
31305 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
31306 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
31307
31308 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
31309 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
31310 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31311 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31312 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31313
31314 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31315
31316 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
31317
31318 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
31319 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
31320 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
31321 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
31322 buffer.
31323
31324 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
31325 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
31326 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31327 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31328 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31329
31330 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31331
31332 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
31333
31334 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
31335 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
31336 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
31337 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
31338 moving around in the buffer.
31339 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31340 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31341
31342 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31343
31344 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31345 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31346 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31347
31348 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
31349 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
31350 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
31351 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
31352
31353 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
31354 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
31355 own View-like bindings.
31356
31357 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31358
31359 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
31360 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
31361 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
31362 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
31363 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31364 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31365 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31366
31367 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31368
31369 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
31370
31371 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31372 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31373 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31374
31375 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
31376 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
31377 own View-like bindings.
31378
31379 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31380
31381 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
31382 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
31383 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
31384 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
31385 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31386 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31387 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31388
31389 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31390
31391 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
31392
31393 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31394 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31395 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31396
31397 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
31398 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
31399 own View-like bindings.
31400
31401 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31402
31403 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
31404 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
31405 With a prefix argument ARG, enable View mode if ARG is positive,
31406 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable View mode
31407 if ARG is omitted or nil.
31408
31409 When View mode is enabled, commands that do not change the buffer
31410 contents are available as usual. Kill commands insert text in
31411 kill buffers but do not delete. Most other commands beep and
31412 tell the user that the buffer is read-only.
31413
31414 \\<view-mode-map>
31415
31416 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands
31417 take prefix arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\"
31418 lines which is almost a whole window, or number of lines set by
31419 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size].
31420 Half page commands default to and set \"half page size\" lines
31421 which initially is half a window full. Search commands default
31422 to a repeat count of one.
31423
31424 H, h, ? This message.
31425 Digits provide prefix arguments.
31426 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
31427 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
31428 > move to the end of buffer.
31429 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
31430 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
31431 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
31432 DEL, S-SPC scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
31433 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
31434 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31435 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31436 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31437 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
31438 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31439 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
31440 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
31441 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
31442 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
31443 Use this to view a changing file.
31444 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
31445 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
31446 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
31447 . set the mark.
31448 x exchanges point and mark.
31449 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
31450 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
31451 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
31452 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
31453 ' go to position saved in character register.
31454 s do forward incremental search.
31455 r do reverse incremental search.
31456 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
31457 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
31458 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
31459 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
31460 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
31461 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
31462 p searches backward for last regular expression.
31463 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
31464 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
31465 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
31466 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
31467 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
31468 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
31469 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
31470 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
31471 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
31472 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
31473
31474 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
31475 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
31476 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
31477 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
31478 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
31479 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
31480 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
31481 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
31482 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
31483
31484 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31485
31486 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31487
31488 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
31489 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
31490 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
31491 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
31492 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a description of items
31493 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
31494 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
31495 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
31496 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
31497
31498 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
31499
31500 (make-obsolete 'view-return-to-alist-update '"this function has no effect." '"24.1")
31501
31502 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
31503 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
31504 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
31505 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
31506 buffer. This entry replaces any parameter installed by
31507 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
31508
31509 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
31510 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
31511 called by `view-mode-exit'.
31512
31513 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31514
31515 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31516
31517 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
31518
31519 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
31520 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
31521
31522 \(fn)" t nil)
31523
31524 ;;;***
31525 \f
31526 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper" "emulation/viper.el" (22150 28227 478072
31527 ;;;;;; 702000))
31528 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
31529 (push (purecopy '(viper 3 14 1)) package--builtin-versions)
31530
31531 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
31532 Toggle Viper on/off.
31533 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
31534
31535 \(fn)" t nil)
31536
31537 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
31538 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
31539
31540 \(fn)" t nil)
31541
31542 ;;;***
31543 \f
31544 ;;;### (autoloads nil "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el" (22150
31545 ;;;;;; 28227 458072 702000))
31546 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
31547
31548 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
31549 Function to generate warning prefixes.
31550 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
31551 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
31552 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
31553 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
31554 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
31555 the beginning of the warning.")
31556
31557 (defvar warning-series nil "\
31558 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
31559 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
31560 which is the start of the current series; it means that
31561 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
31562 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
31563 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
31564 also call that function before the next warning.")
31565
31566 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
31567 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
31568
31569 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
31570 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
31571 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
31572 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
31573
31574 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
31575 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
31576 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31577 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31578 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
31579 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
31580
31581 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31582 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31583 Default is :warning.
31584
31585 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31586 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31587 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
31588 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
31589 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
31590 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31591
31592 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
31593 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
31594 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
31595
31596 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
31597
31598 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
31599 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
31600
31601 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
31602
31603 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
31604 Display a warning message made from (format-message MESSAGE ARGS...).
31605 \\<special-mode-map>
31606 Aside from generating the message with `format-message',
31607 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
31608
31609 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31610 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31611 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
31612 can be whatever you like.)
31613
31614 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31615 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31616
31617 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31618 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31619 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
31620 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
31621 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31622
31623 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31624
31625 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
31626 Display a warning message made from (format-message MESSAGE ARGS...).
31627 Aside from generating the message with `format-message',
31628 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
31629 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
31630
31631 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31632
31633 ;;;***
31634 \f
31635 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wdired" "wdired.el" (22240 5212 92626 379000))
31636 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
31637 (push (purecopy '(wdired 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
31638
31639 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
31640 Put a Dired buffer in Writable Dired (WDired) mode.
31641 \\<wdired-mode-map>
31642 In WDired mode, you can edit the names of the files in the
31643 buffer, the target of the links, and the permission bits of the
31644 files. After typing \\[wdired-finish-edit], Emacs modifies the files and
31645 directories to reflect your edits.
31646
31647 See `wdired-mode'.
31648
31649 \(fn)" t nil)
31650
31651 ;;;***
31652 \f
31653 ;;;### (autoloads nil "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (22150 28228 442072
31654 ;;;;;; 702000))
31655 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
31656
31657 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
31658 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
31659
31660 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
31661 hotlist.
31662
31663 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
31664 <nwv@acm.org>.
31665
31666 \(fn)" t nil)
31667
31668 ;;;***
31669 \f
31670 ;;;### (autoloads nil "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el" (22150
31671 ;;;;;; 28228 986072 702000))
31672 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
31673 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
31674 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
31675
31676 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode "24.1")
31677
31678 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
31679 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
31680 See the `which-function-mode' command
31681 for a description of this minor mode.
31682 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31683 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31684 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
31685
31686 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
31687
31688 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
31689 Toggle mode line display of current function (Which Function mode).
31690 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Which Function mode if ARG is
31691 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31692 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31693
31694 Which Function mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, the
31695 current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line,
31696 in certain major modes.
31697
31698 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31699
31700 ;;;***
31701 \f
31702 ;;;### (autoloads nil "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (22311 14139 310375
31703 ;;;;;; 715000))
31704 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
31705 (push (purecopy '(whitespace 13 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
31706
31707 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31708 Toggle whitespace visualization (Whitespace mode).
31709 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace mode if ARG is
31710 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31711 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31712
31713 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31714 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31715
31716 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31717
31718 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31719 Toggle newline visualization (Whitespace Newline mode).
31720 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace Newline mode if ARG
31721 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31722 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31723
31724 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
31725 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
31726 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
31727 use `whitespace-mode'.
31728
31729 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31730
31731 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31732
31733 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
31734 Non-nil if Global Whitespace mode is enabled.
31735 See the `global-whitespace-mode' command
31736 for a description of this minor mode.
31737 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31738 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31739 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
31740
31741 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
31742
31743 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31744 Toggle whitespace visualization globally (Global Whitespace mode).
31745 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace mode if ARG
31746 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31747 enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31748
31749 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31750 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31751
31752 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31753
31754 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
31755 Non-nil if Global Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
31756 See the `global-whitespace-newline-mode' command
31757 for a description of this minor mode.
31758 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31759 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31760 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
31761
31762 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
31763
31764 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31765 Toggle global newline visualization (Global Whitespace Newline mode).
31766 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace Newline mode
31767 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
31768 Lisp, enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31769
31770 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
31771 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
31772 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
31773 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
31774
31775 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31776
31777 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31778
31779 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31780 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31781
31782 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31783 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31784
31785 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31786 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31787
31788 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31789
31790 CHAR MEANING
31791 (VIA FACES)
31792 f toggle face visualization
31793 t toggle TAB visualization
31794 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31795 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31796 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31797 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31798 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31799 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31800 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31801 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31802 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31803 C-t toggle big indentation visualization
31804 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31805 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31806 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31807 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31808 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31809 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31810
31811 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31812 T toggle TAB visualization
31813 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31814 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31815
31816 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31817 ? display brief help
31818
31819 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31820 The valid symbols are:
31821
31822 face toggle face visualization
31823 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31824 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31825 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31826 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31827 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31828 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31829 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31830 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31831 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31832 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31833 big-indent toggle big indentation visualization
31834 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31835 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31836 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31837 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31838 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31839 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31840
31841 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31842 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31843 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31844
31845 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31846
31847 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31848
31849 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31850
31851 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31852 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31853
31854 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31855 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31856
31857 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31858 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31859
31860 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31861
31862 CHAR MEANING
31863 (VIA FACES)
31864 f toggle face visualization
31865 t toggle TAB visualization
31866 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31867 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31868 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31869 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31870 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31871 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31872 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31873 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31874 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31875 C-t toggle big indentation visualization
31876 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31877 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31878 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31879 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31880 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31881 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31882
31883 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31884 T toggle TAB visualization
31885 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31886 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31887
31888 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31889 ? display brief help
31890
31891 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31892 The valid symbols are:
31893
31894 face toggle face visualization
31895 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31896 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31897 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31898 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31899 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31900 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31901 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31902 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31903 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31904 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31905 big-indent toggle big indentation visualization
31906 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31907 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31908 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31909 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31910 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31911 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31912
31913 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31914 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31915 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31916
31917 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31918
31919 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31920
31921 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31922
31923 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31924 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31925
31926 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31927 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31928 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
31929 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31930 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31931
31932 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31933
31934 The problems cleaned up are:
31935
31936 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31937 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31938 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31939 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31940
31941 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31942 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31943 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31944 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31945 SPACEs.
31946 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31947 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31948 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31949 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31950
31951 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31952 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31953 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31954 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31955 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31956 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31957 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31958 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31959
31960 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31961 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31962 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31963
31964 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31965 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31966 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31967 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31968 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31969 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31970 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31971 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31972
31973 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31974 documentation.
31975
31976 \(fn)" t nil)
31977
31978 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31979 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31980
31981 The problems cleaned up are:
31982
31983 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31984 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31985 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31986 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31987 SPACEs.
31988 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31989 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31990 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31991 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31992
31993 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31994 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31995 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31996 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31997 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31998 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31999 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32000 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
32001
32002 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32003 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
32004 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32005
32006 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32007 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
32008 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
32009 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
32010 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32011 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
32012 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32013 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
32014
32015 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
32016 documentation.
32017
32018 \(fn START END)" t nil)
32019
32020 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
32021 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
32022
32023 Perform `whitespace-report-region' on the current buffer.
32024
32025 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
32026
32027 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
32028 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
32029
32030 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
32031 non-nil.
32032
32033 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
32034 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
32035 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
32036
32037 empty
32038 trailing
32039 indentation
32040 space-before-tab
32041 space-after-tab
32042
32043 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is t, it reports only when there are any
32044 whitespace problems in buffer; if it is `never', it does not
32045 report problems.
32046
32047 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
32048
32049 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
32050 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32051 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32052 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32053 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
32054 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
32055 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32056
32057 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
32058 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32059 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32060 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32061 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
32062 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
32063 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32064
32065 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
32066 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
32067 cleaning up these problems.
32068
32069 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
32070
32071 ;;;***
32072 \f
32073 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (22150 28229 326072
32074 ;;;;;; 702000))
32075 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
32076
32077 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
32078 Browse the widget under point.
32079
32080 \(fn POS)" t nil)
32081
32082 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
32083 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
32084
32085 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
32086
32087 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
32088 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
32089
32090 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
32091
32092 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
32093 Minor mode for traversing widgets.
32094 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
32095 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
32096 if ARG is omitted or nil.
32097
32098 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32099
32100 ;;;***
32101 \f
32102 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (22150 28229 330072
32103 ;;;;;; 702000))
32104 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
32105
32106 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
32107 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
32108
32109 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
32110
32111 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
32112 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
32113 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
32114
32115 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
32116
32117 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
32118 Create widget of TYPE.
32119 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
32120
32121 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
32122
32123 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
32124 Delete WIDGET.
32125
32126 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
32127
32128 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
32129 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
32130
32131 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
32132
32133 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
32134 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
32135 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
32136 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
32137
32138 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
32139 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
32140
32141 \(fn)" nil nil)
32142
32143 ;;;***
32144 \f
32145 ;;;### (autoloads nil "windmove" "windmove.el" (22150 28229 330072
32146 ;;;;;; 702000))
32147 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
32148
32149 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
32150 Select the window to the left of the current one.
32151 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32152 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
32153 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
32154 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
32155 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32156
32157 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32158
32159 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
32160 Select the window above the current one.
32161 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
32162 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
32163 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
32164 negative ARG) of the current window.
32165 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32166
32167 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32168
32169 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
32170 Select the window to the right of the current one.
32171 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32172 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
32173 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
32174 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
32175 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32176
32177 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32178
32179 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
32180 Select the window below the current one.
32181 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32182 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
32183 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
32184 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
32185 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32186
32187 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32188
32189 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
32190 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
32191 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
32192 Default MODIFIER is `shift'.
32193
32194 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
32195
32196 ;;;***
32197 \f
32198 ;;;### (autoloads nil "winner" "winner.el" (22311 14139 326375 715000))
32199 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
32200
32201 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
32202 Non-nil if Winner mode is enabled.
32203 See the `winner-mode' command
32204 for a description of this minor mode.
32205 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32206 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32207 or call the function `winner-mode'.")
32208
32209 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
32210
32211 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
32212 Toggle Winner mode on or off.
32213 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Winner mode if ARG is
32214 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
32215 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is ‘toggle’.
32216
32217 Winner mode is a global minor mode that records the changes in
32218 the window configuration (i.e. how the frames are partitioned
32219 into windows) so that the changes can be \"undone\" using the
32220 command `winner-undo'. By default this one is bound to the key
32221 sequence `C-c <left>'. If you change your mind (while undoing),
32222 you can press `C-c <right>' (calling `winner-redo').
32223
32224 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32225
32226 ;;;***
32227 \f
32228 ;;;### (autoloads nil "woman" "woman.el" (22216 22853 52596 491000))
32229 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
32230 (push (purecopy '(woman 0 551)) package--builtin-versions)
32231
32232 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
32233 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
32234 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
32235 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
32236 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
32237
32238 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
32239
32240 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
32241 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
32242 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
32243 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
32244 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
32245 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
32246 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
32247 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
32248
32249 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
32250 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
32251
32252 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
32253
32254 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
32255 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
32256
32257 \(fn)" t nil)
32258
32259 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
32260 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
32261 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
32262 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
32263 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
32264 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
32265 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
32266 `woman' command for further details.
32267
32268 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
32269
32270 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
32271 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
32272
32273 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
32274
32275 ;;;***
32276 \f
32277 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xml" "xml.el" (22249 52924 872284 99000))
32278 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
32279
32280 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
32281 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
32282 Return the top node with all its children.
32283 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
32284
32285 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
32286 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
32287 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
32288
32289 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
32290
32291 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
32292 namespace to URIs instead.
32293
32294 If it is the symbol `symbol-qnames', expanded names will be
32295 returned as a plain symbol `namespace:foo' instead of a cons.
32296
32297 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
32298
32299 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
32300
32301 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
32302
32303 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
32304 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
32305 Return the XML parse tree, or raise an error if the region does
32306 not contain well-formed XML.
32307
32308 If BEG is nil, it defaults to `point-min'.
32309 If END is nil, it defaults to `point-max'.
32310 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
32311 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, parse the DTD and return it as the first
32312 element of the list.
32313 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
32314 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
32315 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
32316
32317 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
32318
32319 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
32320 namespace to URIs instead.
32321
32322 If it is the symbol `symbol-qnames', expanded names will be
32323 returned as a plain symbol `namespace:foo' instead of a cons.
32324
32325 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
32326
32327 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
32328
32329 \(fn &optional BEG END BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
32330
32331 ;;;***
32332 \f
32333 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xmltok" "nxml/xmltok.el" (22150 28228 462072
32334 ;;;;;; 702000))
32335 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
32336
32337 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
32338 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
32339 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
32340 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
32341 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
32342 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
32343 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
32344 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
32345 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
32346 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
32347
32348 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
32349
32350 ;;;***
32351 \f
32352 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xref" "progmodes/xref.el" (22319 8247 203689
32353 ;;;;;; 39000))
32354 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/xref.el
32355
32356 (autoload 'xref-find-backend "xref" "\
32357
32358
32359 \(fn)" nil nil)
32360
32361 (autoload 'xref-pop-marker-stack "xref" "\
32362 Pop back to where \\[xref-find-definitions] was last invoked.
32363
32364 \(fn)" t nil)
32365
32366 (autoload 'xref-marker-stack-empty-p "xref" "\
32367 Return t if the marker stack is empty; nil otherwise.
32368
32369 \(fn)" nil nil)
32370
32371 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions "xref" "\
32372 Find the definition of the identifier at point.
32373 With prefix argument or when there's no identifier at point,
32374 prompt for it.
32375
32376 If sufficient information is available to determine a unique
32377 definition for IDENTIFIER, display it in the selected window.
32378 Otherwise, display the list of the possible definitions in a
32379 buffer where the user can select from the list.
32380
32381 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
32382
32383 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions-other-window "xref" "\
32384 Like `xref-find-definitions' but switch to the other window.
32385
32386 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
32387
32388 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions-other-frame "xref" "\
32389 Like `xref-find-definitions' but switch to the other frame.
32390
32391 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
32392
32393 (autoload 'xref-find-references "xref" "\
32394 Find references to the identifier at point.
32395 With prefix argument, prompt for the identifier.
32396
32397 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
32398
32399 (autoload 'xref-find-apropos "xref" "\
32400 Find all meaningful symbols that match PATTERN.
32401 The argument has the same meaning as in `apropos'.
32402
32403 \(fn PATTERN)" t nil)
32404 (define-key esc-map "." #'xref-find-definitions)
32405 (define-key esc-map "," #'xref-pop-marker-stack)
32406 (define-key esc-map "?" #'xref-find-references)
32407 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] #'xref-find-apropos)
32408 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." #'xref-find-definitions-other-window)
32409 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." #'xref-find-definitions-other-frame)
32410
32411 (autoload 'xref-collect-matches "xref" "\
32412 Collect matches for REGEXP inside FILES in DIR.
32413 FILES is a string with glob patterns separated by spaces.
32414 IGNORES is a list of glob patterns.
32415
32416 \(fn REGEXP FILES DIR IGNORES)" nil nil)
32417
32418 ;;;***
32419 \f
32420 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (22290 7990 504790
32421 ;;;;;; 288000))
32422 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
32423
32424 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
32425 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
32426 See the `xterm-mouse-mode' command
32427 for a description of this minor mode.
32428 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32429 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32430 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
32431
32432 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
32433
32434 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
32435 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
32436 With a prefix argument ARG, enable XTerm mouse mode if ARG is
32437 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
32438 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
32439
32440 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
32441 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
32442 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
32443 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
32444 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
32445 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
32446
32447 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32448
32449 ;;;***
32450 \f
32451 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xwidget" "xwidget.el" (22327 2357 177818 859000))
32452 ;;; Generated autoloads from xwidget.el
32453
32454 (autoload 'xwidget-webkit-browse-url "xwidget" "\
32455 Ask xwidget-webkit to browse URL.
32456 NEW-SESSION specifies whether to create a new xwidget-webkit session.
32457 Interactively, URL defaults to the string looking like a url around point.
32458
32459 \(fn URL &optional NEW-SESSION)" t nil)
32460
32461 ;;;***
32462 \f
32463 ;;;### (autoloads nil "yenc" "gnus/yenc.el" (22150 28228 26072 702000))
32464 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
32465
32466 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
32467 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
32468
32469 \(fn START END)" t nil)
32470
32471 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
32472 Extract file name from an yenc header.
32473
32474 \(fn)" nil nil)
32475
32476 ;;;***
32477 \f
32478 ;;;### (autoloads nil "zone" "play/zone.el" (22150 28228 682072 702000))
32479 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
32480
32481 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
32482 Zone out, completely.
32483
32484 \(fn)" t nil)
32485
32486 ;;;***
32487 \f
32488 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
32489 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
32490 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
32491 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
32492 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
32493 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
32494 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-loaddefs.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
32495 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
32496 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el"
32497 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el"
32498 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el"
32499 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el"
32500 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
32501 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
32502 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
32503 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
32504 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el"
32505 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el"
32506 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el"
32507 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el" "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el"
32508 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-cscope.el" "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el"
32509 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-idutils.el" "cedet/ede/auto.el" "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el"
32510 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/base.el" "cedet/ede/config.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el"
32511 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/custom.el" "cedet/ede/detect.el" "cedet/ede/dired.el"
32512 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/emacs.el" "cedet/ede/files.el" "cedet/ede/generic.el"
32513 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/linux.el" "cedet/ede/loaddefs.el" "cedet/ede/locate.el"
32514 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/make.el" "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el" "cedet/ede/pconf.el"
32515 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/pmake.el" "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el" "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el"
32516 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-info.el"
32517 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el" "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el" "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el"
32518 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el" "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el" "cedet/ede/proj.el"
32519 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/project-am.el" "cedet/ede/shell.el" "cedet/ede/simple.el"
32520 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/source.el" "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" "cedet/ede/srecode.el"
32521 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/system.el" "cedet/ede/util.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze.el"
32522 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el"
32523 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el"
32524 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el"
32525 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el"
32526 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el"
32527 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/chart.el" "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el"
32528 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el"
32529 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-el.el" "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el"
32530 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-global.el" "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el"
32531 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
32532 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
32533 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
32534 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
32535 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
32536 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
32537 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
32538 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
32539 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/loaddefs.el"
32540 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el" "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el"
32541 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/senator.el" "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el"
32542 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el"
32543 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el"
32544 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el"
32545 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
32546 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
32547 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
32548 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
32549 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el"
32550 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/args.el" "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el"
32551 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el" "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
32552 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
32553 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
32554 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
32555 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/loaddefs.el" "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el"
32556 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/semantic.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el" "cedet/srecode/table.el"
32557 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el" "cus-dep.el"
32558 ;;;;;; "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el" "dom.el" "dos-fns.el"
32559 ;;;;;; "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "dynamic-setting.el" "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el"
32560 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el"
32561 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el"
32562 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-compat.el"
32563 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el"
32564 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el"
32565 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/generator.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/package-x.el"
32566 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/smie.el" "emacs-lisp/subr-x.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
32567 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el"
32568 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el"
32569 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
32570 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
32571 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el"
32572 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el" "eshell/em-alias.el"
32573 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el"
32574 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el"
32575 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el"
32576 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el"
32577 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-tramp.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
32578 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
32579 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el" "eshell/esh-io.el"
32580 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el"
32581 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "format-spec.el"
32582 ;;;;;; "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
32583 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cloud.el"
32584 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el"
32585 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-icalendar.el"
32586 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el"
32587 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el"
32588 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
32589 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gssapi.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
32590 ;;;;;; "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el"
32591 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el"
32592 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-archive.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
32593 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el"
32594 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el"
32595 ;;;;;; "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el"
32596 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el" "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el"
32597 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el"
32598 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnregistry.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnspool.el"
32599 ;;;;;; "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/registry.el"
32600 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el"
32601 ;;;;;; "gnus/rtree.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el"
32602 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-wash.el" "hex-util.el" "hfy-cmap.el" "ibuf-ext.el"
32603 ;;;;;; "international/charscript.el" "international/fontset.el"
32604 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
32605 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ogonek.el" "kermit.el"
32606 ;;;;;; "language/hanja-util.el" "language/thai-word.el" "ldefs-boot.el"
32607 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/arabic.el" "leim/quail/croatian.el" "leim/quail/cyril-jis.el"
32608 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/cyrillic.el" "leim/quail/czech.el" "leim/quail/ethiopic.el"
32609 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/georgian.el" "leim/quail/greek.el" "leim/quail/hanja-jis.el"
32610 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/hanja.el" "leim/quail/hanja3.el" "leim/quail/hebrew.el"
32611 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/indian.el" "leim/quail/ipa-praat.el" "leim/quail/ipa.el"
32612 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/japanese.el" "leim/quail/lao.el" "leim/quail/latin-alt.el"
32613 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/latin-ltx.el" "leim/quail/latin-post.el" "leim/quail/latin-pre.el"
32614 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/lrt.el" "leim/quail/persian.el" "leim/quail/programmer-dvorak.el"
32615 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/py-punct.el" "leim/quail/pypunct-b5.el" "leim/quail/rfc1345.el"
32616 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/sgml-input.el" "leim/quail/sisheng.el" "leim/quail/slovak.el"
32617 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/symbol-ksc.el" "leim/quail/tamil-dvorak.el" "leim/quail/thai.el"
32618 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/tibetan.el" "leim/quail/viqr.el" "leim/quail/vntelex.el"
32619 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/vnvni.el" "leim/quail/welsh.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el"
32620 ;;;;;; "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el"
32621 ;;;;;; "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/rmailedit.el"
32622 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el" "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el"
32623 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailsum.el" "mail/undigest.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el"
32624 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el"
32625 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el"
32626 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
32627 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
32628 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
32629 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
32630 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mwheel.el"
32631 ;;;;;; "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el"
32632 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el" "net/imap.el"
32633 ;;;;;; "net/ldap.el" "net/mairix.el" "net/newsticker.el" "net/nsm.el"
32634 ;;;;;; "net/rfc2104.el" "net/sasl-cram.el" "net/sasl-digest.el"
32635 ;;;;;; "net/sasl-scram-rfc.el" "net/sasl.el" "net/shr-color.el"
32636 ;;;;;; "net/soap-inspect.el" "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-adb.el"
32637 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cache.el" "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el"
32638 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gvfs.el" "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-loaddefs.el"
32639 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-sh.el" "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/zeroconf.el"
32640 ;;;;;; "notifications.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el"
32641 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el"
32642 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el"
32643 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el"
32644 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el"
32645 ;;;;;; "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" "obarray.el" "org/ob-C.el" "org/ob-R.el"
32646 ;;;;;; "org/ob-asymptote.el" "org/ob-awk.el" "org/ob-calc.el" "org/ob-clojure.el"
32647 ;;;;;; "org/ob-comint.el" "org/ob-core.el" "org/ob-css.el" "org/ob-ditaa.el"
32648 ;;;;;; "org/ob-dot.el" "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el" "org/ob-eval.el" "org/ob-exp.el"
32649 ;;;;;; "org/ob-fortran.el" "org/ob-gnuplot.el" "org/ob-haskell.el"
32650 ;;;;;; "org/ob-io.el" "org/ob-java.el" "org/ob-js.el" "org/ob-keys.el"
32651 ;;;;;; "org/ob-latex.el" "org/ob-ledger.el" "org/ob-lilypond.el"
32652 ;;;;;; "org/ob-lisp.el" "org/ob-lob.el" "org/ob-makefile.el" "org/ob-matlab.el"
32653 ;;;;;; "org/ob-maxima.el" "org/ob-mscgen.el" "org/ob-ocaml.el" "org/ob-octave.el"
32654 ;;;;;; "org/ob-org.el" "org/ob-perl.el" "org/ob-picolisp.el" "org/ob-plantuml.el"
32655 ;;;;;; "org/ob-python.el" "org/ob-ref.el" "org/ob-ruby.el" "org/ob-sass.el"
32656 ;;;;;; "org/ob-scala.el" "org/ob-scheme.el" "org/ob-screen.el" "org/ob-sh.el"
32657 ;;;;;; "org/ob-shen.el" "org/ob-sql.el" "org/ob-sqlite.el" "org/ob-table.el"
32658 ;;;;;; "org/ob-tangle.el" "org/ob.el" "org/org-archive.el" "org/org-attach.el"
32659 ;;;;;; "org/org-bbdb.el" "org/org-bibtex.el" "org/org-clock.el"
32660 ;;;;;; "org/org-crypt.el" "org/org-ctags.el" "org/org-datetree.el"
32661 ;;;;;; "org/org-docview.el" "org/org-element.el" "org/org-entities.el"
32662 ;;;;;; "org/org-eshell.el" "org/org-faces.el" "org/org-feed.el"
32663 ;;;;;; "org/org-footnote.el" "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-habit.el"
32664 ;;;;;; "org/org-id.el" "org/org-indent.el" "org/org-info.el" "org/org-inlinetask.el"
32665 ;;;;;; "org/org-install.el" "org/org-irc.el" "org/org-list.el" "org/org-loaddefs.el"
32666 ;;;;;; "org/org-macro.el" "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mobile.el" "org/org-mouse.el"
32667 ;;;;;; "org/org-pcomplete.el" "org/org-plot.el" "org/org-protocol.el"
32668 ;;;;;; "org/org-rmail.el" "org/org-src.el" "org/org-table.el" "org/org-timer.el"
32669 ;;;;;; "org/org-w3m.el" "org/ox-ascii.el" "org/ox-beamer.el" "org/ox-html.el"
32670 ;;;;;; "org/ox-icalendar.el" "org/ox-latex.el" "org/ox-man.el" "org/ox-md.el"
32671 ;;;;;; "org/ox-odt.el" "org/ox-org.el" "org/ox-publish.el" "org/ox-texinfo.el"
32672 ;;;;;; "org/ox.el" "play/gametree.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el"
32673 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el"
32674 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el"
32675 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
32676 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
32677 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
32678 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
32679 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el"
32680 ;;;;;; "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "soundex.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el"
32681 ;;;;;; "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el"
32682 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el"
32683 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-cite.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
32684 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-index.el" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el"
32685 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el"
32686 ;;;;;; "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "url/url-about.el"
32687 ;;;;;; "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el" "url/url-domsuf.el"
32688 ;;;;;; "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-future.el"
32689 ;;;;;; "url/url-history.el" "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el"
32690 ;;;;;; "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el" "url/url-vars.el" "vc/ediff-diff.el"
32691 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-init.el" "vc/ediff-merg.el" "vc/ediff-ptch.el"
32692 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-vers.el" "vc/ediff-wind.el" "vc/pcvs-info.el" "vc/pcvs-parse.el"
32693 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs-util.el" "vc/vc-dav.el" "vc/vc-filewise.el" "vcursor.el"
32694 ;;;;;; "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el"
32695 ;;;;;; "x-dnd.el") (22349 29401 586989 559000))
32696
32697 ;;;***
32698 \f
32699 (provide 'loaddefs)
32700 ;; Local Variables:
32701 ;; version-control: never
32702 ;; no-byte-compile: t
32703 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
32704 ;; coding: utf-8
32705 ;; End:
32706 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here